A Digital edition of the Abhisamacarika-Dharma
of the Mahasamghika-Lokottaravadins


by
Abhisamacarika-Dharma Study Group

THE INSTITUTE FOR COMPREHENSIVE STUDIES OF BUDDHISM
TAISHO UNIVERSITY



THIS TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.

Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description:multibyte sequence:
long a ā
long A Ā
long i ī
long I Ī
long u ū
long U Ū
vocalic r
vocalic R
long vocalic r
vocalic l
long vocalic l
velar n
velar N
palatal n ñ
palatal N Ñ
retroflex t
retroflex T
retroflex d
retroflex D
retroflex n
retroflex N
palatal s ś
palatal S Ś
retroflex s
retroflex S
anusvara
visarga
long e ē
long o ō
l underbar
r underbar
n underbar
k underbar
t underbar
Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.

For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
www.sub.uni-goettingen.de/ebene_1/fiindolo/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
www.sub.uni-goettingen.de/ebene_1/fiindolo/gretil/gretdias.pdf








Explanatory Remarks
The present text is edited to facilitate word-searches. The text is based on the manuscript of the transliteration of the AbhisamAcArika-Dharma of the MahAsAGghika-LokottaravAdins. Grammatical errors and the like have been left uncorrected, but preferred readings are occasionally given for conspicuous scribal errors.
The symbols and editorial features are as follows:
(1) The letters between ( ) indicate that they should be supplied.
(2) The letters which seem to be wrongly written are underlined. Immediately after them suggestion is supplied between ( ).
(3) Letters in blue and underlined are to be omitted. No suggestion is supplied after them. This applies to the omission of the virAma.
(4) The letters between [ ] indicate that they are obscure.
(5) An illegible character (akXaras) is indicated by one "+".
(6) Symbols which seem to indicate virama are substituted by comma (" , ").
(7) Symbols which seem to be SiddhaM, etc., are substituted by " * ".
(8) Cancellations in the Ms. are not indicated.
(9) J. refers to the Jinananda edition.
(10) Compounds in which hiatus appears are hyphened.


###




(I.p.43)
Abhisamācārikadharma

I.1 Ms.1b1 (J.1.1); Ch.499a22
* namo buddhāya // abhisamācārikāṇām ādiḥ /
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā saṃghasya dāni poṣadho āyuṣmāṃ nandano
saṃghasthaviro upanandano dvitīyasthaviro dāyakadānapatī pṛcchanti /
ārya kiṃ samagro bhikṣusaṃgho āhaṃsu no dīrghāyu / ko dāni
nāgacchati / bhikṣū āhaṃsu saṃghasthaviro nāgacchati / te dāni
ojjhā(1b2)yanti / paśyatha bhaṇe vayan tāva karmmāntān cchoraya
āgacchāma / samagrasya saṃghasya pādāna vandiṣyāma / deyadharmmañ
ca pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāma / saṃghasthaviro nāgacchati / so dāni paścād
āgatvā saṃkṣiptena catvāri pārājikān dharmmān uddeśiyāṇa no ca
dakṣiṇām ādiśati / na parikathāṃ karoti / utthiya gato / navakā bhikṣū
pṛcchanti / āyuṣmān nāgato saṃghasthaviro bhikṣū āhaṃsu / āgato (1b3) ca
gato ca / te pi navakā bhikṣū āhaṃsu / naiva saṃghastha(J.2)virasya āgatiḥ
prajñāyate na gatiḥ / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu /
bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha nandanaṃ so dāni śabdāpito / bhagavān
āha / satyaṃ nandana evaṃ nāma saṃghasya poṣadho ti / tad eva sarvvaṃ
bhagavān vistareṇa pratyārocayati navakā bhikṣū ojjhāyanti / naiva
saṃghasthavirasyā(1b4)gatir nna gatiḥ / prajñāyate ti / āha / āma bhagavan /
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ saṃghasthavireṇa poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ /
kin ti dāni saṃghasthavireṇa poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / yad aho saṃghasya
poṣadho bhavati / tad aho saṃghasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ / kim adya saṃghasya
poṣadho cāturddaśiko pāñcadaśiko sandhipoṣadho bhaviṣyatīti kiṃ
pūrvvaṃ bhaktaṃ / kiṃ paścā(1b5)dbhaktaṃ, / kettika pauruṣāhi cchāyāhi
kahim bhaviṣyati / prahāṇaśālāyām vā upasthānaśālāyām vā /
agniśālāyām vā / maṇḍalamāḍe vā / yasmin pradeśe yaṃ divasaṃ
saṃghasya poṣadho bhavati / saṃghasthavireṇa pañcasūtrāṇi vistareṇa
svādhyāyitavyāni / yāvantamasato (I.p.44) catvāri pārājikā gāthāś ca
siṣṭakam abhīkṣṇaśrutikāyā yadi dāni na(nā)gato saṃ(1b6)gho bhavati
saṃghasthavireṇa yahiṃ bhaviṣyati tahiṃ ārocayitavyaṃ, / āyuṣman adya
saṃghasya poṣadho cāturddaśiko vā pāñcadaśiko vā sandhipoṣadho vā /
amukahiṃ bhaviṣyati / prahāṇaśālāyām vā / upasthānaśālāyām vā /
maṇḍalamāḍe vā purebhaktam vā paścādbhaktam vā / ati(bhi)kramantu
āyuṣmanto nāpi dāni ārocitaṃ mayā ti / yatrolaggikāya āsitavyaṃ /
(J.3) atha khalu prati(1b7)kṛtyeva poṣadhasthānaṃ gantavyaṃ siñcāpayitavyo
sanmārjayitavyo gomayakārṣī dātavyā / āsanaprajñapti karttavyā /
vibhavo bhavati śalākā gandhodakena dhovitavyāyo puṣpehi okiritavyāyo
saṃghasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ ko śalākāṃ cārayiṣyati / ko praticchiṣyati / ko
prātimokṣasūtraṃ uddiśiṣyati / ko dakṣiṇāṃ ādiśiṣyati / ko parikathāṃ
kariṣyati / yo prati(2a1)balo bhavati / so adhyeṣitavyo ayaṃ sānaṃ śalākāṃ
cāreṣi / tvaṃ śalākāṃ praticchesi / tvaṃ prātimokṣasūtram uddiśeṣi tvaṃ
bhāṣesi tvaṃ parikathāṃ karesi / tvaṃ dakṣiṇāṃ ādiśesi / tena
yathādhyeṣṭena śalākā cārayitavyā / dvitīyena pratīcchitavyā / nāpi
kṣamati śalākāṃ cārayantena anirmmādiya hastāṃ śalākāṃ cārayituṃ /
nāpi kṣamati / oguṇṭhikāyakṛtena upānahā(2a2)rūḍhena vā śalākāṃ
cārayanta(tu)ṃ / atha khalu hastāṃ nirmmādiya oguṇṭhikāṃ apaniya
upānahāṃ omuñciya ekāṃsakṛtena śalākā cārayitavyā / śalākāṃ pi dāni
gṛhṇantena na cāpi kṣamati / oguṇṭhikākṛtena vā upānahārūḍhena vā
śalākāṃ gṛhṇituṃ, / atha khalu ekāṃśakṛtena hastān nirmmādiya
oguṇṭhikāṃ apaniya upānahāṃ omuñciya śalākāṃ gṛhṇitavyā / yaṃ kālaṃ
(2a3) śalākā cāritā bhavanti bhikṣū gaṇitā bhavanti / sāmagrī ārocitā
bhavati / dāyakadānapati paripṛcchitavyā / kim vasiṣyatha atha
gamiṣyatha / (J.4) yadi tāvāhaṃsu gacchāma tato deyadharmmaṃ
pratiṣṭhāpayitavyaṃ / deyadharmmam anumodāpayitavyaṃ / dhārmmyā
kathayā saṃdarśayitavyāḥ / samādāpayitavyāḥ / samuttejayitavyāḥ /
saṃpraharṣayitavyāḥ / (2a4) udyojayitavyāḥ // atha dāni āhaṃsu vasiṣyāma
nti(tti) vaktavyaṃ / gacchatha tāva bāhyato āmuhūrttaṃ, āgametha
bhikṣusaṃgho (I.p.45) tāva poṣadhaṃ kariṣyati / yaṃ kālaṃ dāyakadānapati
nirddhāvitā bhavanti / tato sūtroddeśakena jānitavyaṃ, /
yadi tāva nātyā(ti)śītam bhavati / nātyāti-uṣṇaṃ na dūradūre vihārakā
bhavanti bhikṣū vā na jarādurbbalā na vyā(2a5)dhidurbbalā vā bhavanti /
na vā siṃhabhayam vā vyāghrabhayam vā caurabhayam vā bhikṣū vā
sukhopaviṣṭā bhavanti / yadi tāva vistareṇa prātimokṣasūtraṃ śrotukāmā
bhavanti vistareṇa prātimokṣasūtraṃ uddiśitavyaṃ / atha dāni atisi(sī)tam
vā (ati)uṣṇam vā bhavati / bhikṣū vā jarādurbbalā vā vyādhidurbbalā vā
bhavanti / siṃhabhayam vā vyāghrabhayam vā caurabhayam vā bhikṣū
(2a6) ca na vistareṇa prātimokṣasūtraṃ śrotukāmā bhavanti / saṃkṣiptena
catvāri pārājikāṃ dharmmāṃ uddiśiyānaṃ śiṣṭakaṃ abhīkṣṇaśrutikāye
gāthāye ca tato yathāsukhaṃ karttavyaṃ /
atha dāni sarvvarātrikā bhavati / tato adhyeṣitavyaṃ / tvaṃ bhāṣayesīti //
yathādhyeṣṭehi bhāṣamāṇaṃ sarvvarātriṃ dharmmavṛṣṭiye
vītināmiyānaṃ dāyakadānapati (J.5) dharmyā kathayā saṃdarśayitavyā
samādā(2a7)payitavyā samuttejayitavyā saṃpraharṣayitavyā udyojayitavyā
yathāsukhaṃ karttavyaṃ / abhipramodantu āyuṣmanto / evaṃ
saṃghasthavireṇa poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati /
abhisamācārikā(ṃ) dharmmāṃ atikramati //*//
I.2 Ms.2a7 (J. 5.5); Ch.499c2
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / śastā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā saṃghasya dāni poṣadho āyuṣmāṃ nandano (2b1)
saṃghasthaviro upanandano dvitīyasthaviro saṃghasthaviro āgato bhikṣu
āgatā dvitīyasthaviro nāgacchati / dāyakadānapati dāni deyadharmmāṇi
ādāya pratipālenti / samaya(gra)ṃ ca bhikṣusaṃgham vandiṣyāmaḥ /
deyadharmmañ ca pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmo ti // te dāni pṛcchanti / ārya
samagro bhikṣusaṃgho a(ā)haṃsu nohetaṃ dīrghāyu ko khalu nāgacchati /
āhaṃsu dvitīyasthaviro nāga-ccha(2b2)ti / te dāni ojjhāyanti vayaṃ ye(va)
tāva karmmāntā cchoriya āgatāgacchāma samagrasya saṃghasya pādāṃ
vandiṣyāmaḥ / deyadharmmañ (I.p.46) ca pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmaḥ /
dvitīyasthaviro pi nāgacchati / te dāni muhū-rttamātraṃ pratipāliya āsitvā
deyadharmmaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayitvā gatāḥ / so dāni ativikāle āgato
saṃghasthaviro ojjhāyati / asmākaṃ bhagavān daṇḍakarmman dadāti
dvitīyasthavira(2b3)sya monti(tti)kā / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato
ārocayanti / bhagavān āha // śabdāpayatha upanandanaṃ so dāni
śabdāpito / bhagavān āha // satyaṃ upanandana (J.6) evaṃ dāni saṃghasya
poṣadho ti / tad eva sarvvaṃ bhagavāṃ vistareṇa pratyārocayati / yāva
saṃghasthaviro pi ojjhāyati / asmākaṃ bhagavāṃ daṇḍakarmman deti /
dvitīyasthavirasya monti(tti)kā (2b4) āha / āma bhagavan
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ dvitīyasthavireṇa poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ /
kin ti dāni dvitīyasthavireṇa poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / yad aho dāni
saṃghasya poṣadho bhavati / saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati /
dvitīyasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ / kiṃ adya saṃghasya poṣadho caturddaśiko vā
pāñcadaśiko vā sandhipoṣadho vā kiṃ rā(2b5)tripoṣadho bhaviṣyati
divāpoṣadho purebhakti bhaviṣyati / paścādbhaktaṃ / kahiṃ bhaviṣyati /
upasthānaśālāyām vā prahāṇaśālāyām vā maṇḍalamāḍe vā /
ucchedanake vā niṣadyāya vā tti yahim bhavati / tahiṃ ārocayitavyaṃ /
āyuṣman adya saṃghasya poṣadho cāturddaśiko vā pāñcadaśiko vā /
atha dāni saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhava(2b6)ti / dvitīyasthavireṇa
prakṛtyeva poṣadhasthānaṃ siñcāpayitavyaṃ / sanmārjayitavyaṃ /
gomayakārṣī dātavyā āsanaprajñaptiḥ karttavyā vibhavo bhavati śalākā
gandhodakena dhovayitavyā/yo puṣpehi okiritavyāyo saṃghasthaviro na
pratibalo bhavati / dvitīyasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ ko śalākāṃ cārayiṣyati / ko
śalākāṃ praticchiṣyati / ko prātimokṣasūtram uddiśiṣya(2b7)ti / ko
bhāṣiṣyati / ko dakṣiṇāṃ ādiśiṣyati / ko parikathāṃ kariṣyati / yo pratibalo
bhaviṣyati / so adhyeṣitavyo / tvaṃ śalākāṃ cārayiṣyasi / tvaṃ praticcheṣyasi
yāva tvaṃ parikathāṃ kārayasīti / tato śalākāṃ cārantena na (J.7) kṣamati
oguṇṭhikākṛtena vā upānahārūḍhena vā hastehi vā anirmmāditehi
śalākāṃ cārayituṃ / atha khalu hastān nirmmādiyānaṃ upānahāṃ
omuñciya (3a1) ekāṃsakṛtena śalākā cārayitavyā śalākāṃ pi
praticchantena na kṣamati oguṇṭhikākṛtena vā upānahārūḍhena vā
(I.p.47) hastehi vā anirmmāditehi śalākāṃ praticchituṃ / atha khalu hastān
nirmmādiyāṇa upānahāṃ omuñciyāṇa ekāṃsakṛtena śalākā
praticchitavyā / yadā śalākā cāritā bhavanti bhikṣū gaṇitā bhavanti
sāmagrī ārocitā bhavati / tato dāyakadānapatī pṛcchi(3a2)tavyāḥ kim
vasiṣyatha uta gamiṣyatha yadi tāva jalpanti / gacchāma tato
deyadharmmaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayitavyā deyadharmmo anumodāpayitavyo
parikathā karttavyā dhārmyā kathayā saṃdarśiya samādāpiya samuttejiya
sampraharṣayitvā udyojayitavyā / atha dāni jalpanti vasiṣyāma nti(tti)
vaktavyaṃ / muhūrttan tāva bāhyato āgametha saṃgho tāva poṣadhaṃ
kariṣyati / yadā kāle dāyakadānapati (3a3) nirddhāvitā bhavanti tato
sūtroddeśakena jānitavyaṃ /
yadi tāva atisītam vā ati-uṣṇam vā bhavati / bhikṣū vā jarādurbbalā vā
vyādhidurbbalā vā bhavanti dūradūre vā pariveṇā bhavanti siṃhabhayam
vā vyāghrabhayam vā corabhayam vā bhavati / bhikṣū vā na vistareṇa
śrotukāmā bhavanti / saṃkṣiptena (J.8) catvāri pārājikā uddiśitavyaṃ /
śiṣṭakaṃ abhīkṣṇaśrutikāye gā(3a4)thāyo ca / tato yathāsukhaṃ
karttavyaṃ / atha dāni nātyātiśītaṃ na cātyāti-uṣṇaṃ na dūradūre
pariveṇā bhavanti / bhikṣū ca sukhopaviṣṭā bhavanti vistareṇa śrotukāmā
tato vistareṇa prātimokṣasūtraṃ ussārayitavyaṃ / tato yathāsukhaṅ
karttavyaṃ /
atha dāni sarvvarātrikā bhavati / saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati
dvitīyasthavireṇa adhyeṣitavyaṃ / tva(3a5)yā bhāṣitavyaṃ tvayā bhāṣitavyaṃ
yathādhyeṣṭehi bhāṣaṇāya sarvvarātriṃ dharmmavṛṣṭiye vītināmiya /
(yā)na dāyakadānapati dhārmmya(yā) kathayā sandarśiya samādāpiya
samuttejiya saṃpraharṣayitvā udyojayitavyā / tato yathāsukhaṃ karttavyaṃ /
abhipramodayaṃtu āyuṣmanto abhipramodayaṃtu āyuṣmanto apramādena
saṃpādayitavyaṃ / evaṃ dvitīyasthavi(3a6)reṇa poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / na
pratipadyeti abhisamācārikāṃ dharmmān atikramati // *//

(I.p.48) I.3 Ms.3a6 (J. 8.14); Ch.499c14
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā saṃghasya dāni poṣadho āyuṣmān nandano
saṃghasthaviro upanandano dvitīyasthaviro āgato bhikṣū osarantikāye na
āgacchanti dāyakadānapati pṛcchanti ārya samagro bhikṣusaṃgho bhikṣū
āhaṃ,(3a7)su / nohīdaṃ dīrghāyu ko khu nāgacchati / bhikṣū āhaṃsu /
(J.9) ete hi bhikṣū osarantikāye na āgacchanti / te dāni ojjhāyanti / vayaṃ
yeca(va) karmmāntāṃ cchoriya cchoriya āgatā āgacchāma / samagrasya
pādāṃ vandiṣyāma / deyadharmmañ ca pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmaḥ / ime pi
āryamiśrā osaratikāye nāgacchanti / saṃghasthaviro ca dvitīyasthaviro ca
odhyāyanti / asmākaṃ bhagavāṃ daṇḍakarmman deti / eṣāṃ, (3b1)
monti(tti)ko bhikṣū etā(ta)m prakaraṇaṃ ārocayanti bhagavān āha /
śabdāpayatha bhikṣūna te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ
bhikṣavo evaṃ dāni saṃghasya poṣadho ti / tad eva sarvvaṃ bhagavān
vistareṇa pratyārocayati / yāva saṃghasthaviro ca dvitīyasthaviro ca
odhyāyanti / asmākaṃ bhagavān daṇḍakarmman deti / imeṣāṃ monti(tti)kā
āhaṃsuḥ / āma bhagavan
bhagavān āha / tena hi sarvvehi evaṃ (3b2) poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin
ti dāni / evaṃ sarvvehi poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ / sarvvehi jānitavyaṃ / kiṃ
khalv adya pakṣasya pratipadā dvitīyā yāvat pañcadaśī yadi dāni koci
pṛcchati / bhante katamādya na dāni vaktavyaṃ / katamā puna hi yo
bhūṣīti / avaśyaṃ vaṃsavidalikāhi vā nalavidalikāhi vā likhitvā sūtreṇa
ābra(bu)ṇitvā dvārakoṣṭhake vā prāsāde vā kalpiyakuṭikāyāṃ vā
bandhitavyaṃ (3b3) kīlakāni khanetvā dvāre (J.10) sthā(ta)vyaṃ / yo dāni
bhavati māsacāriko vā pakṣacāriko tena ekam ekaṃ saṃsārayitavyaṃ
devasikaṃ yathājñāpeta katim ādya sarvvehi jānitavyaṃ / eṣo dāni
saṃghasya poṣadho bhavati / saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati /
dvitīyasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra pratibalo bhavati tena
jānitavyaṃ / kiṃ adya saṃghasya (3b4) poṣadho cāturddaśiko vā
pāñcadaśiko vā sandhipoṣadho vā divārātrau vā (I.p.49) poṣadhe
purobhaktaṃ vā paścādbhaktam vā kati pauruṣāhi cchāyāhi kahiṃ
bhaviṣyati / prahāṇaśālāyām vā upasthānaśālāyām vā maṇḍalamāḍe vā
occhedake caṃkrame vā niṣadyāya nti(tti) yahiṃ bhavati tahiṃ
ārocayitavyaṃ / abhikramantu āyuṣmanto ti nāyaṃ (kṣamati) ārocitaṃ
ma(3b5)yā ti pā(ya)trollaggikāye āsituṃ /
atha khalu yadi tāva saṃghasthaviro na prati(balo) bhavati / dvitīyasthaviro
na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra pratibalo bhavati / tena prakṛtyeva
poṣadhasthānaṃ gantavyaṃ poṣadhasthānaṃ siñcitavyaṃ / sanmārjitavyaṃ /
gomayakārṣī dātavyā āsanaprajñaptiḥ karttavyā / vibhavo bhavati śalākā
gandhodakena dhovitavyā / puṣpe(3b6)hi okiritavyā / saṃghasthaviro na
pratibalo bhavati / dvitīyasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra pratibalo
bhavati / tena jānitavyaṃ / ko śalākāṃ cārayiṣyati / ko śalākāṃ
praticchiṣyati / ko prātimokṣasūtram uddiśiṣyati / ko dakṣiṇāṃ
ādiśiṣyati / ko parikathāṃ kariṣyati / yadi tāvat pratibalo bhavati ātmanā
sarvvaṃ karttavyaṃ / atha dāni na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra prati(3b7)balo
bhavati / so adhyeṣitavyo tvaṃ śalākāṃ (J.11) cārayesi tvaṃ śalākāṃ
praticchesi tvaṃ prātimokṣaṃ uddiśesi tvaṃ bhāṣesi tvaṃ dakṣiṇāṃ ādiśeṣi
tvaṃ parikathāṃ kārayesi / śalākāṃ pi ca cārayantena na kṣamati /
anirmmāditakehi hastehi upānahārūḍhena oguṇṭhi(kākṛ)tena vā śalākāṃ
cārayituṃ /
atha khalu hastāṃ nirmmādiya upānahāṃ omuñciya ekāṃśakṛtena śalākā
cārayitavyā (4a1) śalākāṃ pi dāni praticchantena na kṣamati /
anirmmāditakehi hastehi upānahārūḍhena vā oguṇṭhikākṛtena vā
śalākāṃ praticchituṃ // atha khalu hastāṃ nirmmādiyāṇa upānahāṃ
muñciya ekaṃśakṛtena śalākā praticchitavyā / yaṃ kālaṃ śalākā cāritā
bhavanti / bhikṣū gaṇitā bhavanti / sāmagrī ārocitā bhavati /
dāyakadānapati pṛcchitavyāḥ ḥ / kim vaśiṣyatha atha (4a2) gacchatha / yadi
tāva jalpanti / gacchāma nti(tti) deyadharmma pratiṣṭhāpayitavyo /
deyadharmmam anumodāpayitavyo / dhārmyā kathayā saṃdarśiya
samādāpiya samuttejiya saṃpraharṣayitvā udyojayitavyā /
(I.p.50) athedāniṃ jalpanti vasiṣyāma nti(tti) / vaktavyaṃ / bāhyato tāva
yūyaṃ muhūrttam āgametha saṃgho tāva poṣadhaṃ kariṣyati / yaṃ kālaṃ
dāyakadānapati nirddhāvitā bhavanti / tato sūtroddeśa(4a3)kena
jānitavyaṃ / yadi tāva nātiśītaṃ bhavati nātyūṣṇam vā corabhayam vā na
bhavati siṃhabhayaṃ vā vyāghrabhayaṃ vā na (J.12) bhavati / na dūradūre
vā pariveṇā bhavanti bhikṣū vā na jarādurbbalā vā vyādhidurbbalā
bhavanti / sukhopaviṣṭā bhavanti vistareṇa śrotukāmā bhavanti / tato
vistareṇa prātimokṣasūtraṃ uddiśitavyaṃ / atha dāni sarvvarātrikā bhavati /
bhāṣaṇakā (4a4) adhyeṣitavyāḥ / tvayā bhāṣitavyaṃ tvayā bhāṣitavyan ti //
yathādhyeṣṭehi / bhāṣiyāṇaṃ sarvvarātri dharmmavṛṣṭiyer
vvītināmiyāna dāyakadānapati dharmyā kathayā saṃdarśayitavyā yāva
udyojayitavyā / tato yathāsukhaṃ karttavyaṃ / abhipramodatu āyuṣmanto
apramādena saṃpādayitavyaṃ / evaṃ sarvvehi poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ na
pratipadyanti vinayātikramam ā(4a5)sādayanti //*//

I.4 Ms.4a5 (J.12.11); Ch.499c28
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā saṃghasya dāni bāhirakaṃ bhaktaṃ āyuṣmān
nandano saṃghasthaviro dvitīyasthaviro upanandano āgato bhikṣū āgatāḥ /
saṃghasthaviro nāgacchāti / odano śītalo bhavati / sūpo śītalo bhavati /
ghṛtaṃ thīyati māṃsaṃ thīyati vyañjanāni śītalī(4a6)bhavanti /
dāyakadānapati pṛcchanti / ārya kiṃ samagro bhikṣusaṃgho āhaṃsu
nohedaṃ dīrghāyu ko khu nāgacchati / āhaṃsu saṃghasthaviro nāgacchati /
te dāni ojjhāyanti / vayaṃ yeca(va) tāva karmmāntāṃ cchoriya
āgatāgacchāgacchāma samagraṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pariviśiṣyāmaḥ /
saṃghasthaviro pi nāgacchati / (J.13) so dāni paścād āgacchiyāṇa
bhuṃjiyāṇa saṃkṣiptena dakṣiṇām ādiśiya na parikathāṃ (4a7) karoti /
nāpi dāyakadānapatiṃ dharmyā kathayā (I.p.51) saṃdarśayati
samādāpayati / samuttejayati / saṃpraharṣayati / utthihi(ya) gato navakā
bhikṣū pṛcchanti / āgato saṃghasthaviro āhaṃsu āgato ca gato ca te dāni
odhyāyati naiva saṃghasthavirasya āgatir (na) ggatiḥ prajñāyati / etaṃ
prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān aha / śabdāpayatha
nandanaṃ / so (4b1) dāni śabdāvito bhagavān āha / satyaṃ nandana evan
nāma saṃghasya bāhirakaṃ bhaktaṃ (nandano) saṃghasthaviro upanandano
dvitīyasthaviro ti tad eva sarvvaṃ bhagavān vistareṇa pratyārocayati / yāva
navakā bhikṣū odhyāyanti / yāva saṃghasthavirasyāgatir nna gati
prajñāyate / āha / āma bhagavan
bhagavān āha / tena hi saṃghasthavireṇa evaṃ bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ /
kin ti dāni saṃghasthavire(4b2)ṇa evaṃ bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ /
saṃghasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ / kasyādya bhaktaṃ ubhayato sāṃghikaṃ
sarvvaṃ sāṃghikaṃ pariveṇikaṃ / pāṭiyabhaktaṃ grāme vihāre eṣo dāni
koci saṃghaṃ bhaktena śuvetanāya nimantreti / na dāni saṃghasthavireṇa
gatāgatasya adhivāsayitavyaṃ / atha khalu saṃghasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ ko
yaṃ nimantreti / āgantuko gamiko gṛhastho pravrajito strī puruṣo
dā(4b3)rako dārikā pṛcchitavyaṃ / kin nāmako si (J.14) kiṅ gotrako si / kiṃ
karmmikā te mātāpitarau katamaṃ deśaṃ gṛhaṃ katamāyāṃ rathyāyāṃ
kuto mukhaṃ gṛhasya vā sākāraṃ soddeśaṃ pṛcchiyāṇaṃ tato
dhivāsayitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni adhivāsita(ṃ) mayeti / yatrollagnāye āsitavyaṃ /

atha khalu prakṛtyeva māsacāriko pakṣacāriko vā preṣayitavyo gaccha
jānā(4b4)hi kiṃ sajjiyatīti / anekāya tahi jātakaṃ bhaveyaṃ mṛtakam vā
bhaveya sandhi vā cchinno agnidāho vā rājakulāto vā upadravo ḍhossā vā
viṭā vā vātaputro vā viheṭhanābhiprāyā nimantrayeṃsu tena gacchiya
pṛcchitavyaṃ / koci imaṃhi itthannāmo nāma upāsako yadi tāva āhaṃsu
nāsti asmākaṃ koci evaṃ nāma upāsako vaktavyaṃ [bhi]kṣu(4b5)saṃgho tena
nimantrito kiṃ sidhyati vā pacyati vā / yadi tāva āhaṃsu kasya bhaktaṃ
kasya sidhyati kasya pacyatīti jānitavyaṃ / vipralabdho bhikṣusaṃgho ti
(I.p.52) āgacchiya yadi tāva anugraho bhavati anugraho sādhayitavyo /
anugraho na bhavati bhaktāni bhavanti / bhaktāni uddiśitavyāni / bhaktāni
na bhavanti raṇaraṇā(ya) gaṇḍi āhaṇiya vaktavyaṃ / āyu(4b6)ṣman
vipralabdho bhikṣusaṃgho svakasvakāṃ vṛttiṃ paryeṣatha / sarvvehi
paṭipāṭikāya piṇḍāya praviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni te jalpanti / bhante etaṃ
sidhyati praviśati(tu) bhikṣusaṃgho ti tato raṇaraṇāya gaṇḍī āhaṇiya yadi
tāva hemanto bhavati anukālaṃ (J.15) praviśitavyaṃ / mā kālo
tikrayi(mi)ṣyatīti / atha dāni grīṣmo kālo bhavati śītalakasaṃgena
anukālyaṃ praviśitavyaṃ //
atha (4b7) dāni varṣārātro kālo bhavati devāntarāyena anukālyaṃ
praviśitavyaṃ / mā kālo atikramiṣyatīti / yadi tāva (na) saṃjña(jja)m
bhavati / mahanto ca kālo bhavati kahiñci ca gantukāmo bhavati / kasyacita
bhikṣusya jalpitavyaṃ / amukaṃ kulaṃ upasaṃkramiṣyatha yadā sajjaṃ
bhaveya / tato mā paṭisaresi / na dāni tena āmantritaṃ mayā ti
bhadrapālakṛtyehi haṇṭhitavyaṃ / atha khalu prati(5a1)kṛtyeva āgantavyaṃ
praviśatehi jānitavyaṃ / kathaṃ āsanā prajñaptāḥ / atidakṣiṇam anuvāmāṃ
kadāci maṅgalakaraṇīye atidakṣiṇaṃ prajñaptaṃ bhavati / tathā yeva
upaveṣṭavyaṃ / atha dāni pretakaraṇīye anuvāmaṃ prajñaptaṃ bhavati /
tathā yeva upaveṣṭavyaṃ nāpi dāni kṣamati / praviśantehi bhaṇḍaṃ
laṃghaṃtehi kāṃsabhājanaṃ laṃghaṃtehi dārakadārikāṃ laṃghaṃtehi
gantuṃ / atha khalu bhaṇḍaṃ pa(5a2)rivarjantehi kāṃsabhājanaṃ
parivarjantehi dārakadārikāṃsa parivarjantehi praviśitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni
kṣamati gatāgatasya upaviśanta(tu)ṃ / atha khalu hastena āsanaṃ
pratyavekṣitavyaṃ / anaikāyo tatra garbharūpāṇi sopāyitakāni bhaveṃsuḥ /
kāṃsabhājanāni vā thapitakāni bhaveṃsuḥ / atha khalu hastena
parāṃmṛśiyāṇa jānitavyaṃ / oheṣya(yya)kānāṃ (J.16) glānakānāṃ
pratikṛtye(5a3)va dāpitavyaṃ / atha dāni so manuṣyo anācīrṇṇadāno vā
bhavati / tittino vā bhavati na dāni adhyupekṣitavyaṃ / vaktavyaṃ dīrghāyu
avaśyan teṣāṃ dātavyaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ (I.p.53) / atha dāni dāyakadānapati
jalpanti paṭipāṭikāya gṛhnatha nti(tti) hemanto ca kālo bhavati vaktavyaṃ
nahi nti(tti) / bhagavatā anekaparyāyeṇa glāno paritto kim vā ambhehi
vihāraśū(5a4)nyaṃ śakyaṃ karttuṃ ti laghu kālo atikramati / detha yūyan ti
atha dāni grīṣmo vā varṣā vā rātro vā kālo bhavati cirehi kālo
atikramati / paṭipāṭikāya gṛhnitavyaṃ / tato saṃghasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ /
kiṃ ārabhya deti tathā yeca(va) nimantraṇāpetavyaṃ bhojanaṃ dīyati
mahanto piṇḍo parigṛhīto bhavati / saṃghasthavireṇa vaktavyaṃ / sarvveṣāṃ
etta(5a5)ka-ettakaṃ bhaviṣyati / āha / nahi āryasya etaṃ evaṃ dīyati
vaktavyaṃ / tathā dehi / yathā sarvveṣāṃ samaṃ bhavati / atha dān āha
bhaviṣyatīti pratīcchitavyaṃ / atha dāni so thokinā arthiko bhavati
vaktavyaṃ mama thokaṃ dehi heṣṭhā bahuṃ evaṃ // pe // sūpasya ghṛtasya
māṃsasya olaṃkānāṃ dadhisya tato nāpi kṣamati saṃghasthavireṇa labdho
piṇḍo (5a6) dvāraṃ paśyiya lapyala(p)yāye bhuṃjiyāṇa utthihiya gantuṃ /
atha khalu odanasampattir vvā āgamaṃtena bhuṃjitavyaṃ /
vyañjanasampattir vvā āgamaṃtena bhuñjitavyaṃ na bhuñjitvā hastaṃ
nikṣipiya āsitavyaṃ / mā heva otrapeṃsu / atha khalu anujānetavyaṃ / yadā
navakāḥ santarpitā bhavanti / upagrāyanti pānīyaṃ vā pibanti / hastām vā
ukkaḍhḍhiya āsanti / na dāni saṃghasthavireṇa bhuñja(5a7)ntakenaiva
utthāya āsanāto gantavyaṃ / labdho piṇḍo dvāraṃ paśyiya / atha khalu
saṃghasthavireṇa āgametavyaṃ / dīrghodakaṃ dāpetavyaṃ / parikathā
karttavyā / dakṣiṇā ādisitavyā / jānitavyaṃ / kim ālambanaṃ bhaktaṃ
jātakaṃ mṛtakam vā ce(ve)vāhikam vā gṛhapraveśakam vā āgantukasya
gamikasya gṛhasthasya pravrajitasyeti /
yadi tāva jāna(ta)kaṃbhavati / nāyaṃ dakṣiṇā ādi(śi)ta(5b1)vyā /
ayaṃ kumāro śivapathikāya cchandito
aṅguṣṭhasnehena yāpaye saptarātraṃ
śunakhā śṛgālā ca naṃ laṃghayantu /
(I.p.54) kākā ca akṣimalaṃ harantā
(J.18) nāyaṃ evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /

atha khalu dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /
ayaṃ kumāro śaraṇaṃ upetu
buddhaṃ vipaśyiñ ca śikhi(ñ) ca viśvabhuṃ
krakucchanda konākamuniñ ca kāśyapaṃ
mahāyaśaṃ śākyamuniñ ca gautamaṃ /
etehi buddhehi maharddhikehi
(5b2)ye devatā santi abhiprasannā
tā naṃ rakṣaṃtu tā ca naṃ pālayantu
yathā naṃ icchati mātā yathā naṃ icchati pitā
ato śreyataro bhotu kumāro kulavarddhano /
evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /

atha dāni mṛtakaṃ bhavati / nāyaṃ kṣamati / evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśituṃ
adya te sudivasaṃ sumahābalaṃ
bhadrakākṣaṇa muhūrttaṃ prasthitā
adya te suvihite suvihitehi /
dakṣiṇā agrabhājanaga(5b3)gatā virocati /
(J.19) nāyaṃ evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /

atha khalu dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /
sarvvasatvā mariṣyanti maraṇāntaṃ hi jīvitaṃ /
yathākarmma gamiṣyanti puṇyapāpaphalopagāḥ //
nirayaṃ pāpakarmmāṇo kṛtapuṇyā ca svarggatiṃ /
apare mārggam bhāvayitvā parinirvvānti anāśravā iti //

(I.p.55) evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā //

atha dāni vedā(vā)hikaṃ bhavati / nā(5b4)yaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /
nagnā nadī anodikā nagnaṃ rāṣṭraṃ arājakaṃ /
istrī pi vidhavā nagnā sacesyā daśa bhrātaro
(J.20) nāyaṃ evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /

atha khalu dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /
istri pi peśalā bhavatu śrāddhā bhavatu pativratānugā
śīlavatī yo(tyā)gasampannā samyagdṛṣṭi ca yā iha /
puruṣo pi peśalā bhavatu śrāddho bhavatu vratā(5b5)nugo /
śīlavāṃ tyāgasampanno samyagdṛṣṭi ca yo iha //
ubhau śraddhāya sampannā ubhau śīlo(le)hi saṃvṛtā /
ubhau puṇyāni kṛtvāna samaśīlavratā ubhau //
vidhinā devalokas tu modantu kāmakāmino /
tām eva bhāryāṃ careyā yo asyā sīlehi saṃvṛtā //
asatiṃ parivarjeyā mārggaṃ pratibhayaṃ yathā /
evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā //

atha dā(5b6)ni gharapraveśanikaṃ bhavati / nāyaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /
(J.21) ādīptasmiṃ āgare yo niharati bhaṇḍakaṃ taṃ
khu tasya svakaṃ bhavati / na khalu yo tatra dahyati /
evam ādīpite loke mṛtyunā ca jarayā ca
yo nīharati / dānena dinnaṃ taṃ āhuti hutaṃ /
nāyaṃ evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā //

atha khalu dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā
vibhaktabhāgaṃ ruciraṃ manoramaṃ
(I.p.56) praśastam ārye[h]i navaṃ nive(5b7)śanaṃ /
praviśya vṛddhiye varāye bhūrīye
śirīye lakṣmīparigraheṇa ca /
imasmi āgāre nivasantu devatāḥ /
mahābhiṣaṅka na ca anukampikā
yaṃ vibhavadhanadhānyena sambhavo
bhūr ime ca sā yasmiṃ pradeśe
medhāvī vā saṃkalpeti paṇḍito
śīlavātantra(n tatra) bhojeyā saṃyatāṃ brahmacāriṇo /
(J.22) yā tatra devatā asyā tāsāṃ dakṣiṇām ādiśehi /
tāye vastumālānāṃ cirarātrāya ka(6a1)lpate //
bhojanāvastupālā satkṛtā pratimānitā /
grāme vā yadi vāraṇye nimne vā yadi vā sthale
divā vā yadi vā rātrau devā rakṣantu dāyakān //
devānukampito poṣo sadā bhadrāṇi paśyati //
evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /

atha dāni gamikaṃ bhaktaṃ bhavati / nāyaṃ dakṣinā ādiśitavyā /
sarvvā diśāsu bhayā samākulā
sa-uttarā sapurastimā [dakṣi]ṇā paścimā ca
sa(6a2)sarvvo ca loko saṃkulajāto
mā pramajji jinaśāsane //
nāyaṃ evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā //

atha khalu diśā sauvastikā dakṣiṇā vistareṇa dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /
yathā pātrapratisaṃyukte evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /
atha dāni pravrajitasya bhavati / nāyaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā
(J.23)putram vā paśum vā ārabhya dhanadhānyapriyāṇi vā
(I.p.57) devabhāvaṃ vā manuṣyam vā pañcadho (6a3) manasi prīyanti /
na evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā //

atha khalu dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /
suduṣkaraṃ pravrajitasya dānaṃ pātreṇa bhaikṣaṃ abhisāharitvā /
kulāt kulaṃ cariya piṇḍapātaṃ kruddhaprasannānāṃ mukhaṃ
udīkṣiyaṃ //
so yaṃ śreṣṭhāyatane pratiṣṭhito pātrasaṃhṛto lābho prītiṃ janehi
suvihitā tathā hi dinnaṃ imaṃ dānan ti /
evaṃ dakṣiṇāṃ / (6a4) ādiśiya gantavyaṃ /
evaṃ saṃghasthavireṇa bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati //
abhisamācārikāṃ dharmmān atikramati // * //

I.5 Ms.6a4 (J.23.12); Ch.499c28
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca /
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā saṃghasya dāni bāhirakaṃ bhaktaṃ / āyuṣmān
nandano saṃghasthaviro upanandano dvitīyasthaviro saṃghasthaviro
āga(6a5)to dvitīyasthaviro nāgacchati / dāyakadānapati pṛcchanti / ārya kiṃ
samagro bhikṣusaṃgho bhikṣū āhaṃsu / noheti dīrghāyu ko dāni
nāgacchati (J.24) āhaṃsu dvitīyasthaviro nāgacchati / te dāni odhyāyanti /
paśyatha bhaṇe vayaṃ yeva bhā(tā)va karmmāntāṃ cchoriya āgacchāma
samagraṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pariviśiṣyāma / āryamiśrāṇāñ ca pādāṃ
vandiṣyāmaḥ (6a6) dvitīyasthaviro nāgacchati / saṃghasthaviro pi
odhyāyati / asmākaṃ bhagavāṃ daṇḍakarmman deti / dvitīyasthavirasya
munti(tti)kā // etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān
āha / śabdāpayatha upanandanaṃ so dāni śabdāpito bhagavān āha / satyaṃ
upanandana evaṃ nāma saṃghasya bāhirakaṃ bhaktaṃ nandano
saṃghasthaviro tvaṃ dvitīyasthaviro saṃghasthaviro āgato bhi(6a7)kṣū
āgatāḥ / tvaṃ nāgacchasi / dāyakadānapati pṛcchati / ārya kiṃ samagro
bhikṣusaṃgho bhikṣū āhaṃsu / nahi ko khalu nāgacchati dvitīyasthaviro
nāgacchati / te dāni odhyāyanti / vayaṃ (I.p.58) yeva tāva karmmāntaṃ /
cchoriya āgatā gacchāmaḥ / samagraṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pariviśiṣyāmaḥ /
āryamiśrāṇāṃ ca pādāṃ vandiṣyāmaḥ / dvitīyasthaviro nāgacchati /
saṃghasthaviro pi odhyāyati / a(6b1)smākaṃ bhagavān daṇḍakarmma deti /
dvitīyasthavirasya muttikā / āha / āma bhagavan
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ dvitīyasthavireṇa bhaktāgre
pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni dvitīyasthavireṇa bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ /
eṣo dāni koci bhikṣusaṃghaṃ bhaktena nimantrayati / saṃghasthaviro (J.25)
na pratibalo bhavati / dvitīyasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ / ko nimantreti /
bhikṣubhikṣunī upāsakopāsikā āga(6b2)ntuko gamiko vāṇijako
sārthavāho kin nāmako kiṃ jātiko kiṃ karmmikā se mātāpitarau
katamasmin deśe gṛhaṃ katamāyāṃ rathyāyāṃ kuto mukhaṃ gṛhasya
dvāraṃ / sākāraṃ soddeśaṃ pṛcchiya tato dhivāsayitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ
adhivāsitaṃ mayeti / yatrollagnāye āsitavyaṃ /
yadi tāva saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati dvitīyasthavireṇa
aparejjukāye ca māsacā(6b3)riko vā pakṣacāriko / preṣayitavyo vaktavyaṃ
gaccha jānāhi / asuke deśe asukāyāṃ rathyāyāṃ itthaṃnāmo nāma
upāsako tena bhikṣusaṃgho nimantrito jānāhi kiṃ sidhyati kiṃ pacyati /
tena pravisiyāṇaṃ tahiṃ pṛcchitavyaṃ / ārogyaṃ dīrghāyu koci imaṃhi
itthaṃnāmo nāma upāsako āha bhante kiṃ kariṣyasi / vaktavyaṃ / tena
bhikṣusaṃ,(6b4)gho bhaktena nimantrito kiṃ sidhyati vā kiṃ pacyati vā ti /
yadi tāvad āha / bhante kisya upāsako kahiṃ upāsako ti nāmāsmākaṃ koci
upāsako na sidhyati / na pacyati tti jānitavyaṃ vipralabdho bhikṣusaṃgho ti /
āgacchiyāṇaṃ yadi tāva anugraho bhavati / anugraho sādhitavyo anugraho
na bhavati / bhaktakāni bhavanti / bhaktakā uddiśitavyāni / (6b5) (J.26)
bhaktakāni na bhavanti / raṇaraṇāya gaṇḍiṃ āhaṇiyāṇaṃ ārocitavyaṃ
vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣma(n)to vipralabdho bhikṣusaṃgho svakasvakāṃ vṛttiṃ
paryeṣatheti / sarvvehi paṭipāṭikāya piṇḍāya caritavyaṃ / atha dāni āha
bhante etaṃ sidhyati etaṃ pacyati / praviśantu āryamiśrāḥ raṇaraṇāya
gaṇḍiṃ āhaṇiyāṇaṃ praviśitavyaṃ, /
(I.p.59) yadi tāva hemantakālo bhava(6b6)ti anukallatarakam
praviśitavyam / ba(la)huṃ kālo atikramati / atha dāni grīṣmakālo bhavati /
uṣṇasantāpena anukarṇṇa(lla)tarakaṃ, praviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni
varṣārātrakālo bhavati / devāntareṇa praviśitavyaṃ, / tato nāpi kṣamati
bhaṇḍaṃ laṃghaṃyantehi praviśituṃ / atha khalu bhaṇḍaṃ parivarjayantehi /
yāva dārakadārikāṃ parivarjayantehi / praviśitavyaṃ tato na kṣamati /
gatāgatasya (6b7) upaviśituṃ, / anekāye tahiṃ āsanehi dārakadārikā vā
sovāpitā bhaveṃsu / atha khalu hastehi pratyavekṣiyāṇaṃ anantarikāṇāṃ
āsanāni varjayantehi // upaviśitavyaṃ / yadi tāva hemantakālo bhavati /
laghu kālo atikramati / oheyyaglānakānāṃ piṇḍapāto dāpayitavyo / atha
dāni dāyakadānapati jalpanti / bhante paṭipāṭikāya gṛhnatha nti(tti) /
vaktavyaṃ / nahi / bhagava(7a1)tānekaparyāyeṇa glāno parītto kim
asmābhiḥ vihārako śūnyako karttavyo / laghu kālo ti(J.27)kramati / detha
yūyaṃ ti atha grīṣmakālo varṣārātro vā bhavati / cireṇa kālo atikramati /
oheyyaglānakānāṃ paṭipāṭikāye piṇḍapāto gṛhnitavyo / saṃghasthaviro na
pratibalo bhavati / dvitīyasthaviro pratibalo bhavati na kṣamati /
dvitīyasthavireṇa hantahantāye bhuñjiyāṇaṃ labdho pi(7a2)ṇḍo dvāraṃ
paśyiya utthiya gantuṃ /
atha dāni saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati dvitīyasthaviro pratibalo
bhavati / dvitīyasthavireṇa odanasampatti āgamayantena bhuñjitavyaṃ /
vyañjanasampattim vā / āgamayantena bhuñjitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ navakā
bhikṣū u(pa)grāyanti vā pānīyam vā pibanti hastāni okaḍhiya āsanti tato
yadi tāva saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / dvitīyasthavireṇa
jānita(7a3)vyaṃ kimāraṃbaṇaṃ / eva(ta)ṃ bhaktaṃ jātakaṃ mṛtakaṃ
vevāhikaṃ gharapraveśakaṃ āgantukasya gamikasya gṛhasthasya
pravrajitasyeti / yathā bhavati / tathā dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā / yathā
prathamake śikṣāpade evaṃ dvitīyasthavireṇa bhaktāgre
pratipadi(dyi)tavyaṃ / tathā yeca(va) dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā / yā(yo) tato
āgantavyaṃ / evaṃ dvitī-yasthavireṇa bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ, / (7a4) na
pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

(I.p.60)
I.6 Ms.7a4 (J.28.1); Ch.501c4
(J.28) bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā saṃghasya dāni bāhirakaṃ bhaktaṃ / āyuṣman
nandano saṃghasthaviro āyuṣmān upanandano dvitīyasthaviro
saṃghasthaviro āgato dvitīyasthaviro āgato bhikṣū osarantikāye
āgacchanti / dāyakadā(7a5)napati pṛcchanti / ārya kiṃ samagro
bhikṣusaṃgho bhikṣu āhaṃsu / nohetaṃ dīrghāyu ko dāni nāgacchati
bhikṣū āhaṃsu / osarantikāye āgacchanti / te dāni odhyāyanti / vayam eva
tāva karmmāntāṃ cchoraya āgatā gacchāmaḥ samagraṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ
pariviśiṣyāmaḥ / āryamiśrāṇāṃ ca pādāṃ vandiṣyāma nti(tti) / ime pi
āryamiśrā osarantikāye āgacchanti / saṃghastha(7a6)viro ca dvitīyasthaviro
ca odhyāyanti / asmākaṃ bhagavān daṇḍakarmman deti // imeṣāṃ
muktikā / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha //
śabdāpayatha bhikṣūn / te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / bhagavān āha // satyaṃ
bhikṣavo evaṃ nāma saṃghasthavirasya bāhirakaṃ bhaktaṃ nandano
saṃghasthaviro upanandano dvitīyasthaviro āgato yūyaṃ osarantikāye
āgacchatha dāyaka(7a7)dānapati pṛcchanti / ārya kiṃ samagro bhikṣusaṃgho
nti(tti) / bhikṣū āhaṃsu nohīdaṃ dīrghāyu ko dāni na(nā)gacchati bhikṣū
osarantikāye āgacchanti / te dāni odhyāyanti vayam eva tāva karmmāntā
cchoriya āgatā gacchāma / samagraṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pariviśiṣyāma nti(tti) /
āryamiśrāṇāñ ca pādam vandiṣyāma nti(tti) / ime pi āryamiśrā (J.29)
osarantikāye āgacchanti / saṃghasthaviro ca / dvitīyasthaviro ca
odhyā(7b1)yanti / asmākaṃ bhagavān daṇḍakarmman deti / imeṣāṃ
mottikā āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan
bhagavān āha / tena hi sarvvehi evaṃ bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti
dāni evaṃ sarvvehi bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ / eṣo dāni koci saṃghaṃ
bhakta(ktena) nimantreti / saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati
dvitīyasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / yo tatra pratibalo bhavati / tena
jānitavyaṃ / ko yaṃ ni(7b2)mantreti bhikṣubhikṣuṇī upāsaka-upāsikā
gṛhastho pravrajito vāṇijako sārthavāho āgantuko gamiko nāpi kṣamati /
gatāgatasya adhivāsituṃ // atha khalu pṛcchitavyaṃ / kin nāmako si kiṃ
gotrako si kiṃ karmmikā te (I.p.61) mātāpitarau / katame deśe gṛhaṃ kuto
mukhaṃ katamāye rathyāye kuto mukhaṃ gṛhasya dvaraṃ sākāraṃ
soddeśaṃ pṛcchiyāṇaṃ / tato dhivāsayitavyaṃ nāpi dā(7b3)ni kṣamati /
adhivāsitaṃ mayeti / tatrollagikāye āsituṃ /
atha khalu yadi tāva saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / dvitīyasthaviro
na pratibalo bhavati yo pratibalas tena prakṛtyeva māsacāriko vā
pakṣacāriko vā preṣayitavyo / anekāye tahiṃ jātakaṃ mṛtakam vā bhaveya
rājabhayaṃ vā corabhayam vā ḍhossabhayam vā vātaputrabhayam vā
viheṭhanā(7b4)bhiprāyā nimantrayeṃsu // tena gacchiyāṇa tahiṃ gṛhaṃ
pṛcchitavyaṃ / koci ima(ṃ)hi evannāmako upāsako dānapatī vā vāṇijakā
(J.30) vā ti kim vā etat ti vaktavyaṃ bhikṣusaṃgho tena bhaktena nimantrito
yadi tāva āhaṃsu nāsti koci imaṃhi evaṃnāmako kiḥsa upāsako / kasya
bhaktaṃ kathaṃ bhaktaṃ ti jānitavyaṃ / vipralabdho bhikṣusaṃgho tti tato
āgacchiya yadi tāva (7b5) anugraho bhavati sādhayitavyo anugraho na
bhavati / bhaktakāni bhavanti bhaktakāni uddiśitavyāni / atha dāni
bhaktakāni na bhavanti / raṇaraṇāya gaṇḍiṃ āhaṇiya yāva sarvvehi
paṭipāṭikāye pātrāṇi gṛhniya praviśitavyaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ / atha dāni te
jalpanti bhante eva(ta)ṃ sidhyati / etaṃ pacyati / yāvat pātrāṇi gṛhniya
praviśitavyaṃ / yadi tāva hemantakālo bhavati / a(7b6)nukarṇṇa(lla)ṃ
praviśitavyaṃ / laghuṃ kālo atikrāmati //
atha dāni grīṣmakālo bhavati anukālaṃ uṣṇaṃśaṃkena praviśitavyaṃ /
varṣārātro bhavati devāntareṇa anukarṇṇa(lla)aṃ praviśitavyaṃ / tato na
kṣamati / bhaṇḍam vā laṃghayatena praviśituṃ bhājanam vā
laṃghayantehi / praviśituṃ dārakadārikā laṃghayantehi praviśituṃ / atha
khalu bhaṇḍaṃ pariharantehi dārakadārikāṃ pariharantehi praviśitavyaṃ
ta(7b7)to nāpi kṣamati / praviṣṭehi gatāgatasya upaviśituṃ / anekāye tahiṃ
āsanehi garbharūpā sovāpitāni bhaveṃsu // bhājanakāni vā thapitakāni
bhaveṃsuḥ / atha khalu hastena pratyavekṣiyāṇa ānantariyāṇāṃ āsanāni
varjayantehi / yathāvṛddhikāye upaviśitavyaṃ /
tato yadi tāva hemantakālo bhavati / (J.31) laghu kālo atikramati / (I.p.62)
oheyyaglānakānāṃ piṇḍapā[to] ++[pa]yitavyo / a(8a1)tha dāni
dāyakadānapati jalpanti / bhante oheyyaglānakānāṃ paṭipāṭikāyo
piṇḍapātaṃ gṛhnatheti vaktavyaṃ / nahīti / laghu kālo atikramati /
bhagavatā ca anekaparyāyeṇa glāṇo parindito kiṃ ambhehi śakyam
vihārako śūnyako kartun ti / atha dāni grīṣmo vā varṣārātro vā kālo
bhavati / na lahuṃ kālo atikramati / oheyyaglānakānāṃ paṭipāṭikāye
piṇḍapāto [gṛhnitavyo] na kṣamati la(8a2)bdhālabdhaṃ hantahantāye
bhuñjiya labdho piṇḍo dvāraṃ paśyiya utthiya gantuṃ / atha khalu yadi tāva
saṃghasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati dvitīyasthaviro na pratibalo bhavati / yo
tatra pratibalo bhavati / tena odanasaṃpattī vā āgametavyaṃ
vyañjanasampattī vā āgamaṃtena bhuñjitavyaṃ / tena dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /
jānitavyaṃ kim ālambanaṃ / etaṃ bhaktaṃ jātakaṃ mṛtakaṃ [vevā]hikaṃ vā
gharapra(8a3)veśikaṃ vā āgantukasya gamikasya gṛhasthasya pravrajitasyeti /
tato yadi tāva jātakaṃ bhavati nāyaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /
(J.32) (ayaṃ) kumāro si/vapasi(thi)kā(ya) ccho(ccha)(ndi)to
aṅguṣṭhasneha(he)na yāpayati / saptarātraṃ
śunakhā śṛgā(lā) ce(ca) naṃ laṃghayantaṃ /
kāko ca se akṣimalaṃ harantaṃ ti
nāyaṃ evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /

atha khalu dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /
ayaṃ kumāro śaraṇaṃ upetu (8a4)
buddhaṃ vipaśyiñ ca śikhiñ ca viśvabhuva /
krakucchando ca kanakamuniñ ca kāśyapaṃ
mahāmuniṃ śākyamuniṃ ca gotamaṃ //
etehi buddhehi maharddhikehi
ye devatā santi abhiprasannāḥ /
(I.p.63) tā naṃ rakṣantu (tā ca naṃ pālayantu)
yathā icchati se mātā / yathā icchati se mā(pi)tā
ato śreyataro bhavaṃtu kumāro kulavarddhano
(J.33) evaṃ dakṣiṇā ādiśitavyā /
tathā yeva dakṣiṇāyo vistareṇa karttavyāyo yathā (8a5) saṃghasthavirasya
bhaktāgre evaṃ sarvvehi bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyaṃti //
asi(bhisa)mācārikāṃ dharmmāṃ atikrāmati // * //

I.7 Ms.8a5 (J. 33.5); Ch.501c14
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā / te dāni āyuṣmanto nandanopanandanā
ṣaḍvarggikāś ca upasaṃpādenti / te dāni upasaṃpādiya na ovadanti / na
anuśāsanti / te dāni indra(8a6)gavā viya varddhayanti / śivacchagalā
dhipa(viya) varcati(ddhayanti) / anākalpasampannāḥ /
anīryāpathasampannāḥ / na jānanti / katham upādhyāye
pratipadyitavyaṃ, / katham ācārye pratipadyitavyaṃ / kathaṃ vṛddhatarake
pratipadyitavyaṃ / kathaṃ saṃghamadhye pratipadyitavyaṃ / kathaṃ grāme
pratipattavyaṃ / kathaṃ āraṇye pratipattavyaṃ / kathaṃ nivāsayitavyaṃ /
kathaṃ prāvaritavyaṃ / kathaṃ saṃghāṭīpātracīvaradhāraṇe
pratipadyitavyaṃ // (8a7) etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu
bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha nandanopanandanāṃ / ṣaḍvarggikāṃś ca / te
dāni śabdāpitā / bhagavān āha // evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ upasaṃpādetha /
upasaṃpādiya na ovadatha na anuśāsayatha nti(tti) / tad evaṃ sarvvaṃ
bhagavān vistareṇa pratyārocayati / yāva (J.34) kathaṃ
saṃghāṭīpātracīvaradhāraṇe pratipadyitavyaṃ / āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan
bhagavān āha / evaṃ (8b1) dāṇi yūyaṃ upasaṃpādiya naivovadatha
nānuśāsatha tena hi evaṃ upādhyāyena śrā(sār)ddhavihāresmiṃ
pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni upādhyāyena śra(sār)ddhevihāresmiṃ
pratipadyitavyaṃ / upādhyāyena tāva śrā(sār)ddhevihāriṃ
upasaṃpādetukenaiva ubhayato vinayo grāhayitavyo ubhayato vinayaṃ na
pārayati ekato vinayo (I.p.64) grāhayitavyo / ekato vinayaṃ na pārayati /
pañcasūtrāṇi vista(8b2)reṇa grāhayitavyo pañcasūtrāṇi na pārayati catvāri
dhā(vā) trīṇi duve ekaṃ sūtraṃ vistareṇa grāhayitavyo / ekaṃ sūtraṃ na
pāreti triṃśato pi grāhayitavyo / śiṣṭakaṃ abhīkṣṇa(śruti)kāyo gāthāyo ca
triṃśato pi na pāreti dve aniyatāṃ grāhayitavyo / śiṣṭakaṃ
abhīkṣṇaśrutikāyo gāthāyo ca dve aniyatā na pārenti / antamasato catvāri
pārājikāṃ grāhayitavyo śiṣṭakaṃ abhīkṣṇaṃśrutikāyo gā(8b3)thāyo ca
śekhayitavyo / anuśāsayitavyo kālyaṃ madhyantikaṃ sāyaṃ sāyaṃ
abhidharmmeṇa vā abhivinayena vā abhidharmmo nāma navavidho
sūtrānto sūtraṃ geyaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivṛttakaṃ jātakaṃ
vaipulyādbhutādharmmā / abhivinayo nāma prātimokṣo
saṃkṣiptavistaraprabhedena / atha dāni na pratibalo bhavati / uddiśituṃ, /
āpattikauśalyaṃ śi(8b4)kṣitavyo / sūtrakauśalyaṃ skandhakauśalyaṃ
āyatana(J.35)kauśalyaṃ pratītyasamutpādakauśalyaṃ /
sthānāsthānakauśalyaṃ ācāraṃ śekhayitavyo / anācārato cā(vā)rayitavyo /
atha dāni ovadati / so eva tasya ovādo evaṃ svādhyāyati / araṇye vasati /
prahāṇe upaviśati / so evāsya ovādo upādhyāyo śra(sār)ddhevihāri
upasaṃpādiya na ova(8b5)dati / na anuśāsati / na uddiśati / na
svādhyāyati / na araṇye vasati / na prahāṇe upaviśati / antamasato
vaktavyo / apramādena saṃpādehīti / na ovadati vinayāti(kra)maṃ
āsādayati / evam upādhyāyena śra(sār)ddhevihārismiṃ pratipadyitavyaṃ /
na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //
I.8 Ms.8b5 (J.35. 9); Ch.502a2
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / śāstā devā(8b6)nāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni bhikṣū upasaṃpādenti / te dāni
upasaṃpāditāḥ / upādhyāyasya na allimya(yya)ṃti / te dāni bhikṣū
odhyāyanti / asmākaṃ bhagavān daṇḍakarmman deti / imeṣāṃ muktikā /
kathaṃ ambhehi ovavaditavyāḥ / anuśāsitavyāḥ / ye ime asmākaṃ na
ava(naiva a)llīyaṃti / na pratyālīyaṃti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato
āroca[yeṃsu /]
bhagavān āha / te(8b7)na hi evaṃ sārddhevihāriṇā upādhyāye
pratipadyitavyaṃ // kin ti dāni evaṃ sārddhevihāriṇā upādhyāye
pratipadyitavyaṃ / sāve(rddhe)vihāriṇā nā(tā)va kalyata eva (J.36)
utthaṃtena upādhyāyasya (I.p.65) vihārasya dvāraṃ ākoṭayitavyaṃ yaṃ
kālaṃ abhyanujñā dinnā bhavati / tato dvāraṃ sukhākaṃ apaduriyāṇa tato
prathamaṃ dakṣiṇo pādo praveśitavyo paścā vāmo praveśaya vanditvā
sukhaśayitaṃ / pṛcchitavyo u(9a1)ddiśitvā pratipṛcchitvā
khe(ṭa)kaṭa(ṭā)hako nikkālayitavyo prasrāvakumbhikā nikkālayitavyā
pīṭhikā prajñapayitavyā / hemantakālo bhavati mandamukhi
prajvālayitavyā / mukhodakaṃ dāpayitavyaṃ / dantakāṣṭhaṃ dhoviya
upanāmayitavyaṃ / su(mu)khodakam āsiñcitavyaṃ / hastāṃ nirmmādiya
hastanirmmādanaṃ dātavyaṃ / peyā ukkaḍhitavyā / peyā peyiṃtā
pe(ya)pātraṃ śodhitavyaṃ / śo[dhitvā] bha[ktu]ddeśāto (9a2) bhaktakaṃ
grahetavyaṃ / bhaktavisarggo karttavyo pātraṃ nirmmāpayitavyaṃ / pātraṃ
pratiśāmayitavyaṃ /
gocaraṃ praviśantasya grāmapraveśanikāni cīvarāṇi upanāmayitavyāni /
vihāracaraṇakāni cīvarāṇi pratiśāmayitavyāni / ātmano cīvarakaṃ
gṛhniya pṛṣṭhato nugantavyaṃ / nāpi dāni khurākhuraṃ / atha khalu
nātyāsanne (J.37) nātidūre tena dāni gocarāto nirggatasya upādhyāyasya
cīvarāṇi praspho(9a3)ṭiya sāhariya pratisāmayitavyāni / ātmano skandhe
dapi(yi)ya śīrṣaṃ onāmiya purato gantavyaṃ / vihāraṃ āgacchiyāṇa
pīṭhikā prajñapayitavyā grāmapraveśanikāni cīvarāṇi ekānte
sthapetavyāni / vihāracaraṇakāni cīvarāṇi upanāmayitavyāni / pādodakaṃ
upanāmayitavyaṃ / pādataṭṭhakaṃ upanāmayitavyaṃ / pādā
dhopayitavyā / uṣṇaṃ bhavati snāpetavyo (9a4) śītaṃ bhavati /
mandamukhī prajvālayitavyā /
yadi piṇḍacāro aṇṭhito bhavati / upanāmayitavyo / nānānāvarṇṇitaṃ
bhavati pṛcchitavyo suvihita kuto idaṃ labdhaṃ asukāto veśikakulāto vaḍaṃ
vidhavāye sthūlakumārīye paṇḍakasya asukāye bhikṣuṇīye
uśśakiyapariśaṅkiyāṇi kulāni vyapadiśati / vāretavyo vaktavyo mā tahiṃ
gaccha / atha dān āha / asu(9a5)kesmi kule buddhavacanaṃ jalpitaṃ / tato
labdhaṃ / vaktavyaṃ kārehi dhūmaṃ mā ca puno āmiṣacakṣu deśesi hastān
nirmmādiya (I.p.66) hastanirmmādanaṃ dātavyaṃ / piṇḍapāto ukkaḍhitavyo
piṇḍapāta upanāmayitavyo bhuñjantasya pānīyaṃ cāritavyaṃ / vījanavāto
dātavyo bhaktavisarggo va(ka)rttavyo bhuktāviśya pātraṃ apakarṣitavyaṃ /
apakkā ca bhājanaṃ bhaktopadhānaṃ śa(9a6)yyāsanaṃ (J.38)
pratiśāmetavyaṃ / cīvarāṇi pātraṃ śodhetavyaṃ / pātraṃ pratisāmetavyaṃ /
vihārako siñcitavyo sanmārjitavyo kālena kālaṃ gomayakārṣī dātavyā /
śayyāśanaṃ prasphoṭayitavyaṃ / cīvarāṇi dhovetavyāni / siñcitavyāni /
raṃjitavyāni pātraṃ dahitavyaṃ / rañjitavyaṃ / divāvihāraṃ gacchantasya
pīṭhikā nayitavyā niṣīdanaṃ nayitavyaṃ / pustako nayitavyo kuṇḍikā
nayitavyā / udde(9a7)śaṃ gṛhniya ekamante svādhyāyatena āsitavyaṃ / atha
dāni divāvihāraṃ gantukāmo bhavati āpṛcchiā(ya) gantavyaṃ / yadi dāni
tahiṃ kenaci saha svādhyāyatukāmo bhavati / āpṛcchitavyaṃ / vaktavyaṃ /
karomi amukena saha svādhyāyan ti / tena dāni jānitavyaṃ / yadi so
bhavati śaithaliko vā bāhuliko vā / āvaḍḍhako vā asikṣākāmo
vaktavyaṃ / māśrayo utpadyeyā / atha dāni bhadrako bhava(9b1)ti /
guṇavāṃ śikṣākāmo vaktavyaṃ / karohi divāvihārato āgacchantasya
pīṭhikā ānayitavyā / niṣīdanaṃ ānayitavyaṃ / pra(pu)stako ānayitavyo /
kuṇḍikā ānayitavyā / āgatasya samānasya hastanirmādanaṃ dātavyaṃ
puṣpāṇi dātavyāni cetipa(ya)ṃ ca(va)ndantasya pṛṣṭhato nugantavyaṃ /
pīṭhikā prajñapayitavyā / hemantakālo bhavati / mandamukhī
prajvālayitavyā / pādā dhovayitavyā / pādā mrakṣetavyo / śayyā
prajñāpayita/(9b2)vyā / yadi mahājaniko bhavati / antamasato hastena
samavadhānaṃ dhātavyaṃ / dīpo prajvālayitavyo / kheṭakaṭāhakaṃ (J.39)
upanāmayitavyaṃ / prasrāvakumbham upanāmayitavyaṃ / sukhaṃ
pratikramāpayitavyaṃ / uddiśitvā vā paripṛcchitvā vā yadi vihāro
prāpuṇati / āpṛcchitavyaṃ / amukaṃ vihāraṃ gṛhnāmi / atha dāni
dvitīyena saha prāpuṇati vihāraṃ upādhyāyena jānitavyaṃ / yadi so bhavati
śaithiliko (9b3) vā bāhuliko vā a(ā)vaḍḍhako vā (a)śikṣākāmo
vaktavyaṃ / mā gṛhna (I.p.67) mā saṃsarggadoṣo bhaviṣyatīti /
atha dāni bhavati / bhadrako guṇavān śikṣākāmo vaktavyo gṛhna yāvan
na utthāpīyati sā eva me āpṛcchanikā atha dāni utthāpīyati pa(ya)ttikāṃ
vārāṃ āpṛcchitavyaṃ / yadi dāni tahiṃ kenacit saha svādhyāyatukāmo
bhavati / āpṛcchitavyaṃ / karomi amukena sārddhaṃ svādhyā(9b4)yaṃ /
upādhyāyena jānitavyaṃ / evaṃ śra(sār)ddhevihāriṇā upādhyāye
pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyate(ti) / abhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikrāmati // * //

I.9 Ms.9b4 (J.39.13); Ch.502b13
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni āyuṣmanto nand(an)opanandano
ṣaḍvarggikā ca niśrayaṃ dapi(yi)ya naiva antevāsi ovadanti / na
anuśāsanti / te dāni indragavā viya (9b5) varddhanti śivacchagalā viya
varddhanti / anākalpasampannāḥ anīryāpathasaṃpannāḥ / na jānanti
katham upādhyāye pratipadyitavyaṃ / kathaṃ ācārye pratipadyitavyaṃ /
kathaṃ vṛddhatarakeṣu pratipadyitavyaṃ / (J.40) kathaṃ saṃghamadhye
pratipadyitavyaṃ / kathaṃ grāme pratipadyitavyaṃ, / kathaṃ araṇye
pratipadyitavyaṃ / kathaṃ nivāsayitavyaṃ / kathaṃ prāvaritavyaṃ / kathaṃ
saṃghāṭīpātracīvaradhāraṇe pratipadyitavyaṃ // (9b6) etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ
bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha // śabdāpayatha
nand(an)opanandanāṃ ṣaḍvarggikānāṃ ca te dāni śabdāpitā /
bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo nand(an)opanandanā ṣaḍvarggikāś ca
evan nāma yūyaṃ niśrayaṃ detha niśrayaṃ dadiyāṇa antevāsikāṃ na
ovadatha nānuśāsatha tad eva sarvvaṃ bhagavān vistareṇa pratyārocayati /
yāva kathaṃ saṃghāṭīpātracīvaradhāraṇe pratipadyitavyaṃ / āhaṃ(9b7)su /
āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / evaṃ ca yūyaṃ niśrayaṃ dadiyaṃ
antevāsikāṃ naiva ovadatha nānuśāsatha / tena hi evaṃ ācāryeṇa
antevāsikasmiṃ pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni ācāryeṇa antevāsikasmiṃ
pratipadyitavyaṃ / ācāryeṇa tāva niśrayaṃ dentena antevāsi ubhayato
vinayaṃ grāhayitavyo / ubhayato pi vinayaṃ na pāreti / ekato vinayato
grāhayitavyo / ekato vinayaṃ (I.p.68) na pāre(10a1)ti pañcasūtrāṇi vistareṇa
grāhayitavyo / pañcasūtrāṇi na pāreti catvāri trīṇi dve ekaṃ sūtraṃ
vistareṇa grāhayitavyo / ekaṃ sūtraṃ na pāreti / dvānavatīto grāhayitavyo
dvānavatīto na śaknoti triṃśatito grāhayitavyo śiṣṭakaṃ
abhīkṣṇaśrutikāyo gāthāyo ca triṃśatito na pāreti dve aniyatāṃ
grāhayitavyo śiṣṭakaṃ abhīkṣṇaśrutikāye gāthāyo ca / dve aniyatā na
pāreti / anta(10a2)masato catvāri pārājikāṃ grāhayitavyo śiṣṭakaṃ
abhīkṣṇaśrutikāye gāthāyo va(ca) śekhayitavyo / dhātukauśalyaṃ (J.41)
skandhakauśalyaṃ āyatanakauśalyaṃ pratītyasamutpādakauśalyaṃ ācāraṃ
śekhayitavyo / anācārato dhā(vā)rayitavyo / eṣo ācāryo niśrayaṃ dadiya
antevāsi naiva ovadati / nānuśāsati / vinayātikramam āsādayati / evam
ācāryeṇa antevāsismiṃ pratipa(10a3)dyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati /
abhisamācārikān dharmmān ātikramati // * //

I.10 Ms.10a3 (J.41:6); Ch.502b16
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni bhikṣū niśrayan deṃti te antevāsikā
ācārikasya niśrayaṃ gṛhniya naiva allīyanti / na pratyallīyanti te dāni
bhikṣū odhyāyanti / asmākaṃ bhagavā(n) daṇḍakarmman deti / imeṣāṃ
muktikā yā (10a4) dāni asmākaṃ (naiva) allīyanti na pratyalīyanti / kathaṃ
ime ambhehi ovaditavyāḥ / anuśāsitavyāḥ / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū
bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha bhikṣūna te dāni
śabdāpitāḥ /
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ antevāsinā ācārye pratipadyitavyaṃ /
antevāsinā tāva kalpa(ya)to yeva utthatta(nta)kena evaṃ ācāryasya vihārasya
dvā(10a5)raṃ ākoṭayitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ abhyanujñā dinnā bhavati /
dvāraṃ sukhākaṃ apaduriyāṇaṃ prathamaṃ dakṣiṇo pādo praveśayitavyo /
paścād vāmaṃ pādaṃ praveśayāṇa ācāryasya sukharātri

(I.p.69) pṛcchitavyā / kheṭakaṭāhaṃ (J.42) niṣkāśayitavyāṃ(vyaṃ / ) yāvat
pādodakaṃ dāpayitavyaṃ / pādodakaṃ upanāmayitavyaṃ / pādataṭṭhakaṃ
upanāmayitavyaṃ / pādā dhovayitavyā / pādā mra(10a6)kṣayitavyā /
kheṭakaṭāhakaṃ praveśayitavyaṃ / prasrāvakumbhikā praveśayitavyā /
dīpako prajvālayitavyo / śayyā prajñapayitavyā / evaṃ aparaṃ divasaṃ
prasrāvakumbhikā niṣkāśayitavyā / tad eva sarvvaṃ navakaparicaryā
karttavyā / vistareṇa yathā śra(sār)ddhevihārisya yāva dīpaṃ ādīpiya
śayyāṃ prajñapiya sukhaṃ pratikrāmayitavyo / evaṃ antevāsinā ācārye
pratipadyita(10a7)vyaṃ / na pratipadyati abhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikramati // * //

uddānaṃ //
evaṃ saṃghasthavireṇa poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ, /
evaṃ dvitīyasthavireṇa poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ sarvvehi poṣadhe pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ saṃghasthavireṇa bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ dvitīyasthavireṇa bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ sarvvehi bhaktāgre pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ upādhyāye(10b1)na śra(sār)ddhevihārismiṃ pratipadyitavyaṃ /
(J.43) evaṃ śra(sār)ddhevihāriṇā upādhyāye pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ ācāryeṇa antevāsismiṃ pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ antevāsinā ācārye pratipadyitavyaṃ // * //

(I.p.70) II.1 Ms.10b1 (J. 44.1); Ch.502b25
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā pañcārthavaśāṃ saṃpaśyamānās tathāgatā
arhantaḥ samyaksambuddhāḥ / pañcāhikāṃ vihā(10b2)racārikām
anucaṃkramanti / anuvicaranti / katamāṃ pañca kaccim me śrāvakāḥ na
karmmārāmā na karmmaratāḥ / na karmmārāmatānuyogam anuyuktā
viharanti / na bhāṣyārāmāḥ na bhāṣyaratāḥ / na bhāṣyārāmatānuyogam
anuyuktā viharanti / na nidrārāmāḥ na nidrāratāḥ / na
nidrārāmatānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti / glānakānāñ ca bhikṣūṇāṃ
anukampārthaṃ ye te (10b3) śrāddhāḥ kulaputrāḥ (tathāgatam evoddiśya)
śraddhayād āgārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitāḥ / te ca tathāgataṃ dṛṣṭvā
atīva udārāṇi prītiprāmodyāni pratilabhiṣyanti / imā(ṃ pa)ñcārthavaśāna
saṃpaśyamānās tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ paṃcāhikāṃ
vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanti / anuvicaranti / adrākṣīd bhagavāṃ
pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanto anuvi(10b4)caranto śayyāsanaṃ
ujjhitaprakīrṇṇaṃ utpādakaṃ (J.45) u(du)tthitakaṃ vātātapena vināśiyantaṃ
varṣeṇa ovarṣiyantaṃ prāṇakehi khajjantaṃ pakṣihi ohayiyantaṃ
omayilamayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ / ātape dinnaṃ bhagavāṃ jānanto yyeva
bhikṣūṃ pṛcchati kasyemaṃ bhikṣavo śayyāsanaṃ ujjhitaprakīrṇṇaṃ
peyālaṃ // yāva omayilamayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ / ātape dinnaṃ āhaṃsu /
etaṃ (10b5) bhagavaṃ sāṃghikaṃ /
bhagavān āha / evaṃ ca yūyaṃ apratyāstaraṇakā śayyāsanaṃ
paribhuṃjatha / tena hi evaṃ śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni (evaṃ)
śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / na dāni kṣamati sāṃghikaṃ śayyāsanaṃ
adhyupekṣituṃ / utpādakam vā u(du)tthitakam vā prāṇakehi vā khajjantaṃ
varṣeṇa (vā) ovarṣaparyantam vātātapena vā vināśiyantaṃ pakṣīhi
thā(vā) oh(ay)iyantaṃ / atha khalu yadi tā(10b6)va ujjhitaprakīrṇṇaṃ
bhavati / sāharitvā ekānte sthāpayitavyaṃ / utpādakaṃ bhavati / sam(aṃ
(I.p.71) th)āpetavyaṃ / varṣeṇa ovarṣīyati vātātapena cā(vā) vināśīyati /
cchanne praviśayitavyaṃ / prāṇakehi khādyati / pakṣīhi ohapi(yi)yante
prasphoṭiyāna cchanne praveśayitavyaṃ / na dāni vihāro adhyupekṣitavyo /
oddirṇṇako praluggako acaukṣo vā apratisaṃskṛto vā // atha khalu yadi
tāva tṛṇacchadano bhavati / tṛ(10b7)ṇapūlako dātavyo / apakkacchadano
bhavati / apakkā dātavyā / (J.46) kabhallacchadano bhavati kabhallikā
dātavyā / sudhāmṛttikācchadano bhavati mṛtpiṇḍo dātavyo / varṣāya
ovṛṣṭo bhavati vikha(cikkha)llikā opūre(ta)vyā vaṃghorikā dātavyā
gomayaśāṭo dātavyo na dāni kṣamati / sāṃghikaṃ śayyāsanaṃ evam eva
paribhuñjitaṃ(tuṃ) / apratyāstaraṇaṃ vā tṛṇaṃ vā tṛṇaṃ vā antarākṛtvā
leṅkaṭakaṃ vā atha khalu pra(11a1)tyāstaraṇaṃ karttavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati
kalpaṃ karttuṃ / paṭikām vā loḍḍhakam vā pratyāstaraṇaṃ karttuṃ / atha
khalu dviguṇitā nāma karttavyā viśiṣṭā mañcāto vā yadi tāva
kambalasya bhavati / ekapuṭaṃ vā dvipuṭam vā karttavyaṃ / atha dāni
karpāsasya bhavati dvipuṭā vā tripuṭā vā karttavyo samantena sūtreṇa
śiviyāṇaṃ / tato madhyeṇa dīrghasūtrāṇi dātavyāni tato na kṣamati /
śayyāsanaṃ omayilomayilaṃ vā pāṭitavipāṭitam vā adhyu(11a2)pekṣituṃ /
atha khalu kālena kālaṃ bodhi(dhovi)tavyaṃ / kālena kālaṃ śiṃcitavyaṃ /
kālena kālaṃ ātape dātavyaṃ / na kṣamati sāṃghikena śayyāsanena
prāvṛtena bhaktāgre vā tarpaṇāgre vā sāmāyikam vā upaviśituṃ / na
kṣamati śayyāsanaṃ sāṃghikaṃ prāvariyaṃ dīrghaca(ṃ)kramaṃ
caṃkramituṃ // atha dāni bhikṣuḥ śirāviddhako vā bhavati virecanapītako
vā glānako vā bhavati vastrapuggalikaṃ antarīkaraṇaṃ dadi(11a3)ya
caṃkramati / anāpattiḥ / nāpi kṣamati sāṃghikaṃ śayyāsanaṃ
paudgalikaparibhogena paribhuñjituṃ / atha khalu sāṃghikaṃ śayyāsanaṃ
prajñapayitavyaṃ / (J.47) pratyāstaraṇaṃ dadiya tato paribhuñjitavyaṃ / atha
dāni sāṃghikaṃ śayanāsanaṃ mahantaṃ bhavati / uparito bhuṃjitavyaṃ
(I.p.72) yathā nāśaṃ na gacche / atha dāni hemantakālo bhavati sāṃghikaṃ
śayyāsanaṃ prāvariya śayati / (11a4) antarīkaraṇa(ṃ) dātavyaṃ / na deti
vinayātikramam āsādayati / evaṃ śayyāsanaṃ(ne) pratipadyitavyaṃ / na
pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

II.2 Ms. 11a4 (J.47.6); Ch.502c13
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni bhikṣū upagacchanikā(yāṃ) kāle vihāran
na pratisaṃskarenti / pañcārthavaśāṃ saṃpaśyamānāṃs tathāgatā
arha(11a5)ntaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām
anucaṃkramanti / anuvicaranti / katamāṃ pañca / kacci me śrāvakāḥ na
karmmārāmāḥ na karmmaratāḥ / na karmmārāmatā-anutyā(yo)gam
anuyuktā viharanti na bhāṣyārāmāḥ / na bhāṣyaratāḥ na
bhāṣyārāmatānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti / na nidrārāmāḥ na
nidrāratāḥ na nidrārāmatānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti /
glānakā(11a6)nāñ ca bhikṣūṇām anukampārthaṃ ye ca te śrāddhāḥ
kulaputrāḥ tathāgatam evoddiśya āgārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitāḥ / te ca
tathāgataṃ dṛṣṭvā atiri(tī)vodārāṇi prītiprāmodyāni pratilabhiṣyanti /
imāṃ pañca arthavaśāṃ saṃpaśyamānās tathāgatā arhantaḥ
samyaksambuddhāḥ pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikāṃ anucaṃkramanti /
anuvicaranti / (J.48) adrākṣīd bhagavāṃ pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikāṃ
anucaṃkramanto anuvi(11a7)caranto vihārakān ondri(ddri)nnakāṃ
praluggakāṃ acokṣāṃ apratisaṃskṛtāṃ śayyāsanaṃ ujjhitaprakīrṇṇe(rṇṇaṃ)
omayilemayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ mañcām pīṭhā(ṃ) ondri(ddri)ṇṇakāṃ
paluggakāṃ ucchi(dutthi)takāṃ vātātapena opūriyaṃtāṃ prāṇakehi
khajjantāṃ varye(ṣe)ṇa ovaryi(ṣi)yantāṃ kākaśakuntehi ohayiyantāṃ
bhagavān jānanto pṛcchati / kasyeme bhikṣavo vihārakā odriṇṇakā
paluggakā acaukṣā apratisaṃskṛtā śayyāsa(11b1)naṃ ujjhitaprakīrṇṇaṃ
omayilomayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ mañcā pīṭhā (I.p.73) ondri(ddri)ṇṇakā
paluggakāṃ u(du)tthitakāṃ vātātapena opūriyantāṃ prāṇakehi khajjantāṃ
varṣeṇa ovarṣiyantāṃ kākaśakuntehi ohayiyantāṃ bhikṣū āhaṃsu // imaṃ
bhagavan saṃghasya ye dharmmā(varṣā)ṃ upagacchiṣyanti / te
pratisaṃskariṣyanti /
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ varṣopanāyike śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ /
kin ti dāni evaṃ varṣopanāmi(yi)ke śayyāsane pra(11b2)tipadyitavyaṃ / eṣā
dāni saṃghasya varṣopanāmi(yi)kā bhavati / prakṛtyaiva tāva
dāyakadānapati pratisaritavyā / tato vihārakā pratisaṃskarttavyāḥ / ye
vihārakā uddiṇṇakā paluggakā bhavanti / acokṣā vā apratisaṃskṛtā vā
bhavanti / (J.49) yadi tāva sudhācchadano bhavati / sudhāpiṇḍo dātavyo /
iṣṭakācchadano bhavati / iṣṭakā dātavyā / apakkācchadano bhavati /
apakkā dātavyā / kabhalla(11b3)cchadano bhavati / kabhallikā dātavyā /
tṛṇacchadano bhavati / tṛṇapūlako dātavyā / mañcā vā pīṭhā vā
ondri(ddri)ṇṇakā paluggakāṃ bhavanti / muṃjā karttitavyā / balbajā
karttitavyā mañcā dhra(bu)ṇitavyā uppādakā bhavanti sayeccha(maṃ
ttha)payitavyā / dutthapitā bhavanti / sutthapitā karttavyā / vātātapena
ota(pū)riyanti / kākaśakuntehi vā ohapi(yi)yanti / cchanne sthapitavyā /
evaṃ śayyāsanaṃ (11b4) bhavati / omayilamayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ dhoviya
sīvitavyaṃ / mṛttikāpiṇḍo dāpayitavyo / mūṣika-ucchi(kki)rā vā yāca(va)
vaṃghorikā pūretavyā / yaṃ tahiṃ pariveṇe bhavaṃti / bhaṇḍaṃ niyatakaṃ
sarvvaṃ samudānitavyaṃ /
pañcehi aṅgehi samanvāgato bhikṣuḥ śayyāsanaprajñāpaka saṃmutīye
saṃmanyitavyo / katamehi pañcahi / yo na cchandāye na do(11b5)ṣāye na
mohāye na bhayāye prajñaptaṃ ca jānāti / imehi pañcahi / peyālaṃ, //
(J.50) ka(r)mmaṃ kṛtvā yāva te dāni samantena āṣāḍhamāsaṃ śayyāsanaṃ
grāhetavyaṃ / vihārā pariveṇā agniśālā bhaktaśālā / upasthānaśālā /
dvārakoṣṭhako varccakuṭī udupāno jantāko caṃkramā vṛkṣamūlā
vihārakā (I.p.74) grāhayitavyā / asuke vihāre ettakā mañca(11b6)kā
pīṭhakā vā ettakaṃ āstaraṇaṃ ettakaṃ prāvaraṇaṃ tato likhitavyaṃ /
bhurjake phalake vā paṭṭikāyām vā / yadi tāva āraṇyakaṃ śayyāsanaṃ
bhavati / dūre dūro(re) pariveṇā bhava(ṃ)ti / trayodaśīyaṃ vā
cāturddaśīyaṃ vā tena śayyāsanoddeśo karttavyo / atha dāni grāmāntikaṃ
śayyāsanaṃ bhavati / āsanne āsanne pariveṇā bhavanti / cāturddaśīyam vā
pāñcadaśīyam vā śayyāsano(11b7)ddeśo karttavyo / taṃ likhitaṃ
saṃghasthavirasya allīpitavyaṃ / vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣman amuke vihārake
ettakā mañcā ettakā pīṭhāḥ / ettakaṃ āstaraṇaṃ ettakaṃ prāvaraṇaṃ
katamo tava vihārako rucyati / yo saṃghasthavirasya vihārako rucyati so
dātavyo / atha dāni saṃghasthaviro jalpati / vihāraṃ yūyaṃ (J.51) uddiśatha
varṣāvāsikaṃ samaṃ kariṣyāma nti(tti) / yaṃ saṃghasthaviro jalpati / tathā
karttavyaṃ, / (12a1) tato vihārakā uddiśitavyāḥ / vṛddhāntato prabhṛti
yāva avarya(ṣa)kaparyantaṃ na kṣamati / śrāmaṇerāṇāṃ vihāra(rā)
uddiśituṃ / atha dāni teṣāṃ upādhyāyācāryā jalpanti / uddiśatha yūyaṃ
eteṣāṃ vayaṃ pratisaṃskariṣyāma nti(tti) / tato śrāmaṇerakāṇāṃ pi
vihārakā uddiśitavyā / atha dāni bahuṃ bhavati / tato dvitīyakālikā
uddiśitavyā / atha dāni tahi(ṃ) koci bhavati / āṭakkarasiṃhanādiko (12a2)
paryāpto grīṣme śayyāsanaṃ uddiśitavyaṃ / guptyarthaṃ paribhogārthaṃ
utthiṣyaṃ utthāpayiṣyaṃ ko vihārako ti / vaktavyo na eṣo bhava kiñcita
bhogārthaṃ vadiṣanti ma pratisaṃskāraṇārthaṃ eṣo caṃ uddiśīyati / atha
dāni stokā vihārakā bhavanti / dviṇṇāṃ trayāṇāṃ (vā) janānāṃ eko
vihārako uddiśitavyo / atha dāni evaṃ pi stokā bhavanti / caturṇṇāṃ
pañcānām vā janānāṃ eko vihā(12a3)rako uddiśitavyo / atha dāni
ekavastukaṃ bhavati / bhikṣū ca bahu(hū) bhavaṃti / vṛddhānāñ ca mañcā
prajñāpayitavyāḥ / navakānāṃ pīṭhāḥ prajñāpayitavyāḥ / atha dāni evaṃ
pi stokaṃ bhavati / vṛddhānāṃ pīṭhāḥ prajñāpayitavyāḥ / navakānāṃ
saṃstaraṇā (J.52) (I.p.75) prajñāpayitavyāḥ / atha dāni evaṃ pi stokaṃ
bhavati / (atha dāni) alpo(lpā)vakāśo bhavati / vṛddhehi saṃstaraṇe
pratipa(12a4)dyitavyaṃ / navakehi paryana(ṅke) vītināmayitavyaṃ / atha
dāni evaṃ pi alpāvakāśo bhavati / vṛddhehi cchanne praviśitavyaṃ /
navakehi vṛkṣamūlehi caṃkramehi niṣadyāhi abhyavakāśe
vītināmayitavyaṃ / hemante śayyāsanaṃ uddiśitavyaṃ, / guptyarthaṃ
paribhogārthaṃ utthiṣyaṃ utthāpayiṣyaṃ varṣāsu śayyāsanaṃ uddiśitavyaṃ /
guptyarthaṃ paribhogārthaṃ utthā(12a5)syaṃ utthāpayitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati
śayyāsanaṃ adhyupekṣituṃ omayilomayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ mañcā vā
pīṭhā vā oddriṇṇakā vā paluggakā vā adhyupekṣituṃ / atha khalu
kālena kālaṃ śayyāsanaṃ sīvitavyaṃ / bodhi(dhovi)tavyaṃ / kālena kālaṃ
muñjā karttitavyā / balbajā karttitavyā / tato mañcā ca pīṭhā ca
bra(bu)ṇitavyā / evaṃ varṣopanāmi(yi)ke śayyāsane pratipa(12a6)dyitavyaṃ /
na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

II.3 Ms.12a6 (J.52.15); Ch.503a24
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā yāva adrākṣīd bhagavāṃ pañcāhikāṃ
vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanto (J.53) anuvicaranto vihārakāṃ oddriṇṇakāṃ
paluggakāṃ ullāya gṛhītakāṃ acokṣāṃ apratisaṃskṛtāṃ udakasya pūrāṃ
udakabhramām aśodhi(ta)kāṃ dvārāhi (12a7) dvīpikāhi khajjanto mañcāṃ
pīṭhāṃ ondri(ddri)ṇṇakāṇāṃ paluggakāṃ u(du)tthitakāṃ varṣeṇa
(o)varṣiyantāṃ prāṇakehi khajjantāṃ bhagavāna jānanto pṛcchati / kiṃ
imaṃ bhikṣavo vihārakā ullaggakā ollāye gṛhītakāḥ / acaukṣā
apratisaṃskṛtā udakasya pūrāṃ udakabhramā aśodhitakā dvā(re)
dvīpikāhi khajjantā mañcā pīṭhā ondri(ddri)ṇṇakāṃ paluggakāṃ
utpādakāṃ u(du)tthitakāṃ varṣeṇa o(12b1)varṣiyantāṃ prāṇakehi
khajjantā(ṃ) bhikṣū āhaṃsuḥ / ye bhagavān (I.p.76) arṣāṃ vasiṣyanti te
pratisaṃskariṣyanti /
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ varṣopagatehi śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ /
kin ti dāni evaṃ varṣopagatehi śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / ete dāni
bhikṣavo varṣopagatā bhavanti / tena hi vihārakā pratyavekṣitavyā / yadi
tāva ondri(ddri)ṇṇakā vā paluggakā vā bhavanti / yāvat mūṣikokkārā vā
cikkhallikā vā pra(12b2)tisaṃskārayitavyā / yadi tāva vihārako
sudhācchadano bhavati (sudhāpiṇḍo dātavyo) / iṣṭakācchadano bhavati /
iṣṭakā dātavyā / (J.54) apakvacchadano bhavati / apakvā dātavyā /
kabhallacchadano bhavati (kabhallikā dātavyā / tṛṇacchadano bhavati) /
tṛṇapūlako dātavyo / urṇṇā(llā)ye gṛhītako bhavati / piṇḍaṃ śāṭiya
mṛttikāye limpitavyo / mūṣa-ukkārā vilikhkhi(cikkhali)kā pūretavyā /
yadi tāva uppeḍanako vihārako bhavati / śakkāroṭena vā pūretavyā
u(a)pa(12b3)kvapāṃsukena vā / atha dāni uppaṃsulo bhavati / gomayakārṣī
dātavyā / udakabhramā vā / praṇālibhramā vā paripūritā bhavanti
śodhayitavyāḥ / muṇḍaharmmiyā pratisaṃskarttavyā / śayyāsanaṃ
omayilomayilaṃ bhavati / pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ dhovayitavyaṃ / rañjetavyaṃ /
mañcā vā pīṭhā vā bhagnakā bhavanti / chinnagaṇṭhikā karttavyā /
ondri(ddri)ṇṇakā vā paluggakā bhavanti / mu(12b4)ñjā karttitavyā / mañcā
bra(bu)ṇitavyā / pīṭhikā bra(bu)ṇitavyā / uppādakā bhavanti samaṃ
thāpeyitavyā / u(du)tthitakā bhavanti / sutthitā thapetavyā / vātātapena
opūriyanti / naivāte thapitavyāḥ / varṣeṇa ovarṣiyanti / cchanne
thapitavyā / prāṇakehi khajjanti cchandiyāṇaṃ pratipādikehi thapayitavyā /
nāpi kṣamati / śayyāsanaṃ adhyupekṣituṃ / omayilomayilaṃ vā
pāṭitavi(12b5)pāṭitaṃ vā // atha khalu kālena kālaṃ dhovitavyaṃ /
sīvayitavyaṃ / rañjiya(jayi)tavyaṃ / mañcā vā pīṭhā vā uppādakā
bhavanti / samāṃ thapitavyāḥ / dutthitā bhavanti / susthitā thapitavyāḥ /
ondri(ddri)ṇṇakā bhavanti / palugnakā vā muñjā karttitavyā / balbajā
karttitavyā / (J.55) mañcā buṇitavyāḥ / (I.p.77) pīṭhā buṇitavyāḥ /
pādakā u(du)tthitakā bhavanti / suthapitā karttavyāḥ / vihārakā kālena
(12b6) kālaṃ siñcitavyāḥ / saṃmārjitavyāḥ / gomayakārṣī dātavyāḥ /
udakabhramāḥ pranāḍikābhramā vā kālena kālaṃ śodhitavyāḥ / pañcāhe
pañcāhe śayyāsanaṃ pratyotāpetavyaṃ / mañcā vā pīṭhā vā anyāyataḥ
karttavyaṃ / vihāro omasvediko bhavati / mañco bhitti(to) mocetvā
pratipādikā dātavyāḥ / yathā prāṇakehi na khādyeyā santānikā
śāṭitavyo / anvarddhamāsaṃ gomayaśā(12b7)ṭo dātavyo / yadi tāva vihāro
ośa karoti odako dātavyo / atha dāni usvedako bhavati śuddhena gomayena
mardditavyaṃ / vihāro usvedako bhavati / na dāni tahiṃ kṣamati /
hastaśaucaṃ vā karttuṃ pādaśaucaṃ vā mukham vā dhoyi(vi)tuṃ / pādam
vā nirmmādayituṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati / vihāro pitthitvā sthapituṃ / atha
khalu kālena kālaṃ apāvuritavyo yathā vātaṃ labheyyā (na) dhūpetavyo
ku(13a1)ṣṭhena bhurjena vā saktuhi vā evaṃ varṣopagatakehi (J.56)
śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // abhisamācārikān
dharmmān atikramati // * //

II.4 Ms.13a1 (J. 56.3); Ch.503b10
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā aparaṃ dāni āraṇyakaṃ śayyāsanaṃ himadoṣeṇa
cittaṃ na vasati / te dāni āraṇyakā vihāraṃ bāhiraṃ ghaṭṭiyaṃ kāriyāṇa
grāmantikaṃ śayyāsanaṃ okastāḥ so dāni vi(13a2)hārako vanadavena
āgacchiyāṇa dagdho / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ varṣavustehi śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin
ti dāni evaṃ varṣavustehi śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / etaṃ dāni āraṇyakaṃ
śayyāsanaṃ himadoṣeṇa ri(ci)ttaṃ na vasati / na kṣamati / āraṇyakehi
aśabdakarṇṇikāye grāmāntikaṃ / śayyāsanaṃ okkasituṃ / atha khalu
ucchā(13a3)hetavyā / tahi(ṃ) eko vā dvau vā trayo vā yāvatakā (I.p.78)
ucchahanti / yo pratibalo vastuṃ yadi utsahanti / teṣāṃ āhāreṇa
upastambhaṃ karttavyaṃ / yathā na vihanyeṃsu / atha dāni udvahanti /
āha / kiṃ vayaṃ parityaktāḥ / kissa (J.57) vayaṃ vasāmaḥ / yaṃ tahiṃ
śayyāsanaṃ bhavati kocavako vā ullīyo vā caturasrakā vā kumbhīyo vā
kaṭa(ṭā)hakāni vā sarvvaṃ grāmāntikaṃ, (13a4) śayyāsanaṃ otāretavyaṃ /
mañcā pīṭhā ullapitvā sthāpayitavyā / mañcā bhittiyo mocetvā
pratipādakā dātavyā / yathā prāṇakehi dīpikāhi vā na khajjeyā / nāpi
dāni kṣamati so vihāro adhyupekṣituṃ / ondri(ddri)ṇṇako vā paluggako vā
acaukṣo vā apratisaṃskṛto vā / atha khalu yadi tāva tṛṇacchadano vā
bhavati tṛṇapulako dātavyo / yāva go(13a5)mayaśāṭo dātavyo /
paribhāṇḍaṃ karttavyaṃ / śvetavarṇṇā dātavyaṃ // samantena vihārasya
tāva pratikṛtyeva agniharaṇī karttavyā / bhṛtakehi ca karmmakarehi ca
vihārasya catuḥpārśve kakṣaṃ jātakaṃ bhavati so lavāpayitavyo / yaṃ kālaṃ
śuṣkaṃ bhavati / niṣprāṇakaṃ tato gninā dahāpayitavyo vihārako
siñcitavyo / sammārjitavyo / gomayakārṣī (13a6) dātavyā / yaṃ sārāsāraṃ
śayyāsanaṃ amilā vā astaraṇikāṃ vā kocakā vā makucakā (vā)
guḍuguḍukā vā makucakā vā te grāmāntikaṃ śayyāsanaṃ nāpayitavyāḥ /
mañcāḥ pratipādakehi sthāpayitavyā bhittito yu(mu)ktāḥ / maṃcasya upari
pīṭhā sthāpayitavyā / pīṭhasya upari yaṃ tatra śayyāsanaṃ
omayilomayilaṃ pāṭita(J.58)vipāṭitaṃ pīṭhasya upari sthāpayitavyaṃ
cīvaravaṃśe sthāpayitavyaṃ, (13a7) bhittito muktaṃ / yadi tāva vihāro
uppiḍanako bhavati / na kṣamati / lenāni bandhituṃ / atha khalu muktakā
karttavyā / atha dāni uppaṃsulakā vihārakā bāhiraghaṭṭimā karttavyāḥ /
sarvvehi ni(r)dhāvitavyā ekena abhyantaraghaṭṭimaṃ vihārakāṃ kariya
rejjūye vā kaḍevarikā /ya(ye) vā otaritavyaṃ / otariya rajjūye vā kaḍevariyā
vā abhyantare kṣipitavyā / bāhyena vā acchitavyā / ye (13b1) tatra bhavanti
gopālakā vā paśupālakā vā teṣāṃ so vihāro anuparinditavyo te
vaktavyāḥ / dīrghāyu gacchāma tāva yaṃ grāmāntikaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ eṣo
tumhākaṃ vihārako anuparindito bhavatu / evaṃ anuparindiyāṇa gantavyaṃ
(I.p.79) / atha dāni grāmāntikaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ bhavati / evaṃ hy eva sarvvaṃ
pratisaṃskāro karttavyāḥ / yāva śvetavarṇṇā dātavyā / etāni mahantāni
vastūni bhavanti / yathā (13b2) agniśālā vā upasthānaśālā vā yadi tāva
sasvāmikaṃ bhavati / tena pratisaṃskāroye(pe)tavyā / uddiṣṭako nāśo yo
sya bhavati / tena pratisaṃskarttavyā / atha dāni naiva sasvāmiko bhavati /
nāpi uddiṣṭako sarvvasaṃghena pratisaṃskarttavyo / sāmagrīye saṃviditvā
tahiṃ ekam eko (J.59) vā śamo dātavyo / dve vā dve vā trayo vā trayo vā
yathā sarvvapratisaṃskāro gacche tathā (13b3) dātavyaṃ / mañcā vā pīṭhā
vā ullaggakā bhavanti / ayacchitavyā / ayaṃ cchantiyo karttavyāḥ / unniyo
vā biśio vā caturasrakā vā omayilomayilā bhavanti / pāṭitavipāṭitā
dhovitva sivitavyā / pratyaggalāni dātavyāni / bhaṇḍaṃ niyatakaṃ bhavati /
samudānetavyaṃ / grāmāntikaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ udakadoṣeṇa ri(ci)ttaṃ na
saṃvasati na kṣamati tehi a(13b4)śabdakarṇṇikāye āraṇyakaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ
gantuṃ / atha khalu pratikṛtyeva tāva yaṃ tatra sārāsāraṃ bhāṇḍam
astaraṇaṃ vā prāvaraṇaṃ vā upaskaro vā śraddhāprasannehi upāsakakulehi
sthāpayitavyaṃ / vihārako saṃmārjayitavyo / gomayakārṣī dātavyā /
maṃcā pratipādakehi sthātavyā bhittito muktaṃ / mañcasya upari pīṭhaṃ
sthāpayitavyaṃ / pīṭhasyopari yaṃ ta(13b5)tra jarjara bisi vā jarjara
caturaśrako vā taṃ sthāpayitavyaṃ / yadi tāva uppīḍanako vihāro bhavati /
tato lenāni muktāni sthāpetavyāni / atha dāni uppatsu(msu)lako vihā(ro)
bhavati lenāni bāhiraghaṭṭimāni karttavyāni sarvve bhikṣūhi
ni(r)dhāvantehi / ekena vihārako atya(bhya)nta(ra)ghaṭṭimo karttavyo /
prativeśikulāto niśreṇiyāviya tato o(13b6)taritavyo / (J.60) ye tatra
prativeśikā bhavanti / teṣām anuparinditavyaṃ / dīrghāyu eṣo vihārako
tumhāṇaṃ anuparindito bhavatu / (I.p.80) gacchāma vayaṃ araṇyakāni
śeyyāsanāni evaṃ parindiya gantavyaṃ / evaṃ varṣavustehi śeyyāsane
pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikramati // * //

II.5 Ms.13b6 (J. 60.5); Ch.503c1
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vista(13b7)reṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā pañcārthavaśāṃ vistareṇa kṛtvā yāvad
adrākṣīd bhagavāṃ pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikāṃ anucaṃkramanto
anuvicaranto vihārakāṃ odd(r)iṇṇakāṃ praluggakāṃ acaukṣāṃ
apratisaṃskṛtāṃ śeyyāsanaṃ ujjhitaprakīrṇṇaṃ omayilomayila(ṃ)
pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ mañcā ca pīṭhā ca / uddriṇṇakā praluggakā uppādakā
u(du)tthitakā varṣeṇa ovarṣiyantāṃ prāṇakehi khajjantāṃ bhagavān (14a1)
jānanto bhikṣūṃ pṛcchati / kim idaṃ bhikṣavo vihārakā oddriṇṇakā
paluggakā acaukṣā apratisaṃskṛtāḥ śeyyāsanaṃ ujjhitaprakīrṇṇaṃ
omayilomayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ mañcā ca pīṭhā ca oddriṇṇakā
paluggakā uppādakā u(du)tthitakā varṣeṇa ovarṣayantā prāṇakehi
khājjantā te dāni āhaṃsu vayaṃ bhagavan āgantukā ye nevāsikā te
saṃskariṣyanti /
bhagavān āha // tena hi eta(va)ṃ āgantukehi śe(14a2; J.61)yyāsane
pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ āgantukehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ /
etā dāni bhikṣū āgantukā bhavanti vihārako uddiṣṭako bhavati / mañcaṃ
pīṭhaṃ pi caturasrakaṃ kurccaṃ bi(ṃ)bohanaṃ uddiṣṭaṃ bhavati nāpi
kṣamati / gatāgatasya vihārake bhaṇḍaṃ praveśituṃ / atha khalu yadi tāva
andhakārako vihārako bhavati / pradīpo jvālayitavyo tṛṇolkā vā kaṇḍolkā
vā pra(14a3)jvālayitavyā / praviśiya cīvaraṃca(vaṃ)śo tāca(va)
pratyavekṣitavyo / anekāye prāṇakehi khāditako bhavati / yadi tāva
prāṇakehi khāyitako bhavati bhagnakā vā taṃ apaniya anyo kīlako
ākoṭayitavyo (I.p.81) pātrapraveśikā sthāpayitavyā / mañcakaś ca
pratyavekṣitavyaḥ / yadi tāva vibhagnako vā cchinnako vā bhavati
cchinnakaṇṭhi karttavyā / oddriṇṇako (14a4) vā paluggako vā bhavati
muṃjā karttitavyā balbajā karttitavyā / mañcā bra(bu)ṇitavyā pīṭhā
bra(bu)ṇitavyā / vihārako śodhayitavyo / sammārjayitavyo / mūṣa-ukkirā
vā bhavati ākoṭayitavyā / gomayakārṣī dātavyā / mañcako pratipādake
sthāpayitavyo āstaraṇaṃ prajñapiya pratikramitavyaṃ / yadi sarvvarātro
gacchati pratisaṃskāra(J.62)yantasya sarvvarātrī
pratisaṃska(skā)rayi(14a5)tavyaṃ / evaṃ āgantukehi śeyyāsane
pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikramati // * //

II.6 Ms.14a5 (J.62.4); Ch.503c16
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati śastā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa
nidānaṃ kṛtvā pañcārthavaśāṃ vistareṇa kṛtvā yāvad adrākṣīd bhagavāṃ
pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanto anuviracanto vihārakāṃ
oddriṇṇakāṃ paluggakāṃ a(14a6)caukṣāṃ apratisaṃskṛtāṃ śeyyāsanaṃ
omayilemayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ / mañcā pīṭhā oddriṇṇakāṃ
paluggakāṃ / uppādakāṃ u(du)tthitakāṃ varṣeṇa ovarṣiyantāṃ prāṇakehi
khajjantāṃ bha(ga)vān jānanto pṛcchati / kiṃ ime bhikṣavo vihārakā
oddriṇṇakā paluggakā acaukṣā apratisaṃskṛtā śayyāsanaṃ omayilemayilaṃ
pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ mañcā pīṭhā oddriṇṇakā paluggakā uppādakā
u(du)tthi(14a7)takā varṣeṇa ovarṣayantā prāṇakehi khajjantā bhikṣū
āhaṃsu / vayaṃ bhagavan nevāsikā ye āgantukā te pratisaṃskariṣyanti /
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ nevāsikehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti
dāni evaṃ nevāsikehi śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati /
naivāsikehi ye vihārakā oddriṇṇakā paluggakā acaukṣā apratisaṃskṛtā te
āgantukānāṃ (14b1) sthāpayituṃ / yadi āgantukānāṃ mātu atyāyikaṃ
bhaviṣyanti / tato naṃ pratisaṃskariṣyantīti // atha khalu (J.63) ye vihārakā
navakā ca supratisaṃskṛtā ca te āgantukānāṃ sthāpayitavyā / nāpi
kṣamati (I.p.82) śeyyāsanaṃ omayilomayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ āgantukānāṃ
sthāpayituṃ / yadi āgantukānāṃ mātu atyāyikaṃ bhaviṣyati tato
dhoviṣyanti / rañjiṣyanti / sīviṣyanti / atha khalu yaṃ (14b2) śeyyāsanaṃ
navakaṃ sudhotaṃ ca suraktaṃ ca taṃ āgantukānāṃ sthāpayitavyaṃ / nāpi
kṣamati ye mañcā vā pīṭhā vā prala(lu)ggakā vā oddriṇṇakā vā te
āgantukānāṃ sthāpayituṃ / yadi āgantukānāṃ mātu atyāya(yi)kaṃ
bhaviṣyati / tato buṇiṣyanti / atha khalu ye mañcā vā pīṭhā vā navā ca
sārā ca sa(su)dhotā ca te āgantukānāṃ sthāpayitavyā nāpi kṣamati /
adhyupekṣituṃ / atha khalu vi(14b3)hārakāṇāṃ kālena kālaṃ
khaṇḍaphuṭṭaṃ pratisaṃskarttavyaṃ / śeyyāsanaṃ dhovitavyaṃ / sivitavyaṃ /
rañjitavyaṃ / mañcā vā pīṭhā vā bhagnā vā bhavanti cchinnagaṇṭhikā
karttavyā / oddriṇṇakā vā paluggakā vā bhavanti / muñjā karttitavyā /
balbajā karttitavyā mañcā bra(bu)ṇitavyā pīṭhā vraṇitavyā / mañcā vā
pīṭhā vā uppādakā bhavanti / samaṃ sthāpayitavyā / u(du)tthāpitakā
(14b4) bhavanti / susthitā karttavyā / (J.64) vātātapena te(o)pūriyanti /
nivāte sthāpayitavyā / kākaśakunna(nta)kehi ohayiyanti channe
sthāpayitavyāḥ / varṣeṇa te(o)varṣiyanti nirovarṣe sthāpayitavyā /
prāṇakehi khajjanti cchinnagaṇḍi(ṇṭhi)yakā kariya pratipādakehi
sthāpayitavyā / evaṃ nevāsikehi śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / na
pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrama(14b5)ti // * //

II.7 Ms.14b5 (J. 64.6); Ch.503c25
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā yāvad adrākṣīd bhagavān pañcāhikāṃ
vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanto anuvicaranto vihārakāṃ oddriṇṇakāṃ
paluggakāṃ anabhi(prati)saṃskṛtāṃ ullāpe(ye) gṛhītakāṃ śeyyāsanaṃ
omayilamayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ mañcā ca pīṭhā ca oddriṇṇakāṃ
paluggakāṃ uppādakāṃ (14b6) u(du)tthitakāṃ vātātapena opūriyantāṃ
kākaśakunne(nte)hi oharṣi(yi)yantāṃ varṣeṇa ovarṣiyantāṃ prāṇakehi
khajjantāṃ bhagavāna jānanto yeca(va) bhikṣūṃ pṛcchati / kiṃ ete bhikṣavo
vihārakā oddriṇṇakā paluggakā śeyyāsanaṃ (I.p.83) omayilamayilaṃ
pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ mañcā pīṭhā ca oddriṇṇakā paluggakā uppādakā
u(du)tthitakā vātātapena opūriyantā kākaśakunne(nte)hi ohayiyantāṃ
varṣeṇa (o)varṣiyaṃtā prā(14b7)prāṇa(J.65)kehi khajjantā / bhikṣū āhaṃsu /
ye bhagavaṃ āgantukā ca nevāsikā ca te pratisaṃskariṣyanti / vayaṃ
itvāravāsino
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ sarvvehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti
dāni evaṃ hi sarvvehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / ete dāni vihārakā
bhavanti / oddriṇṇakā paluggakā acaukṣā apratisaṃskṛtakā tato raṇaraṇāye
gaṇḍiṃ āhaṇiya sarvvasaṃghena sannipati(15a1)tavyaṃ / atha dāni kaścid
āha / ahan dharmmakathiko ahaṃ vinayadharo aham āraṇyako piṇḍacāriko
pāṃsukuliko ya eto(te) droṇī śramaṇakā te pratisaṃskariṣyantīti // te
vināyātikramam āsādayanti /
atha khalu sarvvehi sannipatitavyaṃ / anyehi tāva mṛttikā mardditavyā /
anyehi khāṇukā viśālikā vā piṇḍakā vā paripūriya dātavyā / anyehi
pariharitavyaṃ / anyehi lippitavyaṃ / a(15a2)nyehi majjitavyaṃ / anyehi
udakaṃ pariharitavyaṃ / atha dāni bahuṃ lippitavyaṃ bhavati / bhikṣū ca
śāṭhyena karenti / kiṃ karttavyaṃ mitakaṃ dātavyaṃ / iman tava khaṇḍaṃ
imaṃ tava khaṇḍan ti / imaṃ tvayā pratisaṃskārayitavyaṃ / ete vihārakā
ullāpe(ye) gṛhītakā bhavanti apratisaṃskṛtā vā uppaṃsulā vā
sarvvasaṃghasya gaṇḍim ākoṭayitvā anyehi tāvad yā bhitti ollāye
gṛhītakāyo tāyo śā(15a3)ṭayitavyāyo anyehi mṛttikā marddetavyā /
anyehi udakaḥ pariharitavyaḥ / anye(hi) mṛttikā pariharttavyā / anyo lepo
dātavyaḥ / (J.66) anyaiḥ sa(ṃ)mārjitavyaṃ / vihārakā uppeḍanakā bhavanti /
śarkarāṭakā vā āpakapāṃsuko vā pariharitavyo ākoṭayitavyo / atha dāni
upaṃsulakā vihārakā bhavanti / anyair ggomaya pariharttavyaḥ /
anyai(15a4)r udakaṃ pariharttavyaḥ / anyai(ye)hi adhvāpayitavyaṃ / anyehi
gomayakārṣī dātavyā / nāpi dāni (I.p.84) adhyupekṣitavyaṃ / śeyyāsanaṃ
oṇṇiyo vā kocavako vā prākā(vā)rā vā bisiyo vā caturasrako vā
bimbohanakā vā cilimilikā vā omayilamayilā vā pāṭitavipāṭitavipāṭitā
vā acaukṣā vā apratisaṃskṛtā vā / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ / a(15a5)nyehi
oṣā gālayitavyo / anyehi udakaṃ pariharttavyaṃ / anyehi kṣāraṃ
ānayitavyaṃ / anyehi vodha(dhova)yitavyaṃ, / anyehi pīḍitavyaṃ / anyehi
visayitavyaṃ / anyehi pariharttavyaṃ / mañcā vā pīṭhā vā oḍḍiṇṇakā vā
paluggakā vā paluggakā vā bhavanti / sarvvehi muñjā vā balbajā vā
karttitavyā / mañcā vā vātavyā pīṭhā vātavyā bisī sīvayitavyā /
caturasrā dāpa(15a6)yitavyā // naṃgalāni utthāpayitavyāni / ete mañcā vā
pīṭhā vā bhagnakā vā bhavanti / yo yaṃ paśyati (J.67) tena yyeva gaṇṭhī
karttavyā / upādakā bhavanti / yo ye(va) paśyati tena yeva samaṃ
sthāpayitavyaṃ / dutthitakā bhavanti / susthitakā karttavyā / vātātapena vā
opūriyanti / yo yeva paśyati tena yyeva nivāte sthāpayitavyā /
kākaśakuntehi vā ohayiyanti / yo yyeva paśyati / tena yyeva (15a7) channe
sthāpayitavyā / varṣeṇa ovarṣayanti / yo yeva paśyati tena yyeva nirovarṣe
sthāpayitavyā / prāṇakehi khajja(n)ti / yo yeva paśyati / tena yyeva
cchinnagaṇṭhikā kariyāṇa pratipādakehi sthāpayitavyā / evaṃ sarvvehi
śayyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikramati // * //

II.8 Ms.15a7 (J. 67.9); Ch.504a14
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ virahati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vista(15b1)reṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni bhikṣū prakīrṇṇakasya ucchvāsaṃ
karonti / jano dāni odhyāyati / paśyatha bhaṇe śramaṇakā yathā uṣṭrā
vā goṇā vā garddabhā vā cchagalakā vā evam ime śramaṇā
prakīrṇṇakasya uśvāsaṃ karenti / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto eṣāṃ
śrāmaṇyaṃ / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato
ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo jano odhyāyati āma
bhagava(va)(15b2)n
(I.p.85) bhagavān āha / tena hi varccakuṭī nāma karttavyā /
varccakuṭīṃ dāni bhikṣuṇā kārāpayamāṇena nāpi kṣamati (J.68)
vihārasya purastimena vā uttā(tta)reṇa vā kārāpayituṃ / atha khalu
dakṣiṇena vā paścimena vā kārāpayitavyā / vātapathaṃ muktvā
mallakatalā khaḍā khaṇitavyā / prapātaniśritaṃ vā yadi vā khāniyā
udakāntikā bhavati / prathamaṃ kalpiyakāreṇa oha(15b3)yiyāpetavyā / atha
dāni prapātaniśritā vā urṇṇāvaccagharaṃ vovatti gacchati / antarā(ṃ)
kāṣṭhaṃ dātavyaṃ / yathā tahiṃ, / prathamaṃ niya(pa)teya parimalaṃ vā
caturasraṃ vā nivitavyā / iṣṭakāhi vā upalair vvā cchādayitavyā / yāni
sārāṇi ca dṛḍhāni ca sthūlā(ni) ca kāṣṭhāni tāny adhastā dātavyāni /
tatra kāṣṭhehi vā phalakehi vā ohāṭayitavyā / upari iṣṭ(ak)āhi mṛttikāya
(15b4) cchādayitavyāni / tac ca mukhāni karttavyāni hastām vā āyāmena
nimuṣṭakam vā hastam vistāreṇa tatra kaṇṭhavāriṇi karttavyā /
kakṣamātrī vā galamātrī vā vaṃśe(na) vā nalena vā naṃgalehi vā
phalakair vvā tathā karttavyā yathā upaviṣṭā anyonyaṃ na paśyanti /
śīrṣī(ṣā)n tatropari cchādetavyaṃ kuḍḍa(ṃ) utthapiyāṇaṃ valabhī
kārayitavyā / ākāśatalaṃ vā liṃpitavyā mṛtti(15b5)kāya vā sudhāya vā
tṛṇacchannā vā karttavyā / aparasmin pārśve varccakuṭīkā karttavyā /
tahiṃ sthāpetavyā kāṣṭhakuṇḍāni vā mṛttikākuṇḍāni vā udaka
pūrayitavyāni / tahiṃ (J.69) sthāpetavyaṃ karīṣo mṛttikā vā ūṣo vā tato
jānitavyaṃ / yadi tāva sā khāni/mā varccakuṭī bhavati / tato
varccakumbhikā bāhirodivā karttavyā / yathā taṃ udakaṃ anye na
gacchati / atha (15b6) dāni prapātanisritā bhavati / varcakuṭī kiñ cāpi
tahi(ṃ) yyeva udakaṃ patati / anāpattiḥ / varccakumbhikāye purato
kalpiyakaraki sthāpayitavyā udakasya pūrṇṇatāni tāni kuṇḍakāni vā
kaṭāhakāni vā nāpi kṣamati / adhyupekṣituṃ / saprāṇakāni vā
adhotakāni vā / atha khalu uddiśitavyaṃ / navakānte vā paṭipāṭṭikāya
vā yasya vā prāpuṇati / tena tāni kuṇḍanikāni kālena kālaṃ, (15b7)
pūrayitavyāni / kālena kālaṃ dhovayitavyā(ni) / kālena kālaṃ ātape
śoṣayitavyāni / atha (I.p.86) tāni kāṣṭhamayāni bhavanti / na kṣamati /
ātape na śoṣayituṃ, / mā phuṭṭiṃsu tti / śoṣayitvā cchātā(yā)yāṃ
sthāpayitavyāni / yaṃ kālaṃ pariśuṣkāni bhavanti / tato pūretavyāni /
varccakuṭīye purato kuṭī vā śālā vā karttavyā / tatra cīvaravaṃśā vā
cīvarabisi vā dīrgha(J.70)nāgadanta vā karttavyāḥ / ya(16a1)tra bhikṣū
kalpikāni cīvarakāṇi vinikṣipiya varccakuṭī praviśanti nāpi dāni
draviḍena viya praśrāvakaraṇaṃ gṛhnitvā varccakumbhi(ṭi)kā(ṃ)
gantavyaṃ / atha dāni varccakumbhikāṃ saprāṇakā bhavati / na dāni
(kṣamati) vaktuṃ, / āyuṣmanto saprāṇakā varccakuṭi(mbhi)kā / atha khalu
tṛṇam vā tūlikā vā upari sthāpetavyā / yathājñāye saprāṇakety
abhijñānaṃ / udakakṛtyaṃ karentena na dāni jjhallajjhaleye udakaṃ
cetavyaṃ / atha kha(16a2)lu mātā yeva cetavyaṃ / riktakāṃ
varccakumbhikāṃ paśyati / na tadā adhyupekṣitavyaṃ / yasya oheyyako
bhavati / tasya āvi(ci)kṣitavyaṃ / svayaṃ vā pūrayitavyaṃ / antamasato
kumbhikāyaṃ / ekasya (yattakaṃ) paryāstaṃ bhaveyā tattakaṃ dātavyaṃ /
atha dāni glāno bhavati / ārṣavyādhikaṃ vā praskandikaṃ vā
lekṣa(ṅka)ṭākhaṃḍehi vā bhastrāyanaṃkehi vā sukumārehi dayitavyaṃ, //
* // eṣaivārthotpattiḥ /
bhagavā(16a3)n śrāvastyāṃ viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā apareṇa dāni bhikṣuṇā vaṃśaśalākāhi
vraṇamukhaṃ potthi(cchi)taṃ tasya dāni kṣataṃ sarudhiraṃ kṛtaṃ / etaṃ
prakaraṇaṃ (J.71) bhikṣū bhagavataḥ / ārocayeṃsuḥ / bhagavān āha /
śabdāvatha bhikṣuṃ so dāni śabdāpito / bhagavān āha / evaṃ ca tvaṃ
vaṃśaśalākāhi vraṇamukhaṃ pe(po)cchesi tena hi na kṣa(16a4)mati
vaṃśaśalākāhi kaṇḍavidalikai(ke)na vā nalakāṣṭhena vā / kaṭhallena vā
asthikhaṇḍena vā vraṇamukhaṃ pocchituṃ, / atha khalu avalekhanaṃ nāma
karttavyaṃ / olikā vā sthāpayitavyā / mṛttikāmayā varttikā karttavyā / yā
khānimā varccakuṭī bhavati / nāpi kṣamati bhikṣuṇā vraṇamukhaṃ
pocchayatā tāyo varttikāyo vā kulikāyo vā varccakuṭīye prakṣipituṃ, /
(16a5) atha khalu ekamante (I.p.87) kūṭakaṃ karttavyaṃ / tāyo devasikaṃ
cchorayitavyāyo vā dahiya bhūyo vā dahiya bhūyo vā thapayitavyāyo / atha
dāni bhikṣu paśyati / ko imāyo dahiṣyatīti / ta(tā)yo cchoriya anyāyo
sthāpayitavyāyo / atha dāni prapātaniśritā bhavanti / kiṃcāpi tahiṃ
apalekhām vā prakṣipati / saṃkaraṃ vā anāpattiḥ / varcca(ṃ) karaṃtena
ta(16a6)thā karttavyaṃ, / yathā uccārapraśrāvakheṭasiṃghāṇakaṃ sarvvaṃ
tahiṃ nigacche / atha dāni anyo caukṣīkṛtaṃ bhavati / ohāṇam vā / kheṭaṃ
vā / siṃhāṇakam vā varcce vā tahi(ṃ) nikṣiptaṃ bhavati / uccikāye tahiṃ
sarvvaṃ prakṣipitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati / akṛtvā udakakṛtyaṃ
sāṃghikaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ paribhuñjituṃ // * // eṣā evārthotpattiḥ //
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ (16a7)
ca / vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā aparo dāni bhikṣuḥ / (J.72) uśvāsena uddīpito
nivasanaṃ oguhiya varccakuṭiṃ praviśati / tahiṃ ca aparo bhikṣuḥ
pūrvvapraviṣṭo so dān āha / mā me āyuṣmaṃ ohayesi / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ
bhikṣuḥ / bhagavato ārocayeṃsuḥ / bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ varcce
pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ varcce pratipadyitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva
kṣamati / bhikṣuṇā kṣamayituṃ, (16b1) yāva uśvāsena utpīḍito tti // atha
khalu samudācāramātrakeṇaiva varccakuṭiṃ gantavyā / atha dāni
bhikṣuḥ / uśvāsena sahasā uppaḍi(to) bhavati na kṣamati nivāsanaṃ
oguhiya aśabdakarṇṇikāye varcakuṭī praviśituṃ / atha khalu acchaṭikāṃ
kara(n)tena praviśitavyaṃ / yadi tātava(va ta)hi(ṃ) koci pūrvvapraviṣṭo
bhavati tena pratyacchaṭikā karttavyā / iminā āgamayitavyaṃ / tāva yāva
utthita iti / atha dāni (16b2) uppīḍito bhavati / acchaṭikāṃ karantena
allīpitavyaṃ / iminā ca parāṅmukhena bhavitavyaṃ / tasya cāvakāśo
dātavyaḥ / tena ca parāṅmukhena u(pa)viśitavyaṃ / antaraṃ dātavyaḥ /
nāpi dāni dūrato yeca(va) nivāsa(na)ṃ oguhiya upaveṣṭavyaṃ / (J.73) atha
khalu samanantaraṃ upaviśitavyaṃ ca nivasanaṃ niguhitavyaṃ ca nāpi dāni
kṣamati varcakuṭīyaṃ upaviṣṭena dhyānāntaragatena vā
middhāntaragatena vā u(16b3)ddeśaṃ vā (I.p.88) svādhyāyam vā
manasikarentena āsituṃ / atha khalu samudācāraṃ kariya utthiya cchatti
ma(ga)ntavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / sāṃghikena śeyyāsanena prāvṛtena
varccakuṭī praviśituṃ / nāpi kṣamati / kalpikehi cīvarehi prāvṛtehi
varccakuṭīṃ praviśituṃ / atha khalu sthāpayitvā praveṣṭavyaṃ nāpi dāni
kṣamati / dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādantena varccakuṭīṃ pra(16b4)veṣṭuṃ /
ekānte nikṣipitvā praveṣṭavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / oguṇṭhitaśīrṣeṇa vā
ohayitahastena na vā varccakuṭīṃ praveṣṭuṃ / atha khalu ekāṃsīkṛtena
praveṣṭavyaṃ / eṣo bhikṣuḥ purime vā paścime vā prahāṇī(ṇe) upaviṣṭo
samudācārakṛto bhavati / prahāṇasya āmantriyāṇa cchatti varccakuṭīyaṃ
gantavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣū utpīḍito bhavati nāpi kṣamati / (16b5) yathā
uṣṭreṇa vā goṇena vā garddabhena vā ūrūyo (o)haṃya(yaṃ)tena gacchituṃ, /
atha khalu saṃghārāmasya ekahiṃ ante upaviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuṇā
dṛṣṭo bhavati / nāpi kṣamati vaktuṃ, / ko vā eṣo kathaṃ vā eṣo mā veḍḍo
bhaveya tti / tena uśvāsaṃ karaṃtena mallakena vā koḍitena vā
cchorayitavyaṃ / cchoriyāṇaṃ so pṛthivīpradeśo gomaye(16b6)na
udvarttitavyaṃ / tato yadi tāva vibhavo bhavati / tailakārṣī vā (J.74)
gandhakārṣī vā dātavyaṃ / atha dāni vibhavo na bhavati / antamasato
gomayakārṣī dātavyāḥ / eṣo bhikṣuḥ / cetiyaṃ vandito uśvāsakṛto
bhavati / samudācāramātrakenaiva nirddhāvitavyaṃ / atha dāni sahasā
utpīḍito bhavati / tadā na kṣamati / uṣṭreṇa vā goṇena vā ūrūyo
ohayantena gantuṃ, / atha (16b7) khalu ekamante nivāsa(na)ṃ o(gu)hiya
upaviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣūhi dṛṣṭo bhavati tadā na kṣamati vaktuṃ /
ko vā eṣo kathaṃ vā eṣo mā ce(ve)ḍḍo bhaveya nti(tti) / tenāpi dāni
uśvāsaṃ kariya mallakena vā koḍillena vā kaṭhallena vā cchoḍiyāṇa so
pṛthivīpradeśo gomayena udvarttayitavyo / yadi tāva āhatyā pṛthivī
bhavati / uttatthapitavyā / kṛtakarmmā pṛthivī bhavati udakena
dhovita(17a1)vyaṃ / yadi tāva vibhavo bhavati cetiyaghare tailakārṣī vā
dātavyā / atha dāni na vibhavo bhavati / antamasato taṃhi pṛthivīpradeśe
gandhakārṣī vā dātavyā / atha dāni āraṇyakaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ bhavati /
durlabho gandho antamasato tailakārṣī dātavyā / ete (I.p.89) dve bhikṣū
ve(ce)tiyaṃ vandanti yaṃ paśyanti tatra śunakhena vā śṛgālena vā uśvāsaṃ
kṛtakaṃ yo navako bhavati / te(17a2)na cchoritavyaṃ / atha dāni navatarako
śaithiliko bāhuliko bhavati / vṛddhatareṇa cchoritavyaṃ / (J.75) ete dve
bhikṣū gocaraṃ praviśanti prakṛtyeva tāva cchaḍḍayitavyaṃ, / atha dāni
bhikṣūḥ praviṣṭo samāno samudācāraṃ kṛto bhavati / kiṃ karttavyaṃ
grāmāntikaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ gantavyaṃ / pratikramaṇam vāgantavyaṃ / nāpi
kṣamati / bhikṣuṇī-upāśraye gatāgatasya varccakuṭiṃ praviśituṃ / anekāye
(17a3) bhikṣuṇikā upaviṣṭā bhaveya / atha khalu pṛcchitavyaṃ / bhagini kiṃ
riktā vā varccakuṭī neti nāpi kṣamati / taruṇikā pṛcchituṃ / mā veṇṇā
bhaveya nti(tti) / atha khalu vṛddhā pṛcchitavyā / yadi tāvad āha / ārya
riktā varccakuṭīti / kanakena vā dakānakena vā udakaṃ gṛhṇiya
praviśitavyaṃ / uśvāsaṃ kariya udakakṛtyaṃ kariya gantavyaṃ, / atha dāni
evaṃ pi na bhavati nī(17a4)lamañcaṃ gantavyaṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati /
strīṇāṃ niga(nīla)maṃca(ṃ) gantuṃ / atha khalu yo puruṣāṇāṃ nīlamaṃco
tahiṃ gantavyaṃ nīlamañco na bhavati / utsṛṣṭagṛhaṃ gantavyaṃ /
pṛcchitavyaṃ rikto ukkharo ti na dāni taruṇikā strī pṛcchitavyā / mā
a'prahāsaṃ deyā mahantikā pṛcchitavyā / yadi tāvad āha / ṛkto
udakadakānakā ādāya praveṣṭavyaṃ / evaṃ pi na bhavati /
śūnya(17a5)gharaṃ vā jambālam vā bhavati / tahiṃ gantavyaṃ / na dāni
tahiṃ gantavyaṃ / na dāni tahiṃ atini(ḥ)śabdaprave(de)śe upaveṣṭavyaṃ /
mā (J.76) uggaṃkito bhaveyaṃ channaprave(de)śe upaveṣṭavyaṃ / atha dāni
evaṃ pi na bhavati / utkṣiptarathyāyāṃ kuḍyaṃ pṛṣṭhato kṛtvā uśvāso
karttavyo / yo sau dvitīyo sahāyo bhavati / tena purato parāṅmukhena
sthātavyaṃ / ete bhikṣu sārthena sā(17a6)rddham adhvānaṃ gacchaṃti /
bhikṣu uśvāsito bhavati nāpi kṣamati / ya(pa)tthesmiṃ uśvāsaṃ karttuṃ, /
mā (jano) odhyāyeṃsu ken imaṃ (I.p.90) ya(pa)tthesmi(ṃ) antrāṇi
vikīrṇṇāni / atha khalu ekatamaṃ jjhaṭam vā vṛkṣaṃ vā pṛṣṭhato
kariyāṇa upaviśitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni anuvātaṃ karttavyaṃ / mā
sarvvasārthaṃ gandhena vyāvaheyyā apavātaṃ karttavyaṃ / sārthe
nisṛṣṭasmiṃ samudācāro bhavati / ekānte upaviśiya kartta(17a7)vyaṃ / nāpi
dāni apratisaṃviditena utha(cca)ttitavyaṃ, / mā coro vā ocorako vā nti(tti)
hanyeyā nāpi dāni anuvātaṃ karttavyaṃ / yā(mā) sarvvasārtho gandhena
vā(vyā)vaheyā apavātaṃ karttavyaṃ, / nāpi dāni kṣamati / pratikṛtyeva
nivāsanaṃ (J.77) oguhiya gacchituṃ, / atha khalu nivāsanaṃ oguhitavyaṃ ca
upaviśitavyañ ca na kṣamati nivāsanaṃ oguhiya vāmena hastena aṅgajātaṃ
gṛ(17b1)hniya draviḍena yathā udakasamīpa(pe) gantuṃ / atha khalu
utthihitavyaṃ ca nivāsanaṃ osaritavyaṃ / nāvāye gacchantasya samudācāro
bhavati yadi varcakuṭī bhavati / tahi(ṃ) karttavyaṃ kāṣṭhakaṃ antarā
karttavyā / yathā tahiṃ prathamaṃ nipateyā evaṃ na bhavati / antamasato
svakā aṅguli upathapitavyā / varccakuṭī na bhavati / kaṭā(he)na vā
mallikena vā ujjhitavyaṃ stūpābhigṛhe vā saṃghābhigṛhe vā pa(17b2)śyati /
ujjhitavyaṃ / atha dāni dve caṃkramante / vṛddhatarako navatarako ca
navakena ujjhitavyaṃ / atha dāni so bhavati śaithiliko vā bāhuliko vā
āvaḍḍhako vā aśikṣākāmo (vā) tadā svayaṃ ujjhitavyaṃ / eṣo hi bhikṣuḥ /
dīrghakena khāyitako bhavati / vaidyo jalpati bhatte(nte) mahāvikaṭāṃ
pāyetha nti(tti) kiṃ karttavyaṃ / yadi tāva ātmano uccāro bhavati / so eva
tasya pratigraho (J.78) atha (17b3) dāni parakerako uccāro bhavati /
pratigrahāpayitavyo / udakena accāviya ghanena narttakena parisrāviya tasya
bhikṣusya sumanāphullāni na śakye dadiyāṇaṃ vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣmana
imasya bhaiṣajyasya gandho yādṛśo uccārasya mā khalu te amanāya(pa)ṃ
bhaviṣyati pibāhi yadi śe jīvitukāmo evaṃ sarvvehi sarvve(varcce)
pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhi(17b4)samācārikān dharmmān
atikramati // * //

(I.p.91)
II.9 Ms. 17b4 (J. 78.7); Ch.504c18
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni bhikṣuḥ prakīrṇṇakaṃ praśvāsaṃ karonti
jano dāni odhyāyanti / paśyatha bhaṇe (ime) śramaṇakā / yathā uṣṭrā vā
goṇā vā gardabhā vā cchagalakā vā eva(m i)me śramaṇakā prakīrṇṇakaṃ
praśvāsaṃ karonti / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ ku(17b5)to vā / imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ
etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ / bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu /
bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo jano odhyāyati / tena hi praśvāsakuṭī
nāma karttavyā / praśvāsakuṭīpi(ye) dāni bhikṣuṇā kāra(pa)yantena na
kṣamati vī(vi)hārasya uttareṇa (vā) pūrvveṇa (vā) kārāpayituṃ / atha
khalu dakṣiṇena vā paścimena vā kārāpayitavyā vātapatha(ṃ) muktvā
(17b6) udakabhramaṇasya vā ta(u)pari karttavyā / upalasya vā iṣṭakāya vā
upari mallatalakā khannāṃ khanitavyā / madhye cchidrakaṃ karttavyaṃ /
(J.79) udakabhramaṇasya upari thapetavyā suvā(dhā)ya samaṃtena
lipitavyā / yadi samantena setuḥ karttavyo yathā patako yeva praśvāsako
bāhyena nirggacchati / dhoviya tailena mrakṣayitavyā / navakāntena vā
uddiṣṭakena vā paṭipāṭikāyena vā yasya (17b7) vā prāpuṇeti // * // eṣā
evārthotpattiḥ //
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā aparo dāni bhikṣuḥ prahāṇaṃ upaviṣṭako
prāśvāsena uṣpī(ppī)ḍito praśvāsakuṭīṃ gacchiyāṇaṃ nivāsanaṃ
o(gu)hiyāṇaṃ praśvāsaṃ kariṣyanti / tahiṃ ca bhikṣuḥ pūrvvapraviṣṭo
praśvāsaṃ karoti / so jalpati / mā khalu me āyuṣman omutrapa(ya)si tti /
etaṃ (18a1) prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu /
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ praśvāse pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ tāva na
kṣamati bhikṣuṇā āgamayituṃ / yāva praśvāsena pra(u)pīḍito bhavati /
atha khalu samudācāramātrakenaiva praśvāsakuṭīṃ gantavyaṃ / nāpi
dāni kṣamati aśabdakarṇṇikāye praśvāsakuṭīṃ praviśituṃ // atha khalu
acchaṭikāṃ karantena praśvāsakuṭiṃ praviśitavyaṃ / ya(18a2)di tahiṃ koci
pūrvvapraviṣṭo (I.p.92) tena pratyacchaṭikā karttavyā iminā tāva
āgamayitavyaṃ / yāva praśvāso kṛto atha dāni so bhikṣuḥ / uppīḍiyatī
yeva acchaṭikāṃ karantena allīpitavyaṃ / (J.80) iminā avakāśo dātavyo tato
ubhayo(ye)hi praśvāso karttavyo / nāpi dāni kṣamati / oguṇṭhitaśīrṣeṇa
vā ohitahaste(na) vā dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādantena (vā) upaveṣṭa(ṣṭu)ṃ / atha
khalu ekāṃsakṛtena ekā(18a3)nte dantakāṣṭhaṃ sthāpayitvā
upaveṣṭavyaṃ / nāpi dāni tahiṃ dhyānāntareṇa vā svādhyāyam vā
karentena aśubhasamāpattim vā samāpannena āsitavyaṃ / atha khalu
prasrāvaṃ kṛtvā cchatti utthitavyaṃ / eṣo dāni bhikṣuḥ prahāṇa
upaviṣṭako praśvāsakṛto bhavati / utthiyāṇaṃ praśvāsakuṭīṃ gantavyā /
atha dāni praśvāsena uppīḍito bhavati / na kṣamati / yathā uṣṭ[re]ṇa vā
(18a4) goṇena vā gardabhena vā ūrūyo omūtriyantena gantuṃ, / atha khalu
ekatamaṃte upaviśiya praśvāso karttavyo / atha dāni kenaci bhikṣuṇā
dṛṣṭo nāpi dāni kṣamati vaktuṃ / ko vā eṣo katham vā eṣo mā veḍḍe
bhaveya nti(tti) / tenāpi dāni praśvāsaṃ kariyāṇa so pṛthivīpradeśo yadi
tāvad āhatya /(tyā) pṛthivī bhavati / kāṣṭhena vā kaṭhallena vā
uttatthiyā(18a5)ṇaṃ cchorayitavyo atha dāni kṛtaṃkarmmā pṛthivī bhavati /
dhovayitavyā / tato tailakārṣī vā gandhakārṣī vā (J.81) dātavyā / atha
dāni nāsti vibhavo antamasato gomayakārṣī dātavyā / atha dāni
praśvāsakuṭī na bhavati / ekasmi(ṃ) koṇe sarvvasaṃghasya
praśvāsapaṭe(ghaṭo) sthāpayitavyo tasyopari cchidramallakā dātavyaṃ //
mā aprakṛtikā ghaṭasya vā bāhyena [pra]śvā(18a6)saṃ choreyā ti / tatra
tatraṃ(kunta)ko alābuotumbako vā thapayitavyo tahiṃ praśvāsaṃ kariyāṇa
ghaṭake prakṣipitavyaṃ / na dāni tahi(ṃ) kṣamati / uccāro vā
kheṭasiṃghāṇako vā prakṣipituṃ / so dāni ujjhitavyo / navakāntena
kāyasya vā oheyyako bhavati / nāpi dāni kṣamati / atyā(bhyā)game
pradeśe ujjhituṃ sarvvasaṃghasya mā gandhena vyāvaheyyā / atha dāni
dvibhūmako bhavati / dvitīyāyāṃ (18a7) bhūmiyaṃ tathā yeva ghaṭako
sthāpayitavyo / tṛbhūmiko bhavati / tṛtīyāyāṃ bhūmau tathā yyeva
sthāpayitavyaṃ / tahiṃ praśvāsaṃ (I.p.93) karitavyaṃ / karṇṇikaṃ yaṃ kālaṃ
prahāṇasya yathāsukhaṃ kṛtaṃ bhavati / taṃ kālaṃ praśvāsaghaṭikā
nikkāla(J.82)yitavyā / kenāyaṃ nikkālayitavyo / navakāntena vā
paṭipāṭipāṭikāya vā yasya vā prāpuṇati / tato pi na kṣamati / so tahiṃ
cchorayituṃ / yahiṃ deve va(18b1)rṣintasya stūpavigrahaṃ vā saṃghavigrahaṃ
vā gacchati / atha khalu tahiṃ cchorayitavyaṃ / yahiṃ deve varṣantena anye
na gacchati nāpi kṣamati / praśvāsaghaṭaṃ abhinikuñje pradeśe
sthāpayituṃ / mā anye bhikṣū na paśyeṃsu / nāpi kṣamati / atiprākaṭe
pradeśe sthāpayituṃ / mā naṃ ḍhossā vā viḍā vā vātaputrā vā
bhuṃjeṃsu / atha khalu pracchannaprākaṭe sthāpayitavyaṃ / vikāle
praviśiyāṇaṃ tahiṃ yyeva (18b2) sthāne sthāpayitavyo / ghaṭasyopari
cchidramallakaṃ sthāpayitavyaṃ / cchidramallakasyopari kuntako vā
alābutumbuko vā thapayitavyo / atha dāni saṃghe praśvāsaghaṭo na
bhavati / paudgalikapaudgalikāni praśvāsaghaṭikāni sthāpayitavyāni /
ghaṭikā vā kārakā vā alābutumbukā vā kalpa(ya)to eva praśvāsaṃ
ekamante visarjiya praśvāsabhaṇḍakaṃ / vodhi(dhovi)ya pratigupte (18b3)
pradeśe ātape sthāpayitavyaṃ / tato vikāle bhūyo praveśitavyo / kuta(nta)ko
bhavati / evaṃ yyeva karttavyaṃ tucchakaṃ bhavati kalpa(ya)to yeca(va)
ujjhitvā cchannā(nne) sthavitavyaṃ / mā phuṭṭeṃsu śiktena uccinitvā
sthāpayitavyaṃ / mallakaṃ bhavati / ekānte ujjhitvā dhovitvā ātape
sthāpayitavyaṃ / sāyaṃ praveśentena kunta vā tumbakā vā śikṣe(kte)(na)
(J.83) uccinitvā mañcakasthāne ullapitavyaṃ / oru(18b4)hantena mallakaṃ
ghaṭikā vā mañcakasya ca oruhantena susthapitā karttavyā bhājanaṃ na
bhavati / varṣā udakaṃ ca bhavati / na dāni tathā prasrāvo va(ka)rttavyo /
yathā cetiyābhigṛhaṃ upari ghaṃśvato gaccheyā ekāntake karttavyaṃ /
agniśālāyāṃ vā upasthānaśālāyāṃ vā upaviṣṭasya samudācāro bhavati /
cchatti niṣkramitavyaṃ / atha dāni uppilito bhavati akaṃ,(18b5)thāyene viya
mūtreṇa siñcantena na gantavyaṃ / atha khalu ekāntena kṛtvā ujjhitavyaṃ
(I.p.94) / tailakārṣī dātavyā / antamasato gomayakārṣī dātavyā / eṣo
bhikṣu cetiyaṃ vandanto praśvāsakṛto bhavati / samu(dā)cāramātrakeṇa
eva gantavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣu suṣṭhu uppīlito bhavati nāpi kṣamati /
yathā uṣṭreṇa vā goṇena vā urūyo omūtrantena gantuṃ, / atha (18b6)
khalu ekamantena praśvāso karttavyo / atha dāni koci bhikṣu paśyati /
nāyaṃ vaktavyo ko eṣo kim vā katham vā etaṃ ti mā veḍḍo bhaveya
nti(tti) / tenāpi praśvāsaṃ kariyāṇa yadi tāva āhatyā pṛthivī bhavati /
kāṣṭhena vā kaṭhallena vā uttacchi(tthi)ya cchorayitavyaṃ / (J.84) atha
dāni kṛtakarmmā pṛthivī bhavati dhovitavyā / sarvvatra cetiyaṃgṛhe
gandhakārṣī vā tailakārṣī vā dātavyā / atha dāni vibhavo na (18b7)
bhavati / antamasato tahiṃ pṛthivīpradeśe tailakārṣī vā gandhakārṣī vā
dātavyā / atha dāni āraṇyakaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ bhavati durllabho gandho
antamasato tailakārṣī dātavyā / eṣo bhikṣuḥ gocaraṃ pravisati / prakṛtyeva
tāva praśvāsaṃ kariya praviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ gocaraṃ praviṣṭaḥ
praśvāsakṛto bhavati / nāpi kṣamati / abhyāgame pradeśe praśvāsaṃ
karttuṃ, / atha kha(19a1)lu yā u(t)kṣiptarathyā bhavati tuṇḍarathyā tahiṅ
gantavyaṃ / kuṇḍa(ṃ) agrato kariyāṇa praśvāso karttavyo yo se dvitīyo
sahāyo bhavati / tena pṛṣṭhato sthātavyaṃ / parāṅmukhena eṣo bhikṣuḥ
sārthena samānam adhvānaṃ gacchati / praśvāsakṛto bhavati / nāpi
kṣamati / panthesmiṃ praśvāsaṃ karttuṃ / mā jano odhyāye kena ime
panthe praśvāso kṛto rudhiraṃ viya cchandituṃ / atha khalu ekānte
praśvāso karttavyo / (19a2) panthāto ussariya ekānte karttavyaṃ / nāpi dāni
kṣamati / anuvātaṃ karttuṃ, / mā sārtho gandhena vyāvaheyyā / apavātaṃ
karttavyaṃ / atha dāni sārthe sanniviṣṭe samudā(cā)ro bhavati / ekānte
uccattiya karttavyaṃ / (J.85) na dāni apratisaṃviditena uccattitavyaṃ / mā
coro vā ocorako veti hanyeyā / atha khalu saṃviditena uccattitavyaṃ / nāpi
dāni anuvarttita(vātaṃ kartta)vyaṃ / apavātaṃ karttavyaṃ / nāvāre(ye) (19a3)
gacchantasya samudā(cā)ro bhavati / yadi varccakuṭī bhavati tahiṃ
karttavyaṃ // atha dāni varccakuṭī na bhavati bhājane kṛtvā ujjhitavyaṃ //
(I.p.95) atha dāni glāno bhavati bhikṣuḥ pāṇḍurogeṇa vaidyo jalpati /
bhañjentaṃ pratimūtraṃ pibanāya dethe tti kiṃ karttavyaṃ yadi tāva
ātmanako praśvāso bhavati / purimapaścimakaṃ ca varjayitvā madhyamaṃ
gṛhnitavyo / evam tasya pratigrahaḥ / (19a4) atha dāni anyātakaṃ bhavati
purimapaścimakañ ca varjyaṃ kṛtvā gṛhnitavyaṃ / tataḥ paścāt
pratigrāhayitavyaṃ / tasya glānasya sumanāphullaṃ na (śa)kke dadiyāṇaṃ
vaktavyaṃ / imaṃ khalu buddhaprajñaptaṃ bhaiṣajyaṃ piba yadi jīvitukāmo
si / evaṃ praśvāse pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // abhisamācārikān
dharmmān atikramanti // * //

II.10 Ms.19a4 (J.85.14); Ch.505a23
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viha(19a5)rati / śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā / apareṇa dāni bhikṣuṇā sāṃghikāyaṃ (J.86)
bhūmau āmrapotako ropitako so dāni taṃ unneti va(r)ddheti ghaṭasiktako
ekaputrako viya apareṇa bhikṣuṇā āgacchiya uppāḍiya dantakāṣṭaṃ
khāyitaṃ so dāni tena dṛṣṭo // so dān āha / āyuṣman evaṃ ca dāni tvaṃ
mama ā(19a6)mrapotako ghaṭasiktako ekaputrakaṃ viya saṃvarddhitavyaṃ /
uppāḍiya dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādasi / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ
bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha taṃ bhikṣuṃ /
so dāni śabdāpito bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣu evaṃ nāma apareṇa
bhikṣuṇā sāṃghikāyāṃ bhūmau āmrapotako ropito so dāni tena unnīto
varddhito ghaṭasiktako ekaputra(19a7)ko viya tvayā so age(āga)cchiya
uppāḍiya bhaṃjiya dantakāṣṭhaṃ khāditaṃ / āha / āma bhagavaṃ
bhagavān āha // evaṃ nāma tvaṃ puṣpopagataṃ vṛkṣaṃ uppāḍiya
dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādasi / tena hi na kṣamati / dantakāṣṭhaṃ // * // eṣā
evārthotpattiḥ //
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
vistareṇa (I.p.96) nidānaṃ kṛtvā bhagavān mahatīye bālākinīye
bhikṣuparyā(ṣā)ye dharmman deśaya(19b1)ti / te dāni bhikṣū
dantakāṣṭhaṃ na khādantā ekānte niṣaṇṇā āsanti pravātagandhikena
mukhena paśyanti / mā sabrahmacāriṃ gandhena (J.87) vyāvahiṣyāmaḥ /
bhagavān jānanto yeva pṛcchati kiṃ ete bhikṣavo bhikṣū ekānte āsanti /
kalahitakā viya manye / bhikṣū āhaṃsu / bhagavatā dantakāṣṭhaṃ
pratikṣiptaṃ / tato ete bhikṣavo ekānte āsanti / pravātagandhikena
mukhena paśyanti mā sabrahmacā(19b2)rī gandhena vyāvahiṣyāmaḥ /
bhagavān āha / tena hi anujānāmi dantakāṣṭhaṃ prāmāṇikaṃ mahāntaṃ
ṣoḍaśāṅgulaṃ, // * // eṣaivārthotpattiḥ //
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto nandanopanandanā
savallarikāni dantakāṣṭhāni khādanti jano dāni odhyāyanti paśyatha
bhaṇe śramaṇakāḥ / yathā kumārakā vā dharmmiṣṭhā vā akṣadarśā vā
gaṇa(kā) vā mahāmatrā vā / evam ime śra(19b3)maṇakāḥ savallarikāni
dantakāṣṭhāni khādanti / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ etaṃ
prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha śabdāpayatha
nandanopanandanāṃ te dāni śabdāpitā / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo
nandanopanandanā evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ savallarikāni dantakāṣṭhāni
khādatha / jano dāni odhyāyati paśyatha bhaṇe śramaṇakā yathā (19b4)
kumārakā vā dharmmiṣṭhā vā gaṇakā vā rājaputrā vā ime
śramaṇakāḥ savallarikāni dantakāṣṭhāni khādanti / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ
kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha / evaṃ ca
dāni yūyaṃ apramāṇāni dantakāṣṭhāni khādatha / tena hi pramāṇikaṃ
dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādayitavyaṃ / dantakāṣṭhāni nāma triṇi jyeṣṭhaṃ
madhyamaṃ kanīyasaṃ / jyeṣṭhaṃ (J.88) nāma ṣoḍaśāṅgu(19b5)lāni
madhyamaṃ dvādaśāṅgulāni kanīyasam aṣṭāṅgulāni // * //
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā aparo dāni bhikṣu
dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādati / tena dāni khādantena dantakāṣṭhaṃ
tho(nira)vaśeṣaṃ kṛtaṃ / tena dāni bhagavān dṛṣṭo bhagavato gauraveṇa
sarvvam abhyavahṛtaṃ / tasya dāni aphāṃsu / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū
bhagavato ārocayeṃ(19b6)su / bhagavān āha / evaṃ ca yūyaṃ sarvvaṃ, (I.p.97)
niravaśeṣaṃ dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādatha tena hi śeṣāś catvāri aṅgulāni
dantakāṣṭhasya varjyaṃ karttavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣū āraṇyake śeyyāsane
prativasanti / kalpiyakāro durllabho bhavati kiṃ karttavyaṃ / jyeṣṭhakāni
dantakāṣṭhāni kārāpayitavyāni / tato bhikṣuṇā dantakāṣṭaṃ khādiya
ku(r)ccakaṃ śastrakena cchinditavyaṃ / dhoviyāṇaṃ thapayitavyo / aparaṃ
(19b7) divasaṃ evam eva khādiya evaṃ tāva khādayitavyaṃ yāva
dantakāṣṭhasya catvāri aṅgulāni avaśiṣṭāni tato cchoritavyaṃ / so eṣo
bhikṣuḥ niravaśeṣaṃ dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādati vinayātikrama(ṃ) āsādayati /
dantakāṣṭhaṃ pi nāma khādantena na kṣamati / stūpavigrahe vā
saṃghavigrahe vā dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādinta(tu)ṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ glāno
bhavati śirāviddhako vā virecanapītako vā ghṛta(20a1)pītako vā kiñcāpi
saṃghavigrahe dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādati / anāpattiḥ / nāpi dāni kṣamati /
dantakāṣṭhaṃ (J.89) khādantena kheṭaṃ diśodiśaṃ cchorayituṃ / ku(r)ccako
vā dicchaddiya diśodiśaṃ cchorayituṃ / atha khalu kaṭa(ṭā)hake vā
mallake vā koṭiyāṃ vā āviddhapuṭikāyām vā kheṭaṃ cchorayitavyo
vāmena ca hastena ku(r)ccako gṛhṇitavyaḥ / paścāta ekamantena
cchorayitavyaḥ / dantakāṣṭhaṃ pi dāni khādantena nāpi kṣamati /
upasthānaśā(20a2)lāyām vā agniśālāyām vā bhaktaśālāyām vā
kalpiyaśālāyām vā kalpikakuṭikāyām vā saṃghamadhye (vā)
upādhyāyācāryāṇām vā agrato vṛddhatarakānām vā bhikṣūṇāṃ agrato
dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādituṃ / nāpi kṣamati mātṛgrāmasya agrato
dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādituṃ, / nāpi kṣamati / cetiyaṃ vandantena
oguṇṭhitaśīrṣeṇa vā ohitahastena vā tha(ce)tiyāti(bhi)gṛhe vā prāsāde vā
khā(20a3)dituṃ / ekāṃśīkṛtena ekānte khāditavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati /
dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādiya madhyena pāṭiyāna jihvāṃ nilehituṃ kāmabhoginā
yathā / atha dāni bhikṣu jihvāṃ nilehitukāmo bhavati / kurccakena
āmarjayitavyā / nāpi kṣamati vibhūṣaṇābhiprāyeṇa dantakāṣṭhaṃ
khādituṃ // atha khalu durggandhaprahāṇārthaṃ dantakāṣṭhaṃ
khāditavyaṃ / atha dā(20a4)ni dantakāṣṭhaṃ na (I.p.68) bhavati / aṅgāreṇa
vā / apakkaladdunā vā dantā odya(gha)(r)sayitavyāḥ / (J.90) antamasato
aṃguli dantakāṣṭhaṃ khāditavyaṃ / sa eṣo bhikṣuḥ sarvveṇa sarvvaṃ
dantakāṣṭhaṃ na khādati vinayātikramam āsādayati / eṣo bhikṣu
ve(ce)tiyaṃ vandati / paśyati dantapoṇaṃ cchorayitavyo / atha dāni dve janā
bhavanti / yo navako bhavati / tena (20a5) uddhṛtavyā / atha dāni navako
śaithiliko bāhuliko bhavati vṛddhatareṇa uddhṛtavyo / evaṃ dantakāṣṭhe
pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikramati // * //
uddānaṃ
evaṃ śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ varṣopanāyiko(ke) śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ varṣopagatehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ (20a6) varṣavustehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ āgantukehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ naivāsikehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ hi sarvvehi śeyyāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ varce pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ praśvāse pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ dantakāṣṭhe pratipadyitavyan ti// * //
// dvitīyo varggaḥ // * //


(I.p.99) III.1 Ms.20a6 (J.91.1); Ch.505c1
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā
pañcā(20a7)rthavaśān sampaśyamānās tathāgatā arhantaḥ
samyaksambuddhā / pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanty
anuvicaranti / katamāṃ pañca / kacci me śrāvakāḥ / na karmmārāmāḥ /
na karmmaratāḥ / na karmmārāmatānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti
vistareṇa yāvad adrākṣīd bhagavāṃ pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām
anucaṃkramanto anuvicaranto anyataraṃ bhikṣu bhūmau astariya cīvaraṃ
(20b1) sīvantaṃ bhagavāṃ jānanto pṛcchanti kim idaṃ bhikṣuḥ / āha /
bhagavan idaṃ cīvaraṃ sivayāmi /
bhagavān āha / evan taṃ tvaṃ bhūmīya astarīya cīvaraṃ sivayasi / tena hi
kaṭhinaṃ nāma karttavyaṃ / kaṭhinaṃ tāva bhikṣuṇā kārāpayamāṇena
dvādaśahastāṃ āyāmato karttavyo / aṣṭahastāṃ vistāreṇa vaṃśānāṃ vā
nalānām vā na(ṃ)galānāṃ vā kāṇḍānām vā carukānām vā rohiṣāṇām
vā sūtrikāya vā rejjukāya vā (20b2) ghaṇa buṇitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ bhikṣuḥ
cīvaraṃ sīvitukāmo bhavati / upasthānaśālāyāṃ vā agniśālāyāṃ vā
prāsāde vā prahāṇake kaṭhinaṃ prajñāpayitvā cīvaraṃ sīvitavyaṃ /
kaṭhinaṃ astariyāṇaṃ pādāṃ (J.92) dhoviyāṇaṃ kaṭhinasmiṃ
pallaṃkenopaviśiyāṇaṃ taṃ cīvaraṃ sīvitavyaṃ / atha dāni aparo pi koci
sīvayi(tu)kāmo bhavati tenāpi pādāṃ dhovayitvā kaṭhinasmiṃ
pallaṃkenopaviśiya cīvaraṃ, (20b3) sīvayitavyaṃ / atha dāni niṣaṇṇo
bāhirakāṃ pādāṃ kṛtvā mū(sū)traṃ valento āsati anāpattiḥ / atha dāni
bhikṣuḥ pādānaṃ(ni) dhovayitukāmo bhavati / na kṣamati / adhotakehi
pādakehi kaṭhinaṃ okramituṃ / atha khalu bāhyena kaṭhinasmi pādāni
thapi/yāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ sīvayitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ cīvaraṃ sīvitaṃ bhavati /
kaṭhinaṃ savva(nva)ṭiyāṇaṃ bhittīye dve kīlakāni khaniya rajjue (20b4)
bandhiya tahiṃ ukkavayitavyaṃ / yadi aparo pi koci sīvayitukāmo bhavati /
tenāpi kaṭhinaṃ astarīya cīvarakaṃ yeca(va) tathā sīvayitavyaṃ / nāpi
kṣamati kaṭhinasya raṅge vā śodhayituṃ gomayaṃ vā cīvarakāni vā
śodhayituṃ / atha khalu cīvarakaṃ sīvayitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / kaṭhinaṃ
adhyupekṣituṃ (I.p.100) / ullaggakaṃ vā paluggakaṃ vātātapena
vināsiyantaṃ varṣeṇa vā ova(20b5)rṣayantaṃ pakṣīhi vā ohayi(pi)yantāṃ /
(J.93) atha khalu kālena kālaṃ bandhitavyaṃ kālena kālaṃ
pratisaṃskarttavyo / atha dāni kaṭhinaṃ na bhavati / mañcasya vā upari
cīvaraṃ pīṭhasya vā upari cīvarakaṃ kariyāṇaṃ sīvitavyaṃ / atha dāni
evaṃ na bhavati / prahāṇaśālāyām vā / upasthānaśālāyām vā
maṇḍalamāḍe vā pradeśakaṃ gomayena upalimpiya cīvarakaṃ sīvitavyaṃ /
antamasa(20b6)to jānukānāṃ pi upari cīvarakaṃ thaviya sīvayitavyaṃ / evaṃ
kaṭhine pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // abhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikrāmati // * //

III.2 Ms.20b6 (J.93.8); Ch.505c11
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / aparo dāni bhikṣuḥ prahāṇakaṃ
upaviṣṭo / so dāni yathāsukhaṃ kṛte vihārakaṃ apaduriya praviśati
śītalakaṃ ca tena ākrāntaṃ tasya bhavati dīrghako mayā ākrānto tasya
dāni tena nivare(ra)ṇena sarvva(20b7)rātriṃ cittaṃ na samādhānaṃ gacchati /
etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu //
bhagavān āha / tena hi cakkalī nāma karttavyā / cakkalī tāvad
bhikṣuṇā kārāpayamāṇena kārāpayitavyā / vaṃśānām vā naḍānām vā
naṅgalānām vā kaṇḍānām vā rejjukāye vā mū(sū)trakāye vā ghaṇā
buṇitavyā tathā karttavyā / yathā dīrghako na saṃsakkati / vihārasya
dvārasmiṃ upari trayo kīlakāni āṭapitavyā (21a1) tahiṃ cakkalī
bandhitavyā / osāriyāṇaṃ heṣṭhe dve kīlakānāṃ pīḍiyāṇa tahiṃ (J.94)
bandhitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ bhikṣuḥ prahāṇaṃ otaranti tato dvāraṃ
muñcitavyaṃ / nivāpiyāṇa cakkalī osāriyāṇaṃ kīlakehi bandhiyāṇa tato
osāritavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ prahāṇasya yathāsukhaṃ kṛtaṃ bhavati / tato
vihāraṃ gacchiyāṇaṃ cakkalī utkṣipitavyā // nāpi dāni sahasā anekāyo
mā tarhi dīrghako praviṣṭo bhavepa(21a2)ya nti(tti) / atha khalu
khaṭakhaṭāpayitavyo kāṣṭhena vā kaṭhallena vā tato paścāc cakkalī
utkṣipitavyā / praviśiyāṇaṃ cakkalī osārayitavyā / dvāraṃ bandhitavyaṃ /
tato pratikramitavyaṃ paścimaṃ prahāṇaṃ otaritavyaṃ / dvāraṃ (I.p.101)
apaduccaritavyaṃ cakkalī utkṣipiyāṇaṃ dvāraṃ pivi(dhi)yāṇaṃ cakkalī
osāriyāṇaṃ prahāṇaṃ otaritavyaṃ / prahāṇato yaṃ kālaṃ utthito bhavati /
vihāraṃ gacchiyāṇaṃ yadi (21a3) (tā)va prabhātaṃ bhavati / cakkalī
utkṣipiyāṇaṃ upari bandhitavyā // dvāraṃ apaduriya tato praviśitavyaṃ /
evaṃ devasikaṃ na dāni kṣamati divasata osarayitvā thapayituṃ / nāpi
kṣamati sā cakkalī adhyupekṣituṃ / ullaggikā vā paluggikā vā /
prāṇakehi (J.95) vā khajjanti / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ bandhitavyā /
kālena kālaṃ pratisaṃskarttavyā / evaṃ cakka(21a4)līye pratipadyitavyaṃ / na
pratipadyeti // abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

III.3 Ms.21a4 (J.95.4); Ch.505c17
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā pañcārthavasāṃ
saṃpaśyamānā yāva vistareṇa kṛtvā yāvad adrākṣīd bhagavān
pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanto vihārāṃ oddriṇṇakāṃ
palluggakāṃ ullāpe(ye) gṛhītakāṃ acaukṣāṃ apratisaṃskṛtāṃ /
bha(21a5)gavān jānanto yeva pṛcchati / kiṃ ke(i)me bhikṣu vihārakā
oddriṇṇakā paluggakā ollāye gṛhītakā acaukṣā apratisaṃskṛtā tena hi
evaṃ vihāre pratipadyitavyaṃ / vihārā nāma trīṇi jyeṣṭhako madhyamako
kanīyasako jyeṣṭhako nāma vihārako bhūmi bhavati /
māṣakāna(la)vallā(rṇṇā) ulloko bhavati / prapāṇḍarā bhitti bhavati /
kṛtakarmmā evaṃ jye(21a6)ṣṭhako kin ti madhyamako kin ti dāni
madhyamako madhyamako nāma vihārako bhavati / māṣakālavarṇṇā
bhitti bhavati kṛtakarmmā / na ca bhavati / ullāpo prapāṇḍaro evaṃ
madhyamako / kin ti dāni kanīyasako bhūmi bhavati / māṣakālavarṇṇā
nāpi bhavati / ullāpo prapāṇḍaro nāhaiva bhitti kṛtaparikarmmā evaṃ
kanīyasako / yo dāni jyeṣṭhako bhavati vihāro nāyaṃ kṣamati / tahiṃ
maṃcā (21a7) vā pīṭhā vā praviśituṃ / atha (J.96) khalu (I.p.102) catvāri
pratipādakā karttavyā / mā bhūmī khanīyaṃ ti praveśiyāṇaṃ tato tahiṃ
pratipādakānāṃ / upari thapetavyo / atha dāni pratipādako na bhavati /
leṅkaṭakehi pādā bandhitavyā / pīṭhaṃ praveśeti / pīṭhasyāpi evaṃ
yyeva āsandakaṃ tṛpādakaṃ vā praveśeti / tasyāpi leṅkaṭakehi pādakā
bandhitavyā / nāpi tahiṃ kṣamati / mandamukhī prajvā(21b1)layituṃ /
dīpako vā praveśayituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ śeyyāṃ prajñapayitukāmo
bhavati / kiñ cāpi dīpakaṃ praveśeti / anāpattiḥ / śeyyāṃ
prajñapayantenaiva cchi(ccha)tti nikkālayitavyā nāpi kṣamati / tahiṃ pādāṃ
dhovituṃ hastāṃ dhovituṃ mukhaṃ dhovituṃ nāpi kṣamati tahiṃ caṃkrama
caṃkramituṃ // pattholiṃ dhunantena / atha dāni bhikṣu glāno bhavati kiñ
cāpi ṣaṭapañca gatāṃgatāṃ deti anāpa(21b2)ttiḥ / nāpi dāni kṣamati /
ekenāntena / atha khalu samantena caṃkramitavyaṃ / na yaṃ boli
ḍa(u)dvāpayantena / na kṣamati tahiṃ bhaktakṛtyaṃ pure(J.97)bhaktikaṃ vā
karttuṃ pātraṃ vā nirmmādayituṃ / atha dāni madhya(ma)ko bhavati /
madhyamake pi eṣo eva paryāyo ananyo adhikṛto / atha dāni kanīyasako
vihārako bhavati / kiñ cāpi bhikṣuḥ vinā pratipādakehi mañcakaṃ thapeti /
anāpattiḥ / (21b3) pīṭhakam vā pīṭhikām vā tṛpādakam vā vinā
pratipādakehi thapetti anāpattiḥ / mandamukhīm vā prajvāleti /
anāpattiḥ / dīpaṃ vā praveśeti / anāpattiḥ / glāno vā aglāno vā
anāpattiḥ / kiṃ cāpi caṃkramati / anāpattiḥ / jānitavyaṃ / yadi tāva
upeḍanako so vihārako bhavati / nāpi tahiṃ kṣamati / pādāṃ dhovituṃ
hastām vā nirmmādayituṃ / (21b4) atha dāni upaṃsulako bhavati / kiñ cāpi
bhikṣuḥ pādām vā dhovati mukham vā dhovati / hastam vā
nirmmādayati / rajonigrahaṃ kāheti tti anāpattiḥ / bhaktakṛtyam vā
purobhaktikam vā karoti / pātram vā nirmmādayati / anāpattiḥ / nāpi
kṣamati vihārako adhyupekṣituṃ / oddriṇṇako vā paluggako vā ollāye
gṛhītako vā acokṣo vā (21b5) adhyupekṣituṃ / atha dāni oddriṇṇako
bhavati / tṛṇacchadano bhavati tṛṇapulako dātavyo (I.p.103)
mṛttikācchadano bhavati / mṛttikāpiṇḍo dātavyo / iṣṭakācchadano
bhavati / iṣṭakā dātavyā / apakkacchadano (J.98) bhavati / apakkā
dātavyā / kabhallakācchadano bhavati / kabhallakā dātavyā /
phalakacchadano bhavati / phalakaṃ dātavyaṃ / sudhā(21b6)cchadano
bhavati / sudhāpiṇḍo dātavyo / kālena kālaṃ śodhayitavyo / saṃtānikā
sātayitavyā / mūṣika-ukkiro vā koṭayitavyo / ukūlanikūlo bhavati / samo
karttavyo / cikkhalikā pūretavyā / vaṃghorikā dātavyā / ullāpe(ye)
gṛhītako bhavati / śāṭiyāṇaṃ liptopalipto ghaṣṭamaṣṭo karttavyo /
uppeḍanako bhavati / pāṃsukena vā śarkaroṭena vā
pra(21b7)tyāstaritavyo / upāṃsulako vihārako bhavati / kālena kālaṃ
siñcitavyo / saṃmārjitavyo / gomayakārṣī dātavyā / śa(ṃ)tānikā
śāṭayitavyā / evaṃ vihāre pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati /
abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

III.4 Ms.21b7 (J.97.3); Ch.505c29
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / pañcārthavaṃśā(śāṃ) vistareṇa kṛtvā
yāva adrākṣīd bhagavān pañcāhikāṃ vihāracārikām anucaṃkramanto
(22a1) anuvicaranto vihārakā(nā)ṃ pakka-kheṭena vā pakka-siṃghāṇakena
bhittīyo vināsitāyo siṃghāṇakavarttīhi lambantehi /
bhagavāna jānanto yeva pṛcchati / kiṃ imāyo bhikṣave vihārakānāṃ
bhittiyo pakka-kheṭena pakkasiṃghāṇakena varttīhi lamba(J.99)ntīhi / tena
hi evaṃ kheṭe pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ kheṭe pratipadyitavyaṃ
nāyaṃ kṣamati / bhikṣuṇā kṛtakarmmāyāṃ vā akṛ(22a2)takarmmāyāṃ vā
bhittīyaṃ kheṭam vā siṃghāṇakam vā cchorayituṃ // atha khalu
kheṭakaṭāhaṃ karttavyaṃ / kapālaṃ vā mallam vā kuṇḍikam vā
dakānakam vā liptopaliptaṃ kariya vālikāye vā pāṣāṇasya vā
patthaliddrakānāṃ vā pūrayitavyaṃ / tato tahiṃ kheṭe(ṭo) karttavyo / nāpi
kṣamati kheṭakaṭāhakaṃ adhyupekṣituṃ / mā sapramāṇako bhaveya / atha
khalu kālena kālaṃ ccho(22a3)riya anyasya pūrayitavyaṃ / ātape vā dātavyo
yo(so) bhūyo praveśayitavyo / atha dāni (I.p.104) kheṭakaṭāhakaṃ bhavati
mallakaṃ vā koṭikam vā āviddhapuṭikā vā thapetavyā tahiṃ kheṭo
karttavyo / kālena kālaṃ visarjayitavyo // atha dāni evaṃ pi na bhavati /
kṛtakarmmā bhūmi bhavati na kṣamati / bhūmīye cchorayituṃ / atha khalu
ekasya upānahāye (22a4) tale cchorayitavyaṃ dvitīyena marddayitavyaṃ /
atha dāni uppaṃsulo vihāro bhavati / bhūmīye cchoriya pādena
mardditavyo / eṣo bhikṣuḥ divāvihāraṃgato caṃkramati / śleṣmiko bhikṣu
bhavati / ito ca cchoriyanto caṃkramati vinayātikramam āsādayati / atha
khalu cchoriyāṇa pādena marditavyaṃ / caṃkramaśīrṣe vā āviddhapuṭikā
vā (J.100) vālikā(22a5)ye vā kūṭimallakaṃ vā thapetavyaṃ, / tahiṃ kheṭo
cchorayitavyo / yaṃ kālaṃ gacchati / tato ekatamaṃte cchorayitavyo / prahāṇe
āsantasya kheṭa bādhati / opānahapuṭe kṛtvā bhūmiṃye marditavyaṃ, //
atha dāni bhūmyastāro bhavati bhājane karttavyaṃ / kuntake vā alābuke
vā vaṃśattholikāyāṃ vā / atha dāni ucchado bhavati / kheṭam vā
siṃghāṇakaṃ, (22a6) vā utthitvā ekānte kṛtvā punaḥ / upaveṣṭavyaṃ /
upādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ vā mūle kheṭaṃ vyāvahati / ekānte karttavyaṃ / eṣo
dāni bhikṣusya gocaraṃ praviśantasya athā(dhvā)namārggagatasya vā
kheṭe āgacchati cchoriya pādena marditavyo / amardiya gacchati
vinayātikramam āsādayati / atha dāni kṣudro kheṭe upāṃsulo ca bhūmī
bhavati / cchorantako yyeva paryā[dānaṃ] gaccha(22a7)ti / kiṃ cāpi na
marddati / anāpattiḥ / eṣo bhikṣuḥ stūpaṃ vandati stūpābhigṛhe vā kheṭaṃ
cchoritakaṃ kena ci aprakṛtijño na pādena marditavyo / atha dāni dve janā
bhavaṃti / yo navako bhavati / tena mardditavyaṃ / atha dāni navakataro
śaithiliko bāhuliko vā bhavati / vṛddhatarakena marditavyaṃ / evaṃ kheṭe
pratipadyitavyaṃ, / na pratipadyati // abhisamācārikān dharmmān
ati(22b1)kramati // * //

III.5 Ms.22b1 (J.101.1); Ch.506a17
(J.101) bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā apareṇa
dāni bhikṣuṇā muṇḍe vātapāṇe pātraṃ sthavitaṃ tan dāni
vātamaṇḍalikāye (I.p.105) āgacchiyāṇaṃ bhūmīyaṃ pātito bhinno
kapālānāṃ rāśiṃ kṛtvā yavāgūye gaṇḍī ākoṭitā so dāni hastāṃ
nirmmādiya vihārakaṃ praviṣṭo paśyati / kapālikānāṃ rāśiṃ etaṃ
prakaraṇaṃ yo(so) bhikṣuḥ bhagavato āroca(22b2)ye /
bhagavān āha / evaṃ ca tvaṃ muṇḍavātapāne pātraṃ thapesi tena hi evaṃ
pātre pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ pātre pratipadyitavyaṃ / bhikṣuṇā
tāva kalyato yeca(va) nivāsiya prāvariya pātracīvaram ādāya gocaraṃ
praviśitavyaṃ / gocarāto nirddhāviya āhāraṃ karīya pātraṃ
nirmmādayitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / karkaśena vā cūrṇṇena karkaśena vā
gomayena nirmmādayituṃ // atha (22b3) khalu mūlarasena vā patrarasena
vā puṣparasena vā nirvvālikena vā gomayena nirmmādayitavyaṃ nāpi
kṣamati vilvasya vā pakvasya kapitthasya pakvasya nālikerasya heṣṭhe
nirmmādayituṃ, / mā pakvena vā vilvena pakvena vā kapitthena pakvena
vā nālikereṇa bhaṃjeya nti(tti) / nāpi kṣamati dariniśritena vā pātraṃ
nirmmādayituṃ / mā patitaṃ bhañjaya nti(tti) (22b4) atha khalu karṣadhāne
vā vālikādhāne vā dūrvvāsādvale vā nirmmādayitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati
sthitakena pātraṃ nirmmādayituṃ // nāpi kṣamati (J.102) bhūmīye
ghasantena // atha khalu upaviṣṭe(ṣṭa)kena nirmmādayitavyaṃ /
adhvāvayantena nāpi / kṣamati / sthitakena adhvāpayituṃ // atha khalu
upaviṣṭena adhvāpayitavyaṃ / pratisāmayantena nāpi kṣamati /
jaṃghā(22b5)pathe vā sthāpayituṃ / kapāṭo(ṭe) vā muṇḍavātāyane vā /
atha khalu pātra praveśikāyāṃ prakṣipiya sthapetavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati
sthitakena prakṣipituṃ // atha khalu upaviṣṭakena prakṣipitavyaṃ /
pātraprasevikānāgadantake vā kīlake vā ukkaciya thapetavyā / atha dāni
ujjuko kīlako bhavati / duve trayo vā aveḍhakā dātavyāḥ / atha dāni
nāgadantako (22b6) bhavati / kiñ cāpi evam eva thapeti / anāpattiḥ //
pātraprasevikā na bhavati pātrapīṭhake thapetavyaṃ / atha dāni
pātrapīṭhakaṃ na bhavati / kāṣṭham vā iṣṭakam vā upalam vā
nirāmiṣaṃ nirmmādiya tasya upari sthapetavyaṃ / atha dāni evaṃ pi na
bhavati / antamasato pṛthivīpradeśaṃ (I.p.106) pi gomayena upalimpiya
thapetavyaṃ / gṛhnantena nāpi kṣamati / ekahastena duve trayo vā pātrāṇi
gṛhnituṃ, / a(22b7)tha khalu paramaṃ trayo pātrāṇi gṛhnitavyāni /
ekahastena dve gṛhnitavyāḥ / apareṇa dāni ekaṃ / atha dāni
pratyandhakārako vihārako bhavati / na kṣamati / pātreṇa pātraṃ
mārggituṃ // atha khalu hastena mārggitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ
upādhyāyasya cā(vā)cāryasya vā pātram allīpayati nāpi kṣamati /
upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā pātraṃ vāmena (J.103) hastena
allīpayituṃ, / atha khalu (23a1) upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā dakṣiṇena
hastena pātraṃ allīpayitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / gṛhītaṃ na gṛhīta nti(tti) /
tato muñcitavyaṃ / okaḍḍhantena sugṛhītaṃ karttavyaṃ / nirmmādayantena
prathamaṃ upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā pātraṃ nirmmādayitavyaṃ /
paścād ātmano śoṣayantena prathamaṃ upādhyāyasya vā ācāryyasya vā
śoṣayitavyaṃ / paścād ātmano pratisāmayantena prathamaṃ
upā(23a2)pādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā pratisāmayitavyaṃ / paścād
ātmano pravesikā karttavyā / dupuṭā tṛpuṭā prasevikāyāṃ
prakṣipiyantena kalāvīyaṃ dāḍīyaṃ / aṃsibaddhakaṃ prakṣipitvā
samavasthāya upaviṣṭakena utsaṅgasya upari prakṣipitavyaṃ / mañcasya vā
pīṭhasya vā upari prakṣipitavyaṃ / ullayantena kīrṇṇa(la)kaṃ hastena
pratyavekṣitvā mañcasya vā pīṭhasya vā upari jālavātāya(23a3)ne vā
pātramelake vā yathā na ghaṭṭeṃsu nāpi kṣamati / pātraṃ adhyupekṣituṃ
phalakena vā khajjantaṃ khaṇḍaṃ vā cchidram vā / atha khalu kālena
kālaṃ dahitavyaṃ / pacitavyaṃ / rañjitavyaṃ / na dāni kṣamati / pātreṇa
aprayataṃ gṛhnituṃ / uccāro vā prasrāvo vā kheṭaṃ vā siṃghāṇakaṃ vā
vighaso vā saṃkāro vā anyam vā aprayattaṃ grahetuṃ, / nāpi dāni
kṣamati / pātre(23a4)ṇa keṣāṃ (J.104) otārayitum vā pādaṃ vā mukhaṃ vā
dhovituṃ / jentākam vā praveśituṃ / udakakṛtyaṃ vā karttuṃ, / yathā
akṣismiṃ evaṃ pātre pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān
dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

(I.p.107)
III.6 Ms.23a4 (J.104.4); Ch.506b13
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te na dāni āyuṣmato ṣaḍvarggikāḥ /
ekatyaṃ yavāgūṃ nindanti / ekatyaṃ prasaṃsanti / yo tāva tpa(pe)laṃvā
bhavati / (23a5) jalpanti / he he he nāyaṃ kiñca(ci)d yāgu gaṅgā ayaṃ
sarayū ajiravatī mahī mahāmahī tti nicuḍabuntikāye imaṃhi taṇḍulā
mārggitavyā // atha dāni khakkhaṭa bhavati jalpati / he he he nāyaṃ kiñci
yavāgū lecchaṃ ayaṃ peyyā ayaṃ peyyā ayaṃ kaṭṭārikā cchejjā ayaṃ te
dāni bhikṣū utkṣiptā bhavanti / jihmā(hvā) veḍḍhā niṣpratibhānāḥ / etaṃ
prakaraṇaṃ bhi(23a6)kṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha /
śabdāpayatha ṣaḍvarggikāṃ te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / etad eva pṛcchiyanti /
āha / āma bhagavan
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ yavāgūye pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ
yavāgūye pratipadyitavyaṃ / eṣo dāni yavāgūye samayo ārocito bhavati /
tato jānitavyaṃ / kim ayaṃ yavāgū ubhayato sāṃghikāparyā(ṣā)ye
pariveṇikā nimantritikā(23a7)yāṃ / yadi tāva ubhayato sāṃghikā bhavati
sarvvehi (J.105) gantavyaṃ / pārthikā bhavati / tāye paryā(ṣā)ye gantavyaṃ
pariveṇikā bhavati / tehi pariveṇikehi gantavyaṃ nimantritakā vā bhavanti /
tehi nimantritakehi gantavyaṃ / pratikṛtyeva tāva bhikṣuṇā dantakāṣṭhaṃ
khādayitavyā(vyaṃ /) mukhaṃ dhoviya hastāṃ nirmmādiya pātraṃ gṛhniya
upaviśitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati yavāgū upānahārūḍhena vā praticchituṃ /
(23b1) oguṇṭhikākṛtena vā samaṃtaprāvṛtena vā praticchituṃ / atha khalu
upānahā nikhosiya ekāṃśakṛtena yavāgū praticchitavyā / atha dāni
daṇḍakarmma pratidinnaṃ bhavati / pā(r)ṣṇivabrā(ddhrā) omuñcitavyā
dvitīyakālikasya lābhagrāhaṃ adhyeṣitvā gantavyaṃ / atha dāni
upaviṣṭakānāṃ (paṭi)pāṭikāye (I.p.108) dīyati / yathā vṛddhikāye
gṛhnitavyaṃ / yadi tāva tanukā bhavati / na vaktavyaṃ / he he he gaṅgā
āyaṃ sarvvaṃ yā(23b2)va mahī candrabhāgā ayaṃ / atha dāni atighanā
bhavati na vaktavyaṃ / nāyaṃ yavāgū odano ayaṃ daṇḍāsani bhejjā ayaṃ /
atha khalu yādṛśī dīyati tādṛśī praticchitā dāyakavaśo (J.106) na
pratigrāhakavaśo // atha dāni bhikṣuḥ / jarādurbbalo vā vyādhidurbbalo
vā bhavati / atiśītam vā ati-uṣṇam vā bhikṣu naiva dantakāṣṭhaṃ
khādati / na mukhaṃ dhovati / na hastā nirmmādayati / ānanta(23b3)ryasya
yā pātraṃ dātavyaṃ / vaktavyaṃ āyuṣman imaṃ mama yavāgūye
pratyaṃśaṃ gṛhna / yaṃ kālaṃ praticchitā bhavati / tato paribhuñjitavyā / ete
vilambakā yavāgūḥ nindanti vā prasaṃsanti vā vinayātikramaṃ
āsādayanti / evaṃ yavāgūye pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati //
abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

III.7 Ms.23b3 (J.106.8); Ch.506b28
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati vistareṇa nidā(23b4)naṃ kṛtvā aparo dāni
bhikṣuḥ yogācāro vaidehake parvvate niṣaṇṇo cittaṃ samādhayiṣyāmīti /
aparo dāni bhikṣuḥ / āgacchiya tasya purato sthito tasya dāni tena
nīva(ra)ṇena cittaṃ samādhānaṃ na gacchati etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ so
yogava(gācā)ro bhagavato ārocaye bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha taṃ
bhikṣuṃ so dāni śabdāpito / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣu (23b5) evaṃ
nāma aparo yogācāro vaidehake parvvate niṣaṇṇo cittaṃ samādhayiṣyan ti /
tvaṃ dāni tasya purato āgacchiya sthito tasya dāni tena nīvaraṇena cittaṃ
samādhānaṃ na gacchati / āha / āma bhagavana
bhagavān āha / duṣkṛtaṃ te bhikṣu eva(ṃ) ca tvaṃ yogācārasya bhikṣusya
purato tiṣṭhasi tena hi evaṃ sthātavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ sthātavyaṃ /
nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati (J.107) bhi(23b6)kṣuṇā yogācārasya bhikṣusya purato
tiṣṭhituṃ nāpi kṣamati veśikā samantakena vā tiṣṭhituṃ /
vadhabandhanāgāraśālāsāmantena vā tiṣṭhituṃ / nāyaṃ kṣamati /
atigupte vā atiprākaṭe vā pradeśe tiṣṭhituṃ / atha khalu cchannaprākaṭe
pradeśe sthātavyaṃ / na (I.p.109) kṣamati stūpaṃ vā pṛṣṭhato kṛtvā
tiṣṭhituṃ, / saṃghaṃ vā upādhyāyācāryam vā vṛddhatarakaṃ vā pṛṣṭhato
kṛtvā tiṣṭhituṃ / upānahārūḍhena (23b7) vā tiṣṭhantu khaṃbhakṛtena vā
oguṇṭhitaśīrṣeṇa vā ovāhitahastena vā nāpi kṣamati saṃghamadhye mā
tiṣṭha ti ukto tiṣṭhituṃ / upādhyāyācāryehi vā uktena samānena mā
tiṣṭheti tiṣṭhati vinayātikramam āsādayati / atha dāni glāno bhavati / kiñ
cāpi opānahāruḍho oguṇṭhitaśīrṣo vā ohitahasto vā tiṣṭhati / anāpattiḥ /
evaṃ sthātavyaṃ na tiṣṭhati // abhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikrā(24a1)mati // * //

III.8 Ms.24a1 (J.107.13); Ch.506c16
bhagavān rājagṛhe viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca vistareṇa
nidānaṃ kṛtvā aparo dāni bhikṣuḥ / yogācāro vaidehake parvvate niṣaṇṇo
cittaṃ samādhayiṣyāmīti / aparo dāni bhikṣuḥ / āgatvā tasya purato
tālapādukāhi ābaddhāhi dīrghacaṃkramaṃ caṃkramati / ṭapya ṭaṭapya
ṭapya ṭaṭapya nti(tti) tasya (J.108) dāni tena śabdena cittaṃ na
samādhānaṃ gacchati / etaṃ praka(24a2)raṇaṃ so yogācāro bhagavato
ārocaye / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣu evaṃ nāmā aparo yogācāro
vaidehake parvvate niṣaṇṇo cittaṃ samādhayiṣyāmīti / tad evaṃ sarvvaṃ
bhagavān vistareṇa pratyārocayati / yāva tasya dāni tena śabdena cittaṃ na
samava(mā)dhānaṃ gacchati / āha / āma bhagavan
bhagavān āha / duṣkṛtaṃ te bhikṣuḥ / evaṃ ca tvaṃ yogācārasya
bhikṣusya purato caṃkramasi / tena hi (24a3) evaṃ caṃkramitavyaṃ / kin ti
dāni evaṃ ca(ṃ)kramitavyaṃ / nāyan tāva kṣamati bhikṣuṇā yogācārasya
bhikṣusya purato caṃkramituṃ / nāpi kṣamati stūpam vā pṛṣṭhato kṛtvā
caṃkramituṃ / saṃghaṃ vā pṛṣṭhato kṛtvā caṃkramituṃ /
upādhyāyācāryam vā pṛṣṭhato kṛtvā caṃkramituṃ / eṣo dāni bhikṣuḥ /
upādhyāyena vā ācāryeṇa vā sārddhaṃ caṃkramati / upādhyāyasya vā
ācāryasya ati(24a4)rekaṃ caṃkramituṃ nāpi kṣamati / samaṃ
caṃkramayituṃ / atha khalu dve trayo vā padā (I.p.110) nihinakena
caṃkramitavyaṃ / saṃghamadhye vā caṃkramati / mā caṃkramāhīti uktena
na caṃkramitavyaṃ / atha dāni glāno ghṛtaṃ vā pītaṃ / virecanaṃ vā pītaṃ
kiñ cāpi caṃkramati / tan na kṣamati / purato samaṃ vā gantuṃ ohayitvā
gantavyaṃ / anuvarivarttantena tadā na kṣamati /
u(24a5)pādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ vā pṛṣṭhato kṛtvā parivarttita(tu)ṃ / atha
khalu abhidakṣiṇaṃ agrato karentena anuparivarttitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati
vesikāsāmantakena caṃkramituṃ / nāpi kṣamati dyutikaraśālāsāmantakena
caṃkramituṃ, / vadhabandhanāgārasāmantena caṃkramituṃ / (J.109) nāpi
kṣamati atiprākaṭe vā pradeśe caṃkramituṃ / atha khalu cchannaprākaṭe
pradeśe (24a6) caṃkramitavyaṃ / evaṃ caṃkrame pratipadyitavyaṃ / na
pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati //*//

III.9 Ms.24a6 (J.109.4); Ch.507a4
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ /
uṣṭ(r)aparyaṃkena prahāṇaṃ upaviṃśa(śaṃ)ti / anantarikānāṃ jānukehi
vyāvahanti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān
āha / śabdāpayatha ṣaḍvarggikān te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / bhaga(24a7)vān
āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo ṣaḍvarggikā evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ uṣṭraparyaṅkena
prahāṇe niṣīdatha / anantarikānāṃ jāta(nu)kehi vyāvahatha āhaṃsu / āma
bhagavana bhagavān āha / duṣkṛtaṃ bhikṣavo ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / evaṃ ca
yūyaṃ uṣṭraparyaṅkena prahāṇe niṣīdatha / tena hi (na) kṣamati /
uṣṭraparyaṅkena prahāṇe niṣīdituṃ / bhagavān / tān bhikṣūn
āmantrayati / evaṃ bhikṣavo niṣīdatha / yathā nāga(24b1)himavatāḥ / ekaṃ
nāgaṃ dve nāgā anuparidhā(vā)rya niṣīdanti / dve nāgā catvāri nāgā
anuparivārya niṣīdanti catvāri aṣṭa aṣṭa ṣoḍaśa ṣoḍaśa (dvātriṃśad)
dvātriṃśac catuṣaṣṭi nāgā anupa(ri)vārya niṣīdanti / (J.110) athottareṇa
yathānubhāvaṃ na kṣamati / uṣṭraparyaṅkena niṣīdituṃ, / bhikṣuṇāpi
tāva svasti(ka)paryaṅkena prahāṇe niṣīditavyaṃ / atha dāni (I.p.111)
bhikṣu paryaṅkena niṣaṇṇo bhavati śrānto bha(24b2)vati / garbhāni
āmilāyanti / nāpi kṣamati / ubhayāni sandhī maṭamaṭāye prasārituṃ /
atha khalu eko pādo sukhākaṃ prasārayitavyo taṃ amuhūrtte viśrāmiya
sanmiñjiya dvitīyo pādo sukhākaṃ prasārayitavyo / utthipitvā vā ekānte
caṃkramitavyaṃ / na kṣamati / oguṇṭhitaśīrṣeṇa prahāṇe upaveṣṭuṃ / atha
dāni jarādurbbalo vā vyādhidurbbalo vā bhavati / śīrṣam vā (24b3)
duḥkhati / arddhaśīrṣasya pithetavyaṃ / eko ca karṇṇo / atha dāni ekānte
bhavati ucchedake vā vṛkṣamūlake vā vihāre vā pratisaṃlīnako kiñ cāpi
oguṇṭhitaśīrṣo niṣīdati / anāpattiḥ / amūhūrttakaṃ viśramiya bhūyo
svastikaparyaṅkena niṣīditavyaṃ // atha dāni bhikṣu na pāreti /
svastikaparyaṅkena niṣīdituṃ / [arddhaparyaṅkena] (24b4) niṣīditavyaṃ /
atha dāni arddhaparyaṅkenāpi na pāreti niṣīdituṃ, / ubhau pādau osāriya
susaṃvṛtena niṣīditavyaṃ / tathā karttavyaṃ / yathānantaryaṃ jānukehi na
vyāvahati / na kṣamati / stūpaṃ pṛṣṭhato karīya niṣīdituṃ / saṃgham vā
pṛṣṭhato karīya niṣīdituṃ, / upādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ vā pṛṣṭhato kariya
niṣīdituṃ / vṛddha[tarakaṃ vā pṛ]ṣṭa(ṣṭha)to (24b5) karīya niṣīdituṃ /
nāpi kṣamati saṃghamadhye mā niṣīda nti(tti) / uktena samānena (J.111)
niṣīdituṃ / nāpi kṣamati / upādhyāyācāryehi mā niṣīda nti(tti) / uktena
niṣīdituṃ nāpi kṣamati vesikāsāmāntena dyutikaraśālāsāmantakena
niṣīdituṃ / vadhabandhanāgāraśālāsāmantakena niṣīdituṃ, / atibhuṃḍe
vā pradeśe niṣīdituṃ / atha khalu cchannaprā(24b6)kaṭe pradeśe
niṣīditavyaṃ, / evaṃ niṣadye pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati /
abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

III.10 Ms.24b6 (J.111.7); Ch.507a15
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ /
omuddhakāpi śeyyāṃ kalpenti / uttānakāpi śeyyā kalpenti / vāmenāpi
pārśvena śeyyāṃ kalpenti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ / bhikṣū
bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / (24b7) śabdāpayatha
ṣaḍvarggikāṃ / te dāni śabdāpitā / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo
ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ omuddhakāpi (I.p.112) śeyyāṃ kalpetha /
vāmenāpi pārśvena śayyāṃ kalpetha / āhaṃsu / āma / bhagavaṃ
bhagavān āha / duṣkṛtaṃ vo bhikṣavo ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / tena hi na
kṣamati / uttānakena śeyyāṃ kalpituṃ / na kṣamati / omuddhakena śeyyāṃ
kalpayituṃ / na kṣamati / vāme(25a1)na vā pārśvena śeyyāṃ kalpayituṃ /
bhagavān dāni bhikṣūn āmantrayati / (J.112) omuddhakā bhikṣavo pretā
śeyyāṃ kalpayanti / uttānakā bhikṣavo āsurā śeyyāṃ kalpayanti / vāmena
pārśvena kāmopabhoginaḥ / śeyyāṃ kalpayati / evaṃ bhikṣavo śeyyāṃ
kalpetha / yathā siṃho mṛgarāja siṃho bhikṣavo mṛgarājā dakṣiṇena
pārśvena śeyyāṃ kalpayati / pādena pādaṃ ādhāya dantena da(25a2)ntaṃ
ādhāya jihvāgraṃ tālukāgre pratiṣṭhāpayitvā / aṅgulaṃ anukāyaṃ
āyacchihitvā dakṣiṇāṃ bāhaṃ śirasy upanidhāya vāmaṃ bāhām anukāyaṃ
prasārayitvā so pi pratibodhanāṃ(nan)/tena purimaṃ kāyaṃ abhyunnāmeti /
pṛṣṭhimaṃ kāyaṃ abhivilokayati / sa cet paśyati / gātrāṇām anyathātvaṃ
tena bhavati / anāttamano ca paśyati / gātrāṇām anyathātvaṃ tena bhavati
citte ā[ttamano] a(25a3)bhiraddho bhikṣuṇāpi tāva śeyyāṃ prajñapeṃtena
abhidakṣiṇāṃ prajñapayitavyā / ya(ta)thā karttavyā yathā saṃpa(ya)tako
yeva dakṣiṇena pārśvena śayyāṃ kalpeti / na kṣamati / vāmena śayyāṃ
prajñapetuṃ / dakṣiṇaśayyā prajñapetavyā / cīvaravaṃśasya heṣṭhato
rātrīye purimaṃ yāmaṃ uddeśaprayuktena svādhyāyaprayuktena sthānena
(J.113) caṃkrameṇa vītināmayi(25a4)tavyā rātrīye madhyame yāme
dakṣiṇena pārśvena siṃhaśeyyā kalpayitavyā / pādena pādam ādhāya
jihvāgraṃ tālukāgre pratiṣṭhāpayitvā dakṣiṇāṃ bāhāṃ śirasy upanidhāya
vāmāṃ bāhāṃ anukāyaṃ prasāritvā utthānasaṃjñī manasikākārentena
nāpi dāni parivarttakaṃ yāvat sūryodgamanāt tato śayitavyaṃ / rātrīye
paścime yāme paryaṅkena vīti(25a5)nāmayitavyaṃ / uddeśaprayuktena
sthānacaṃkramānuyuktena vā / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ / duḥkhaśāyī bhavati
pāraśyena pāraśyaṃ pallaṭṭanto (I.p.113) śayiti anāpattiḥ / jarādurbbalo
vā vyādhidurbbalo vā bhavati / dakṣiṇe pārśve gaṇḍaṃ vā piṭakaṃ vā /
bhavati / kiñ cāpi vāmena pārśvena śayati anāpattiḥ / na kṣamati / stūpaṃ
vā pādato kṛtvā / śayyāṃ kalpayituṃ / saṃghaṃ, (25a6) vā pādato kṛtvā
śeyyāṃ kalpayituṃ / vṛddhatarakaṃ vā pādato kṛtvā upādhyāyācāryaṃ vā
pādato kṛtvā śeyyāṃ kalpayituṃ, / eva(ṃ) śayyāṃ pratipadyitavyaṃ / na
pratipadyati / abhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati //*//
udānaṃ
evaṃ kaṭhine pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ cakkalīye pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ vihāre pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ kheṭe pratipadyitavyaṃ /
(J.114) evaṃ pātre pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ yavāgūye (25a7) pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ sthātavyaṃ /
evaṃ caṃkramitavyaṃ /
evaṃ niṣīditavyaṃ /
evaṃ śeyyā kalpayitavyaṃ // * //


(I.p.114)
IV.1-2 Ms.25a7 (J.115.1); Ch.507b4
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni āyuṣmanto
ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / dvāraṃ bandhiyāṇaṃ vihārasya paścā vastuke kākavāhaṃ
bhaṃjantaṃ / āsanti / āgantukānāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ gaṇo āgato dvāraṃ yāvanti
na labhanti te dāni okkhandiyāṇaṃ praviṣṭāḥ / tehi dāṇi (25b1)
āyuṣmantehi ṣaḍvarggikehi āgantukā dṛṣṭāḥ pṛcchanti / āyuṣmaṃ kuto
vā praviṣṭāḥ / āhaṃsuḥ / okkhandiyāṇaṃ praviṣṭāḥ / te dāni āhaṃsu /
āyuṣman evaṃ ca yūyaṃ okkhandiyāṇaṃ vihāraṃ praviśatha / te pi dāni
āgantukā āhaṃsu / evaṃ ca yūyaṃ dvāraṃ bandhiyāṇaṃ vihārasya paścād
vastukasya kākavāhaṃ bhañjantā āsatha te dāni vivaditāḥ / bhagavato
mūlaṃ gatāḥ /
bhagavān āha / nā(25b2)yaṃ tāva kṣamati / te(ne)vāsikehi vihārasya
dvāraṃ bandhiyāṇaṃ vihārasya paścād vastukasya kākavāhaṃ
bhaṃjamānehi āsituṃ / nāpi kṣamati / āgantukehi vihāraṃ okkhandiyāṇaṃ
praviśituṃ / tena hi evaṃ āgantukehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ ni(ne)vāsikehi
pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ āgantukehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / ete dāni
bhikṣu āgantukā āgacchanti / sarvvehi pāḍipa(ya)kkapāḍiyakakāni
a(25b3)pāvuraṇāni upasthāpayitavyāni / ekasyāpi apāvuraṇi na bhavati /
sarvve vinayātikramaṃ āsādayaṃti / ekasyāpi apāvuraṇi bhavati /
sarvveṣām anāpattiḥ /
atha dāni koci glāno bhavati / na dāni ujjhitvā gantavyaṃ / atha khalu
anupāletavyo / pātracīvaraṃ ālambitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni pātra(J.116)cīvaraṃ
gṛhnitvā adarśanena gantavyaṃ / atha khalu a(25b4)vidūreṇa gantavyaṃ /
mā dāni adarśanena parijāne hṛtaṃ / hṛtaṃ me pātracīvaram iti
gacchantasya karttavyaṃ / yadi dāni ośyā bhavati taruṇabhikṣūhi agrato
gantavyaṃ / ośyā prativāhantehi / atha dāni vyāḍabhayaṃ vā corabhayaṃ
vā bhavati / vṛddhaṃ bālaṃ madhye kṛtvā gantavyaṃ / atha dāni corā
saprasādā bhavanti / vṛddhehi (I.p.115) agrato gantavyaṃ / yathā paśyitvā
prasā(25b5)dena avivarjitā gaccheṃsu / yadi dāni grāmasya nagarasya vā
madhyena gantavyaṃ / bhavati / na dāni kṣamati nagarave(ce)tiyāni
abhidakṣiṇi karenti(te)hi vā gantuṃ / apavāmivā(kā) karentehi vā atha
khalu ujja(jju)kena mā(r)gakena gantavyaṃ / nyāye vāsopagatā bhavanti /
taruṇā bhikṣu duve vā trayo vā praveśayitavyā / agrato gacchatha
saṃghasya phāsuvi[hāra]ṃ upa(25b6)dahatha pādatailena guḍapānīyena
pratiśrayeṇa purebhaktikena tehi dāni prāvariya gaṇṭhipāsakaṃ obandhiya
āmantriya praveṣṭavyaṃ / pravisiya yācitvā saṃghasya
yathāsukhaparibhogaṃ niḥsārepetavyaṃ / pādatailaṃ vekālikaṃ
purebhaktikaṃ bhaikṣitavyaṃ / āvi(ci)kṣitavyaṃ labdho pratiśrayo tehi dāni
yadi tahiṃ ogho vā (J.117) bhavati / nadī taḍāgaṃ vā puṣkiriṇī vā
udupāno vā tahiṃ pādā(25b7)n prakṣāletvā prāvaretvā anyonyaṃ
āmandha(ntra)yitvā praveṣṭavyaṃ / atha dāni guḍapānīyaṃ bhavati / tahiṃ
yeva vekālikaṃ kariya praveṣṭavyaṃ / mā paśyeṃsu samāmapayi ime
pravrajitā karonti / atha dāni ubhaṃḍito bhavati saṃvibhajitvā
praveṣṭavyaṃ / nisṛṣṭagṛhaṃ bhavati anāmantriya praviśati anāpattiḥ / na
dāni labhyā anyena gantuṃ / racchācchiddrakā bhavati / anāpattiḥ /
grāmantikaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ, (26a1) bhavati / tahiṃ gantavyaṃ / atha dāni
āraṇyakaśeyyāsanaṃ bhavati / tahiṅ gantavyaṃ / saṃghārāmaṃ praviśantehi
puṣkiriṇīyaṃ vā taḍāge vā oghe vā pādāṃ dhovitvā praveṣṭavyaṃ / atha
dāni ubbhaṃḍito saṃvibhajitvā praveṣṭavyaṃ cetiyāṇaṃ pradakṣiṇī
karentehi upānahā omuñcitvā kāṣṭhakena gṛhnitvā praveṣṭavyaṃ / nāpi
dāni uccaśabdamahāśabdehi praveṣṭavyaṃ / nāpi nevāsikāṃ
ullaya(pa)nte(26a2)hi hū ha he adyāpi taṃ tad evettha vasatha ghuṇa
viddhātave nand(an)opanandanā yūyaṃ nāgarājāno ihaiva yūyaṃ jātā
ihaiva mariṣyatha jātā te śṛgālā ye tumbhāṇaṃ māṃsāni khādiṣyanti /
nāpi dāni nevāsikena ullapitavyaṃ / hū ha he caṇḍamuktaṃ pañcavarṣikaṃ
pravṛttaṃ yathāpāṭito nāpi dāni vaktavyaṃ ko itthaṃ kati varṣo utthiha
nāpi dāni (J.118) vaktavyaṃ / ko bhaktakā nātithikā kasya śuve
bhaktata(26a3)rpaṇaṃ purobhaktikaṃ vā (I.p.116) nāpi dāni nevāsikehi
dvāraṃ bandhitvā kākavāhāṃ bhajantehi āsitavyaṃ /
atha dāni paścād vastuke mṛttikākarmmaṃ karonti / ye tāpe(ye)
ārthāpe(ye) bhavanti / ārāmikā śrāmaṇero vā yasya oheyyako so vaktavyo
dvāraṃ rakṣanto āsā(sa /) atha dāni apadurako vihāro bhavati /
praviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni ghaṭṭitako bhavati / apāvura(26a4)ṇena
apaduriyāṇaṃ praviśitavyaṃ / saṃghārāmaṃ pradakṣiṇī karentehi
āgantavyaṃ / yatra bhikṣūṇāṃ āsanaprajñaptir bhavati / tahiṃ navakaṃ
tasmiṃ cīvarabisiyan thaviyāṇaṃ kuṇḍikāṃ vā upānahau vā thaviyāṇa
nevāsikā pṛcchitavyāḥ / āyuṣmaṃ pādadhovanikā kahiṃ kalpiyakarakī
kahiṃ akalpi(ya)karakī kahi(ṃ) yadi tāva āvi(ci)kṣanti pādadhovanikāyāṃ
pādāṃ (26a5) dhoviyāṇaṃ akalpiyakarakīto hastā nirmmādiyāṇa
kalpiyakarakīto prakṣāliya tato cetiyaṃ vanditavyaṃ cetiyaṃ vandiyāṇaṃ
yatra nevāsikā bhavanti tatra gantavyaṃ allīyāṇaṃ nāpi kṣamati / vaktuṃ
vandāmī tti / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣman vandiṣyan ti nevāsikehi
varṣāgraṃ pṛcchitavyaṃ / kati varṣo āyuṣmana yadi (J.119) tāva āgantuko
vṛddhatarako bha(26a6)vati / nevāsikena utthiya pādā vanditavyā / āsanaṃ
dātavyaṃ / atha dāni nevāsiko vṛddhatarako bhavati / ārogyāpiya evaṃ
kariyāṇaṃ āsanaṃ dātavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ viśrānto bhavati pṛcchitavyaṃ /
āyuṣman asti etāvati varṣasya vihārako prāpuṇati / yadi tāva jalpati
prāpuṇati tti vihārako gṛhnitavyo mañca pīṭhaṃ bisi caturasrako kuccaṃ
bi(ṃ)bohanaṃ gṛhnitavyaṃ / nāpi (26a7) dāni kṣamati / tri(te)hi āgantukehi
nevāsikāṃ kutsiya haṃbhiya āyuṣmann adyāpi yūyaṃ iha vasatha he he
śiṣṭā vaṣṭā yūyaṃ jānāte ye śṛgālā ye yuṣmākaṃ māṃsāni
khādiṣyanti / atha khalu saṃpraharṣayitavyā vaktavyā āyuṣman śobhanaṃ
kriyati saṃghārāmo kelāpīyati / dhūmo kriyati / kulāni praśādīyanti /
avikālako pādāṃ dhoviya mrakṣiya dīpaṃ ādīpi(26b1)ya śeyyāṃ
prajñapiya pratikramitavyaṃ nāpi dāni kṣamati / aparejjukāto kalyato
utthihantakenaiva (I.p.117) bhaktaśālaṃ praviśituṃ / āyuṣman kiṃ sidhyati
kiṃ pacyati kiṃ bhaktakānāṃ sthitikā / atha khalu kalyato yeva utthiya
nivāsiya prāvariya hastān nirmmādiya pātraṃ gṛhniya praviśitavyaṃ / atha
dāni tahiṃ vihārake anugraho bhavati vihārakaṃ vā bhakta bhavati /
nevāsikehi vaktavyaṃ / ā(26b2)yuṣmana mā piṇḍāya praviśatha / iha yyeva
bhuṃjiṣyatha / atha (J.120) dāni bhavati / āgantukānāṃ piṇḍakānāṃ
piṇḍabhaktāni uddiśitavyāni / atha dāni bhaktakāni uddiśitavyāni / atha
dāni bhaktakāni na bhavanti nevāsikehi vaktavyaṃ āyuṣmaṃ āgametha
sahitakā piṇḍāye praviśiṣyāmaḥ / tato sahitakehi praviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni
āgantukā bhikṣū vihāra āgatā bhavanti / nāyaṃ (26b3) kṣamati /
nevāsikehi vaktuṃ o ha he nāvā pañcavarṣikaḍaṃyadukkaṃ
śramaṇamātāprajātā tti / atha khalu āgantukānāṃ ehi svāgataṃ
kartta(vya)ṃ, / etu āyuṣmanto svāgatam āyuṣmanto anurāgatam
āyuṣmanto mā śrāntā mā klāntā pādāṃ prakkā(kṣā)letha / hastāṃ
nirmmādetha pānīyaṃ pibatha viśramatha nti(tti) / yadi tāva purebhakte
āma(ga)tā bhavanti purebha(26b4)ktikena cchandayitavyāḥ / deśakāle
āgatā bhavanti / bhaktakṛtyena ccha(nda)ṣi(yi)tavyāḥ / vikāle āgatā
bhavanti vikālikena cchandayitavyāḥ / vikārako uddiśitavyo / mañca
pīṭhaṃ bisī catu(ra)śrakaṃ kuccakaṃ bimbohanaṃ (J.121) uddiśitavyaṃ /
pādamrakṣaṇena cchandayitavyā / atha aparejjukāto yadi tāva bāhirakaṃ
bhaktaṃ bhavati / anugraho vā bhavati (26b5) vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣmaṃ mā
piṇḍāye praviśatha / iha yyeva bhuṃjiṣyatha / atha dāni bhaktakā na
bhavanti / āgantukāṃ piṇḍabhaktakāni uddiśitavyāni / atha dāni
piṇḍacāriko bhavati / yaṃ kālaṃ / āgantukā piṇḍāthe(ye) va(ca)riya vihāraṃ
āgatā bhavanti / tato yadi nevāsikānāṃ vyañjanāni bhavanti / khajjakāni
bhavanti / tato yadi snehako vā (26b6) bhavanti / tehi āgantukānāṃ
samvibhāgo karttavyo / atha dāni evaṃ pi na bhavati / antamasato yadi tahiṃ
kiñci piṇḍacārikaṃ praṇītatarakaṃ bhavati / āgantukānāṃ sāraṇīyaṃ
karttavyaṃ / (I.p.118) nevāsikehi sarvvam ārocayitavyaṃ / vaktavyaṃ /
āyuṣmanto amukaṃ kulaṃ mā praviśatha / pātranikubjanaṃ samutīkṛtaṃ,
amutra śunakhā caṇḍāḥ / amukaṃ a[śrā]ddhaku(26b7)laṃ yā kriyā
ārocayitavyā /
atha dāni / āraṇyakaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ bhavati / na kṣamati / tehi
ni(ne)vāsikāhi dvāraṃ ca bandha(dhi)ya vihārasya paścā vastuke
kākavāhāṃ bhañjantehi āsituṃ / atha dāni siṃhabhayaṃ vā bhavaṃti
vyāghrabhayaṃ vā corabhayaṃ vā (J.122) bhikṣū ca paliguddhakā bhavanti /
cchāyanikā vā lepanikā vā karenti kiṃ vā(cā)pi dvāraṃ ghaṭenti
anāpattiḥ / sarvve yeva goca(27a1)raṃ praviśanti / kiñ cāpi ghaṭṭenti
anāpattiḥ / eko vā rakṣapālo dātavyo vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣma(ṃ) dvāraṃ
bandhiya dvārakoṣṭhakasya upari āsāhi yadi keci āgantukā āgaccheṃsu /
tato dvāraṃ dadesi / tena upari dvārakoṣṭhasya āsitavyaṃ / yadi tāva keci
āgantukā āgacchenti / teṣāṃ dvāraṃ dātavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ te nevāsikā
niddhāvitā bhavanti nāpi kṣā(kṣa)mati tehi nevāsi(27a2)kehi vaktuṃ /
āyuṣmaṃ eṣā nāvā mucyati eṣo sādhvo(rtho) prayāto gacchantu
āyuṣmanto gataṃ mārggasya śreyo / atha khalu samāśvāsitavyaṃ / vasantu
āyuṣmanto ramaṃtu āyuṣmanto yadi tāva stūpikena vā kāryeṇa āgatā
bhavanti / stūpikaṃ kārṣa(ya)(ṃ) pariprāpayitavyaṃ / sāṃghikena kāryeṇa
āgatā bhavanti / sāṃghikaṃ kāryaṃ pariprāpayitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ
pariprāptakāryaṃ bha(27a3)vati / yadi koci sārthā(rtho) prayāto bhavati te
bhikṣu vāṇijakasya sārthavāhasya parinditavyā vaktavyaṃ / upāsaka
dānapati ime bhikṣavo tvayā sārddhaṃ gamiṣyanti / ime bhikṣu tava
parininditā bhavantu teṣāṃ gacchamano(mānā)nāṃ pathyadanena vaikalyaṃ
karttavyaṃ / evaṃ hi (J.123) āgantukehi pratipadyitavyaṃ na pratipadyanti /
ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmaṃti // * //

(I.p.119)
IV.3-4 Ms.27a3 (J.123.3); Ch.510b3
bhagavā(27a4)n śrāvastyāṃ viharati / aparo dāni bhikṣuḥ / āgantuko
āgato tasya dāni aparo bhikṣuḥ / vṛddhatarako parijñātako bhavati / so ca
apareṇa bhikṣuṇā sārddhaṃ vācovācikāṃ karoti / so dāni āgantuko
allīyatasya nevāsikasya pādāṃ vandanti / so dāni anya vijñāna samaṃmī na
samanvāharati / na taṃ pratisaṃmodati so dāni apratisaṃmodiya ga(27a5)to te
dāni aparakālena ubhaye samāgatā so dāni sthaviro pṛcchati / āyuṣmaṃ
kecciro ti / āgatasya āhāre cacciro evacciro ca so āha āyuṣman evacciro
tava āgatasya na ca me pādavandako upasaṃkramasi / so dān āha / vanditā
mayā tava pādā tvaṃ ca mama na pratisaṃmodesi / so dān āha / kadā vā
kim vā / so dān āha / amukaṃ diva(27a6)saṃ tvaṃ amukena bhikṣuṇā
sārddhaṃ vācaṃ(co)vāciṃ karoṣi / tadā tava mayā pādā vanditā so dāni
āha āyuṣman vācovāciṃ karentasya pādāṃ vandasi / so dāni āha / evaṃ ca
yaṃ tvaṃ mama pādāṃ vandintasya na pratisaṃmodesi / te dāni vivaditāḥ /
bhagavato mūlaṃ gatāḥ /
bhagavān āha / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati / āgantukena nevāsi(J.124)kasya
vācovāciṃ karentasya pādāṃ vandituṃ / nāpi kṣamati pādehi
va(27a7)ndiyamāṇehi na pratisaṃmodituṃ / tena hi evaṃ pādā vanditavyāḥ /
evaṃ pratisaṃmoditavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ pādā vanditavyā / evaṃ
pratisaṃmoditavyaṃ / eṣo dāni bhikṣu āgantuko āgato bhavati / tasya koci
bhikṣu parijñātako bhavati / so ca apareṇa bhikṣuṇā sārddham vācovāciṃ
karoti / nāpi kṣamati tasya taṃ velaṃ pādāṃ vandituṃ uśvāsa(ccāra)m vā
upaviṣṭo bhavati na kṣamati / taṃ velaṃ pādāṃ (27b1) vandituṃ / evaṃ
praśvāsa(srāva)ṃ karentasya dantakāṣṭhaṃ khādantasya snāyati vā
ekanivasano vā bhavati / bhaktakṛtyaṃ karoti / purebhaktikam vā karoti /
dvibhūmikam vā ukkasa(ma)ti tvaritaṃ vā ati(bhi)kramati na kṣamati taṃ
velaṃ tasya pādāṃ vandituṃ, / na kṣamati mṛttikākarmma karentasya //
pe // pātrapākaṃ dadantasya cīvaraṃ dhovantasya rajanikā paṭhantasya
cīvarāṇi sīvantasya (I.p.120) raṃjenta(27b2)sya cca(ce)llaparikarmmam vā
karentasya pādāṃ dhovantasya hastā nirmmādantasya cetiyaṃ vandantasya
pātraṃ nirmmādentasya dhūpam vā pibantasya akṣiṇi vā añjantasya
pustakaṃ vācantasya pustakaṃ likhantasya varccakuṭīṃ gacchantasya
nagnasya vā (J.125) ekanivasanakena vā / atha khalu yaṃ kālaṃ
samavasthāye niṣaṇṇo bhavati taṃ velaṃ alīyāṇaṃ śīrṣeṇa pādāṃ
vanditavyā / karkaṭagrā(27b3)hikāye vanditavyā / andhakāre vā uddeśaṃ
dentasya uddiśantasya vā nivāsantasya vā cīvaraṃ prāvarantasya tvaritaṃ
vā gacchantasya na kṣamati / oguṇṭhitakāyena na kṣamati / ohitahastena
na kṣamati / upānahārūḍhena sāmīcīkarentena na kṣamati / jānukena vā
jaṃghāhi vā vandituṃ / atha khalu pādā vanditavyā / pādāṃ
va(27b4)ndantena jānitavyaṃ / yadi kasyaci vraṇā bhavati / gaṇḍo vā piṭako
vā na dāni sahasā uppīḍitavyaṃ / atha khalu tathā vanditavyaṃ / yathā na
duḥkhāpiye pādehi vandayantehi / na dāni meṇḍhena viya āsitavyaṃ
pādehi vandayaṃtehi / atha khalu pratisaṃmodayitavyaṃ / svāgatam
āyuṣmanto anurāgatam āyuṣmanto māsi śrānto mā(27b5)si klānto pādāṃ
prakṣālehi hastāṃ nirmmādehi viśramāhi yadi tāva purebhakte āgato
bhavati / purobhaktikena cchandayitavyo / deśakāle āgato bhavati /
bhaktakṛtyena ccha(nda)yitavyo vikāle āgato bhavati / vekālikena
cchandayitavyo / yadi tāvad vastukāmo bhavati / pātracīvaraṃ
pratisāmayitavyaṃ vihārako uddiśitavyo (27b6) atha dāni gantukāmo
bhavati / āha / anyatra gamiṣyan ti / vaktavyaṃ / gacchāhi tti evaṃ pādā
vanditavyā / evaṃ pratisaṃmoditavyaṃ na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān
dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

IV.5 Ms.27b6 (J.126.1); Ch.510b28
(J.126) bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni
āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / gṛhi-ālāpena ālāpenti ambe atte bhāva bhaṭṭa
tāta haṃgho he he ho (27b7) kiṃ, bhaṇasīti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū
bhagavato (I.p.121) ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha
ṣaḍvarggikāṃ te dāni śabdāvitāḥ / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣava
ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ gṛhī-ālo(lā)pena ālāpayatha /
āmba(ambe) atte bhāva bhaṭṭa tāta ahaṃgho he he ho kiṃ bhaṇasi tti /
āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan
bhagavān āha / evaṃ yūyaṃ gṛhi-ālāpena ālapetha / te(28a1)na hi na
kṣamati gṛhi-ālāpena ālapituṃ tena hi pratisaṃmoditavyaṃ / āyuṣmān dāni
upālī kālajño velajño samayajño bhagavantam upasaṃkramiya pṛcchati /
kathaṃ bhagavaṃ navakehi bhikṣūhi sthavirā bhikṣū ālapitavyā / bhagavān
āha / ālape(ye) ti vā bhante ti vā āyuṣmante ti sthaviro dāni bhagavantaṃ
pṛcchati kathaṃ bhagavāṃ sthavirehi bhikṣūhi navakā bhikṣū (28a2) (J.127)
ālapitavyā / bhagavān āha / nāmena vā gotreṇa vā / varṣāgreṇa vā eṣo
dāni bhikṣusya upādhyāyo vā ācāryo vā śabdāpayati / nāyaṃ kṣamati /
gṛhi-ālapena ālapituṃ / haṃgho he he tti / atha khalu nāmena vā gotreṇa
vā śabdāpayitavyo / tenāpi na kṣamati / gṛhi-ālapena vyāharttuṃ, / hā kiṃ
bhaṇasīti / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ vandāmi upādhyāyaṃ vā / (28a3)
ācāryam vā kiṃ āṇapehi tti / kiṃ karemi tti / vṛddhatarako śabdāpayati /
nāyaṃ kṣamati hā nti(tti) pravyāharituṃ / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ / ārye vā
bhante vā āyuṣman ti vā kiṃ a(ā)ṇapesī nti(tti) kiṃ karemi / eṣo bhikṣu
mātaraṃ pitaraṃ vā bhaginīm vā śabdāpayitukāmo bhavati nāyaṃ kṣamati
śabdāpayituṃ / ambe tti vā atte ti vā bhaṭṭe ti vā / atha kha(28a4)lu
sālohite ti vā śabdāpayitavyāḥ / atha dāni bhikṣusya pitā vā bhaginī vā
śabdāpayati / nāyaṃ kṣamati hā kiṃ bhaṇasi tti pravyāharttuṃ / atha khalu
vaktavyaṃ / sālohite kiṃ āṇapesi kiṃ karemi / eṣo bhikṣuḥ / upāsakāṃ, vā
dānapatīnā(nī)ṃ vā vihārasvāminīṃ vā śabdāpitukāmo bhavati / nāpi
kṣamati / ambe ti vā atte ti vā bhaṭṭe (28a5) ti vā / atha khalu upāsake tti
vā dānapatti ti (J.128) vā vihārasvāmini ti vā śabdāpayitavyaṃ / bhikṣū
vā upāsakam vā dānapatim vā śabdāpayitukāmo (I.p.122) bhavati / nāpi
kṣamati bhāve tti vā bhaṭṭe ti vā / āyuṣmaṃ tti vā / atha khalu dānapatti
ti(ti tti) vā bhikṣū vā tehi śabdāpayati / nāyaṃ kṣamati / hā kiṃ bhaṇasi ti
vyāharttuṃ, / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ / sā(28a6)lohita kiṃ āṇapesi / kiṃ karomi
tti / te ete(na) gṛhi-ālāpena ālapanti vā / pravyāharanti vā /
vinayātikramaṃ āsādayati / strī vā puruṣo vā mahanto bhavati / na dāni
mātāpitṛkaṃṭhena ālapitavyā mahallako mahallaketi vā vaktavyā / atha
dāni koci pṛcchati / ko te upādhyāyo ko te ācāryo vā na dāni vaktavyaṃ /
asuko ācāryo asuko (28a7) upādhyāyo / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ / arthahetor
nnāmaṃ gṛhnāmi / asuko me upādhyāyo asuko me ācāryo ālapitavyaṃ, /
evaṃ pravyāharttavyā(vyaṃ /) na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān
dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

IV.6 Ms.28a7 (J.128.14); Ch.510c19
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā kṣatriyaparṣā
dāni sannipatitā kāryāṇi kariṣyāma nti(tti) te dāni āyuṣmanto
nandanopananda(28b1)nā āgacchiya teṣāṃ madhye niṣaṇṇāḥ / te dāni / tehi
niṣaṇṇehi na pārenti kāryāṇi karttuṃ odhyāyanti / paśyatha bhaṇe vayaṃ
yeva sannipatitā karmmāṇi kariṣyāma nti(tti) / ime pi śramaṇakā
āgacchiya madhye niṣaṇṇāḥ / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ
bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ / (J.129) bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha /
śabdāpayatha nandanopanandanāṃ te dāni śabdāpitā / bhagavān āha /
satyaṃ bhi(28b2)kṣavo nandanopanandanā / evan nāma kṣatriyaparyā(ṣā)ye
sannipatitā kāryāṇi kariṣyāma nti(tti) / yūyaṃ dāni gacchiya / teṣāṃ
madhye niṣaṇṇā te dāni tumbhehi niṣaṇṇehi na pārenti kāryāṇi karttuṃ, /
te dāni odhyāyanti / paśyatha bhaṇe vayaṃ yeva tāva niṣaṇṇā kāryāṇi
kāraya nti(tti) / ime pi śramaṇakā gacchiyāṇaṃ madhye niṣaṇṇā naṣṭaṃ
bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ āhaṃsu / āma / (28b3) bhagavan
(I.p.123) bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ kṣatriyaparyā(ṣā)ye kiñci kāryaṃ
bhavati / na kṣamati gatāgatasya / upasaṃkramituṃ / atha khalu ye tahiṃ
vṛddhatarakā kṣatriyā bhavanti / te tāva allipitavyā vaktavyaṃ / dīrghāyu
kṣatriyaparyā(ṣā)ye imaṃ ca kāryaṃ allīyāmi tti / yadi tāva te jalpanti
bhante mā allīpatha nti(tti) na kṣamati allīpituṃ, / atha (28b4) dāni
jalpanti / allīpatha nti(tti) / allīpitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / cchatreṇa
dhāryante upānahāṃhi vā obaddhāhi kṣatriyaparyā(ṣā)yam
upasaṃkramituṃ / atha khalu ekānte cchatraṃ nikṣipiya upānahāyo muṃciya
(J.130) tato allīpitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni darśanopacāre nikṣipitavyaṃ / atha
khalu pratikṛtyeva nikṣipitavyaṃ / darśanapathe upasaṃkrami(28b5)tvā na
dāni vaktavyaṃ / sukham bhavanto sukhaṃ mārṣa atha khalu ārogyāpiya
yādṛśaṃ āsanaṃ dīyati / tādṛśe āsane upaviśitavyaṃ nāpi kṣamati / āsane
kṣipā(yā)dharmmam āpadyituṃ / nāpi kṣamati / te nindituṃ / ye kṣatriyā
kuśalā bhavanti prāg eva te nairayikā bhavantīti / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ /
kṣatriyā nāma yūyaṃ agro varṇṇo jyeṣṭho varṇṇo (28b6) dvihi kulehi
tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksambuddhāḥ / utpadyanti / kṣatriyakule vā
brāhmaṇakule vā / duve cakrāṇi dharmmacakraṃ balacakraṃ ca / tavāhaṃ
hitopasaṃhāreṇa rakṣāvaraṇaguptiye sukhaṃ ca paya(phā)sukhañ ca
viharāmi / kāryaṅ kṛtvā utthāyāsanāto gantavyaṃ / evaṃ kṣatriyaparṣā
upasaṃkramitavyā na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikrāmati // * //

IV.7 Ms.28b7 (J.130.13); Ch.511a4
(28b7) bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā
brāhmaṇaparyā(ṣā) dāni sannipatitā kāryāṇi kariṣyāmo ti / te dāni
āyuṣmanto nandanopanandanā āgacchiyāṇaṃ madhye niṣaṇṇā te dāni tehi
niṣaṇṇehi na pārenti / kāryāṇi karttuṃ, / te dāni odhyāyanti / vayaṃ
yeca(va) tāva niṣaṇṇā kāryāṇi kariṣyāma nti(tti) / ime pi śramaṇakā
āgacchiyāṇaṃ madhye niṣa(29a1)(J.131)ṇṇā naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ
śrāmaṇyaṃ / etaṃ (I.p.124) prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ / bhikṣū bhagavato
ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha nandanopanandāṃ te dāni
śabdāpitā / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo nandanopanandanā / evaṃ
nāma brāhmaṇaparṣā sannipatitā kāryāṇi kariṣyāma nti(tti) / yūyaṃ dāni
teṣāṃ gacchiyāṇaṃ madhye niṣaṇṇā te dāni tumbhehi niṣaṇṇehi na
pāre(29a2)nti kāryāṇi karttuṃ, / te dāni odhyāyanti / paśyatha bhaṇe vayaṃ
yeva tāva niṣaṇṇā kāryāṇi kariṣyāmo ti / ime pi śramaṇakā āgacchiyāṇa
madhye niṣaṇṇakā / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ / āhaṃsu /
āma / bhagavana
bhagavān āha / samyag bhikṣavo jano odhyāyanti tena hi evaṃ
brāhmaṇaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā / kin ti dāni brāhmaṇaparṣā
upasaṃkramitavyā // etaṃ dāni bhikṣusya kiṃ(29a3)ci brāhmaṇaparṣāyāṃ
kāryaṃ bhavati / nāyaṃ kṣamati / gatāgatasya brāhmaṇaparṣām
upasaṃkramituṃ / atha khalu ye tahiṃ brāhmaṇamahattarakā bhavanti / te
pratikṛtyeva upasaṃkramitavyā / dīrghāyu asti me kiñcid
brāhmaṇaparṣāyāṃ kāryaṃ allīyāma nti(tti) / yadi tāva jalpanti / bhante
mā allīyatha nti(tti) / na kṣamati / allīpituṃ / atha dāni jalpanti allīpatha
nti(tti) tato allīpi(29a4)tavyaṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati / cchatreṇa vā
dhāryantena upānahāhi ābaddhāhi brāhmaṇaparṣā āllīpituṃ / atha
kha(lu) cchatropānahāṃ ekamante sthapiya brāhmaṇaparṣāyām
upasaṃkramitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni darśaṇopacāre nikṣipitavyaṃ / atha khalu
pratikṛtyeva (J.132) nikṣipitavyaṃ / darśanapathe upasaṃkramitvā na dāni
vaktavyaṃ / sukhaṃ bhavanto sukhaṃ mā(29a5)rṣa atha khalu
ārogyāpayi(piya) tvā(yā)dṛśaṃ āsanaṃ labhyati tādṛśe āsane
upaviśitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ kṣamati / āsane kṣīyādharmmam āpadyituṃ / atha
khalu tā(yā)dṛśaṃ āsanaṃ dīyati / tādṛśe upaviśitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati te
nindituṃ / māṇavakasya mānahatasya ihaloke bhūtasya kukkuṭo śūkaro
śvāno śṛgālo pañcamo mūṣa(29a6)ko nirayo ṣaṣṭho nti(tti) / atha khalu
vaktavyaṃ / brāhmaṇa nāma yūyaṃ agro varṇṇo jyeṣṭho varṇṇo śreṣṭho
varṇṇo dvihi kulehi tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksambuddhāḥ / loke
utpadyanti / kṣatriyakule vā brāhmaṇakule (I.p.125) vā evaṃ kāryaṃ kariya
gantavyaṃ / evaṃ brāhmaṇaparṣāye pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati /
ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

IV.8 Ms.29a6 (J.132.12); Ch.511a16
bhagavān śrāvastyām vi(29a7)harati gṛhapatiparṣā dāni sannipatitā /
kāryāṇi kariṣyāma nti(tti) / āyuṣmanto nandanopanandanā āgacchiya
teṣāṃ madhye niṣaṇṇā / te dāni tehi niṣaṇṇehi na pārenti kāryāṇi
karttuṃ / te dāni odhyāyanti / pasyatha bhaṇe vayaṃ ye(va) tāva sannipatitā
kāryāṇi kariṣyāma nti(tti) / ime pi śramaṇakā madhye āgacchiyāṇaṃ
niṣaṇṇāḥ / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ / etaṃ (29b1)
prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ bhikū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha /
śabdāpayatha nandanopanandā(da)nāṃ / te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / bhagavān
āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo nandanopanandā(da)nāṃ / evaṃ nāma gṛhapatiparṣā
sannipatitā kāryāṇi kariṣyā(J.133)ma nti(tti) / etad eva sarvvaṃ bhagavāṃ
vistareṇa pratyārocayati / yāvat paśyatha bhaṇe vayaṃ yeva tāva sannipatitā
karmmāṇi kara(ri)ṣyāma (29b2) nti(tti) / ime pi śramaṇakā āgacchiya
madhye niṣaṇṇā naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ / kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ āhaṃsu /
āma bhagavan
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ gṛhapatiparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā / kin ti
dāni gṛhapatiparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā / etaṃ dāni bhikṣusya
gṛhapatiparṣāyāṃ kiñcit kāryam bhavati / na kṣamati / gatāgatasya
āllīpituṃ / atha khalu ye tatra gṛhapatimahattarakāḥ bhavanti / (29b3) te
prakṛtyeva te(tā)(va) pratisaritavyā / vaktavyaṃ / dīrghāyu asti kiñci
gṛhapatiparṣāyāṃ kāryaṃ / allīyāma mā āllīyāmo nti(tti) / yadi tāva
jalpanti / bhante mā āllīpatha nti(tti) / na kṣamati āllīpituṃ / atha dāni
jalpati / āllīpatha nti(tti) / allīpitavyam / nāpi kṣamati cchatreṇa
dhāryantena upānahāhi ābaddhāhi gṛhapatiparṣā upasaṃkramituṃ / atha
khalu ekata(29b4)mante cchatropānahāṃ nikṣipiya gṛhapatiparṣā
upasaṃkramitavyā / nāpi darśanopacāre nikṣipitavyaṃ / atha khalu
prakṛtyeva nikṣipitavyaṃ / darśanapathe upasaṃkramitvā na (I.p.126) dāni
vaktavyaṃ / sukhaṃ bhavanto sukhaṃ mārṣa / atha khalu ārogyāpiya
yādṛśaṃ āsanaṃ labhyate tādṛśe āsane upaviśitavyaṃ / (J.134) nāpi dāni
kṣamati / kutsitum vā pansitum vā gṛ(29b5)hapatikā nāma yūyaṃ
tulākūṭamānakūṭehi divasaṃ lokaṃ muṣaṃtā āsatha / atha khalu
vaktavyaṃ, /
sāgarā ca anagārā ca ubhe anyonyaniśritā
ārāgayanti / saddharmmaṃ samyaksambuddhaṃ deśitaṃ //
sāgārāṣṭraṃ nagārāṇāṃ saṃprayacchanti dakṣiṇāṃ /
anāgārā pragṛhnanti / pratisaṃyamya vinodanā /
amiṣacakraṃ niśrāya dharmmacakraṃ pravarttatīti //
uktaṃ cedaṃ bhaga(va)tā (29b6) bahukarā bhikṣavo brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo /
yaṃ vo pratyupasthitā /
cīvarapiṇḍapātaśeyyāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkārehi tehi yūyaṃ
niśrāya tathāgate brahmacaryaṃ carathā mahato oghasya niḥsaraṇārthaṃ
sarvve iti pravṛttakā karttavyā / evaṃ kāryaṃ kariya gantavyaṃ / evaṃ
gṛhapatiyathā(parṣā) upasaṃkramitavyā na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān
dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

IV.9 Ms.29b6 (J.135.1); Ch.511a25
(J.135) bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ vi(29b7)harati tīrthikaparyā(ṣā) dāni
sannipatitā kāryāṇi kariṣyāma nti(tti) / te dāni āyuṣmanto
nandanopanandanā teṣāṃ gacchiyāṇaṃ madhye niṣaṇṇāḥ / te dāni tehi
niṣaṇṇehi na pārenti kāryāṇi karttuṃ, / te dāni odhyāyanti / paśyatha
bhaṇe ca(va)yaṃ yevaṃ tāva sannipatitā kāryāṇi kariṣyāmo ti / ime pi
śramaṇakā āgacchiya madhye niṣaṇṇā / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ
śrāmaṇyaṃ / (30a1) etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ / bhikṣū bhagavato
ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha nandanopanandanāṃ / te dāni
śabdāpitā / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo nandanopanadanā evaṃ
nāma / tīrthikaparṣā sannipatitā (I.p.127) kāryāṇi kariṣyāmo nti(tti) /
yūyaṃ dāṇi gacchiyāṇa teṣāṃ madhye niṣaṇṇā / tad eva sarvvaṃ bhagavāṃ
vistareṇa pratyārocayati / naṣṭaṃ bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ (30a2) śrāmaṇyaṃ
āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ tīrthikaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā / etaṃ dāni
bhikṣusya kiṃci tīrthikaparṣāye kāryam bhavati / nāyaṃ kṣamati /
bhikṣuṇā gatāgātasya tīrthikaparṣā upasaṃkramituṃ / atha khalu
pratikṛtyeva tāva vṛddhatarakā pratisaritavyā / vaktavyaṃ āyuṣmaṃ asti me
kiñci tīrthikaparṣāye kāryaṃ āllīpāma mā āllī[yā]motha nti(tti) / yadi
(30a3) tāva jalpanti / mā āllī(J.136)patha nti(tti) / na kṣamati allīpituṃ /
atha dāni jalpanti / allīpatha nti(tti) / upasaṃkramitavyaṃ / yāva na dāni
kṣamati / āsane kṣipā(yā)dharmmam āpadyituṃ, / atha khalu yādṛśaṃ
(āsanaṃ) labhyate / tādṛśo upaviśitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / kutsitum vā
paṃsitum vā aśrāddhā tīrthikāḥ / ahrīkā tīrthikāḥ / anotrāpino
tīrthikāḥ / mithyādṛ(30a4)ṣṭikā tīrthikāḥ / kusidā hīnāvīryā
tīrthikāḥ / duḥprajñā tīrthikāḥ / atha khalu evaṃ vaktavyaṃ /
sarvvāśrāmiṇānopavāde kadāci traividyaprāptāḥ bahuśrutā yasya
praśaṃsā tam anupraśaṃśe teṣāṃ guṇam eva vadena doṣanti / vaktavyaṃ /
duṣkaraṃ gṛhiliṅgāparityāgo duṣkaraṃ vastisaṃyamo duṣkaram araṇyavāso
evaṃ kāryaṃ kariya gantavyaṃ / evaṃ, (30a5) tīrthikaparṣā
upasaṃkramitavyā na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikrāmati // * //

IV.10 Ms.30a5 (J.136.12); Ch.511b3
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / etaṃ dāni bhikṣusya āryaparyā(ṣā)ye
kāryam bhavati / nāyaṃ kṣamati / gatāgatasya vṛddhāntam ukkasituṃ /
atha khalu prakṛtyeva tāva upādhyāyo vā ācāryo vā āmantrayitavyo
vaktavyaṃ / upādhyāyācāryā saṃghasya ma(30a6)dhyaṃ me kiñcit kāryaṃ
(J.137) āllīyāmi / mā allīyāmi tti / upādhyāyena vā ācāryeṇa vā
jānitavyaṃ / yadi tāva so bhavati / usreṇako vā pravarddhako vā
anarthaka(ku)śalo vā / (I.p.128) abhinīhārakuśalo vā kalahakārako vā
bhaṇḍanakārako vā bhāṣyakārako vā / adhikaraṇiko vā vaktavyaṃ / mā
allīyāhi tti / atha dāni so bhavati / bhadrako guṇavān / anuddhato
śikṣā(30a7)kāmo anukūlo anunnaḍo acapalo pṛcchitavyo kiṃ kāryaṃ, /
āha / asukam vā asukam vā tena jānitavyaṃ / yadi tāva tasya dugraho vā
vaktavyaṃ / mā allīya atha dāni tasya saṃgraho bhavati vaktavyaṃ / āllīya
nti(tti) / allīpitavyaṃ / allīya vṛddhāntāto prabhṛti sarvveṣāṃ praṇāmo
karttavyā / yā vṛddhatarakā yāvad vṛddhāntaṃ ukkasiyāṇaṃ
saṃghasthaviro pṛcchitavyo / a(30b1)sukaṃ me kāryaṃ jalpāmi tti /
saṃghasthavireṇa jānitavyaṃ / yadi tāva tasya dugraho bhavati / so ca bhikṣu
bhavati / kalahakārako bhaṇḍanakārako bhāṣyakāro adhikaraṇiko vā
vaktavyaṃ / mā jalpāhi tti kasya tvaṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ samagrāṇāṃ sahitānāṃ
saṃmodamānānāṃ avivadamānānāṃ ekoddeśakānāṃ kṣīrodakībhūtānāṃ
śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ dīpayamānānāṃ sukhañ ca phāsu(30b2)ñ ca viharantānāṃ
kalahajāto bhaṇḍanajāto vigrahavivādāpanno viharanto saṃghe karkaśāni
adhikaraṇāni (J.138) utpādayasi mā jalpāhi tti / atha dāni tasya sugraho
bhavati / so ca bhikṣu bhavati / bhadrako guṇavān śikṣākāmo anuddhato
anunnaḍo acapalo amukharo apragalbho aprakīrṇṇavāco saṃghasthavireṇa
vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣman jalpatha yathādharmmaṃ, (30b3) yathāvinayaṃ
yathāśāstuḥ / śāsanaṃ ti tena kāryaṃ saṃghamadhye ārocayitavyaṃ /
saṃghena tat kāryaṃ dharmmeṇa vinayena śāstuḥ śāsanena
vyupasamayitavyaṃ / vyupaśāntaṃ kariya so bhikṣu pṛcchitavyo āyuṣman
kiṃ vyupaśāntaṃ etaṃ kāryaṃ yadi tāva āha / vyupaśāntaṃ vaktavyaṃ /
āyuṣman sarvve tvaṃ etaṃ kāryaṃ samagreṇa saṃghena saṃvyupaśāntaṃ
(30b4) punaḥ karmmāya utkhoṭayasi puno cāsmi parṣa upasaṃkramesi /
saṃgho te uttari upaparīkṣiṣyatīti / yathāsukhaṃ kariya gantavyaṃ evaṃ
āryaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān
dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

(I.p.129) uddānaṃ //
evaṃ āgantukehi pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ nevāsikehi pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ pādā vanditavyā /
evaṃ (30b5) sammoditavyaṃ /
evaṃ ālapitavyaṃ /
evaṃ pravyāharttavyaṃ /
(J.139) evaṃ kṣatriyaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā /
evaṃ brāhmaṇaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā /
evaṃ gṛhapatiparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā /
evaṃ tīrthikaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā /
evaṃ āryaparṣā upasaṃkramitavyā //
caturtho varggaḥ //


(II.p.5)
V.1-2 Ms. 30b5 (J.140.1); Ch. 509c26
bhagavān samyaksambuddho yad arthaṃ samudāgato tam artham
abhisambhāvayitvā śrāvastyām vi(30b6)harati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā
yāva āraṇyakaṃ tāva śeyyāsanaṃ grāmāntikañ ca ekabhaktatarppaṇañ ca
grāmāntike śeyyāsane āraṇyakānāñ ca grāmāntikānāñ ca anugraho
sādhīyati / tehi dāni grāmāntikehi pratikṛtyeva gaṇḍiṃ āhaniyāṇaṃ
sthitāḥ / te dāni āraṇyakā deśakāle grāmāntikaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ āgatā
āhaṃsu / āyuṣmaṃ deśakālo āhanatha gaṇḍiṃ te (30b7) dāni grāmāntikā
āhaṃsu / āhatā-y-iyaṃ gaṇḍī bhukta(ṃ) pi amhehi te dāni āhaṃsu /
āyuṣman / evaṃ yūyaṃ atyanukālye gaṇḍīṃ āhaniya bhuñjatha / te dāni
grāmāntikā āhaṃsu / evaṃ ca yūyaṃ ati-uvahne āgacchatha / te dāni
āraṇyakehi aparejjukāto kalyato yevā(va) utthihiya bhaktakāni sarvvāṇi
u(t)kṣiptāni / te dāni grāmāntikā deśakālasmin / kulāni
upasaṃkrama(31a1)nti / āhaṃsu / upāsike detha / bhaktāni ukkahitāni
bhaktāni kena āhaṃsu / āraṇyakehi te dāni teṣāṃ āraṇyakānāṃ āhaṃsu /
āyuṣman kin dāni (J.141) yuṣmābhiḥ sarvvāṇi bhaktakāni utkṣiptāni / te
dāni āhaṃsuḥ / tathā tumhehiṃ pratikṛtyeva gaṇḍi āhaniyāṇaṃ bhuñjatha /
te dāni vivaditāḥ / bhagavato mūlaṃ gatāḥ /
bhagavān āha / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati pratikṛtyeva gaṇḍīṃ āhaniyāṇaṃ
bhuñji(31a2)tuṃ / nāpi kṣamati / aparehi kalyato yeva sarvvāṇi bhaktāni
utkṣipituṃ, / tena hi / evaṃ āraṇyake vihāre pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ
grāmāntike vihāre pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ āraṇyake vihāre
(II.p.6) pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ grāma(mā)(nti)ke vihāre pratipadyitavyaṃ /
etaṃ dāni grāmāntikaṃ ca śeyyāsanaṃ āraṇyakañ ca śeyyāsanaṃ ca
ekabhaktatarppaṇaṃ bhavati / tato yadi tāva grāmāntike śe(31a3)yyāsane
bhaktam pacyati / na dāni kṣamati / grāmāntikehi pratikṛtyeca(va) gaṇḍīṃ
āhaniyāṇaṃ cetiyaṃ vandiyāṇaṃ bhuñjituṃ / atha khalu grāmāntikehi duve
śā(thā)līyo ādrāhayitavyā / yā ekā grāmāntikānāṃ / ekā āraṇyakānāṃ
grāmāntikānāṃ thālī tahiṃ / taṇḍulā prakṣipitavyāḥ / yā āraṇyakānāṃ
thālī yadi tāva āraṇyakā āgatā bhavanti / tahiṃ, (31a4) taṇḍulā
prakṣipitavyāḥ / atha dāni nāgacchanti / nāpi kṣamati tahiṃ taṇḍulāni
prakṣipituṃ / atha khalu kaḍhantī thapitavyā / ekena bhikṣuṇā vihārakaṃ
ukkasiya nidhyāyi(pi)tavyaṃ / yadi tāva (J.142) āraṇyakā āgacchanti /
vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣman ete āraṇyakā āgacchanti prakṣipatha taṇḍulāni / atha
dāni kālaparyantaṃ nāgacchanti grāmāntikehi gaṇḍīṃ āhani(31a5)yāṇaṃ
bhuñjitavyaṃ / āraṇyakānāṃ sthālī otāriyāṇaṃ vodhi(dhovi)yāṇaṃ sthāne
sthaṃpayitavyā / anekāye āraṇyakānāṃ co(ra)bhayaṃ vā bhaveya
udakabhayaṃ vā siṃhabhayaṃ vā / vyāghrabhayaṃ vā yathāpi te
nāgacchanti / yadi koci upāsako saṃghaṃ bhaktena nimantrayati / āha /
āryo (rye) āraṇyakānāṃ pi ārocetha nti(tti) / tehi dāni grāmāntikehi
āraṇyakānāṃ / (31a6) pi ārocitavyaṃ / āyuṣmaṃ śuve bhaktaṃ vā
purebhaktikaṃ vā yavāgūpānaṃ vā bhaviṣyati / mā piṇḍakena
vihariṣyatha / karṇṇa(lla)to yyeva āgacchatha / tehi pi dāni āraṇyakehi na
vighnayitavyaṃ / yadi arthikā bhaviṣyanti pratipālayiṣyantīti / atha khalu
kālena kālaṃ (II.p.7) gantavyaṃ / yadi na sajjaṃ bhavati / na dāni
bhaktāgraṃ avaṣṭabhayitavyo āsayitavyaṃ / atha khalu ve(ce)tiyaṃ vanditvā
ekānte (31a7) svādhyāyo karttavyo / dharmmam vā cintayantehi āsitavyaṃ
eṣo dāni koci grāmāntikāṃ bhaktena nimantreti / vaktavyaṃ /
āraṇyakānāṃ pi nimantrehi nti(tti) / atha dāni āha / nāsti mama tahiṃ
śraddhā nāpi prasādo tti vaktavyaṃ / vayaṃ pi na praticchāme (mo)
nti(tti) / atha dāni āraṇyakānāṃ pi nimantreti bhaktaṃ sajjayitavyaṃ / (J.143)
pānīyaṃ pariśrāvayitavyaṃ / āsanaprajñapti karttavyā / dānapati āgato
bhavati / (31b1) āraṇyakā ca nāgacchanti / dānapatī āha bhante āhanetha
gaṇḍiṃ kālo pi tāva adyāpi bhavati vaktavyaṃ / prāgo tāva adyāpi
āraṇyakā pi tāva nāgacchanti / atha dāni dānapatī āha bhante āhanetha
tumhe a(ā)raṇyakā pi eṣyantīti kiṃ karttavyaṃ / gaṇḍī tāva vistareṇa
āhaniyāṇaṃ ve(ce)ti/yo vistareṇa vanditavyo / cetiyaṃ vistareṇa vandiyāṇaṃ
yadi tāva āraṇyakā āga(31b2)tā bhavanti / tato bhuṃjitavyaṃ / atha dāni
āraṇyakā nāgatā bhavanti / anantarikānāṃ āsanāni varja(ya)ntehi
āsitavyaṃ / pariveśāvakena pṛcchitavyaṃ / ko āraṇyakānāṃ lābhagrāho
yadi tāvaj jalpanti / ahaṃ pi ahaṃ pi tti vaktavyaṃ / āraṇyakānāṃ
piṇḍapātaṃ ukkaḍḍhatha tehi āraṇyakānāṃ piṇḍapāto ukkaḍḍhayitavyo /
ukkaḍḍhiyāṇāṃ sāṃghikaṃ kalpiyakuṭīyaṃ sthāpa(31b3)yitavyo / yadi tāvat
sakāle āgacchanti / bhuñjanāya dātavyo / atha dāni vikāle āgacchanti / na
vāgacchanti / aparejjukāto śrāmaṇerāṇāṃ dātavyaṃ / nāpi dāni (II.p.8)
kṣamati / āraṇyakehi yatra pu(u)llu(lla)gikāye āsituṃ / atha khalu kālena
kālaṃ grāmāntikaṃ śeyyāsanaṃ gantavyaṃ / āgacchiya pādāṃ dhoviya
hastāṃ nirmmādiya ceti/yo vistare(31b4)ṇa vanditavyo / yadi (J.144) tāva
anukalyo adyāpi tāva bhavati / tatraiva sthānacaṃkramaniṣadyāyogam
anuyuktena viharitavyaṃ / uddeśaprayuktehi vā manasikāraprayuktehi vā /
atha dāni deśakālo bhavati / saṃghārāmaṃ pravisiyāṇaṃ grāmāntikaṃ
bhikṣuṃ pratisaṃmodiyāṇaṃ svakasvakehi āsanehi upaviśitavyaṃ / gaṇḍī
āhatāyaṃ vandi(31b5)ya cetiyaṃ nāpi dāni āraṇyakehi grāmāntikā
kutsetavyā bahukṛtyā bahukaraṇīyā jihvāgre yūyaṃ rasāgrāṇi paryeṣatha /
atha khalu saṃrādhayitavyā / vaktavyaṃ āyuṣman sobhanaṃ kriyati
bahukarā yūyaṃ bhāraṃ vahatha / dharmmadeśanāṃ karetha / saṃghārāmo
kelāpīyati / dhūmo kriyati kulāni prasādīyantīti / evaṃ
saṃrādhayitavyāḥ / atha (31b6) dāni āraṇyake śeyyāsane grāmāntikānāṃ
ca āraṇyakānāñ ca bhaktaṃ sajjīyati / nāpi dāni kṣamati / āraṇyakehi pi
pratikṛtyeva gaṇḍiṃ āhaniyāṇaṃ cetiyaṃ vandiya bhuñjituṃ / atha khalu
duve sthālīyo a(ā)drāhayitavyāyo / ekā āraṇyakānāṃ ekā
grāmāntikānāṃ yā āraṇyakānāṃ sthālī tahiṃ taṇḍulā prakṣipitavyāḥ /
yā grāmāntiṃkānāṃ sthālī yadi tāva grāmāntikā (31b7) āgatā bhavanti /
tahiṃ pi taṇḍulā prakṣipitavyāḥ / atha dāni grāmāntikā nāgacchanti / na
kṣamati tahiṃ taṇḍulāṃ prakṣipituṃ / jānitavyaṃ / anekāye
grāmāntikānāṃ grāmo paro vā bhave corā vā patitā bhaveṃsuḥ / yathā
nāgacchantīti / (II.p.9) ekena bhikṣuṇā vihāraṃ ukkasiyāṇaṃ
nivyā(dhyā)(pa)yantena āsitavyaṃ / kiṃ grāmāntikā (J.145) āgacchanti / na
hi tti / yadi tāva āgacchanti teṣāṃ pi (32a1) taṇḍulā prakṣipitavyā / atha
dāni nāgacchanti / deśakāle gaṇḍiṃ āhaniya cetiyaṃ vandiya bhuñjitavyaṃ
grāmāntikā(nāṃ) thālī-y-otāriya thā(lī) toyaliptāṃ kariya thapitavyāḥ /
eṣo dāni koci āraṇyakānāṃ bhaktenopanimantrayati vaktavyaṃ /
grāmāntikānām api nimantrehīti / atha dāni āhaṃsuḥ / nāsti mama
taṃhiṃ śraddhā nāsti prasādo vaktavyaṃ vayaṃ pi na praticchāmo nti(tti) /
atha dāni (32a2) grāmāntikānām api nimaṃtreti bhaktaṃ sajjayitavyaṃ /
āsanaprajñaptiḥ karttavyā / pānīyaṃ pariśrāvayitavyaṃ / puṣpaṃ
sajjayitavyaṃ / gandho sajjayitavyo / yadi tāva grāmāntikā nāgacchanti /
dānapatir āgato bhavati / āha / bhante / āhaṇatha gaṇḍiṃ anukālyo va tāva
adyāpi bhavati / vaktavyaṃ / prāgo tāva adyāpi grāmāntikā ca bhikṣavo
nāgacchanti / atha dāni āha / āhaṇatha (32a3) tumhe grāmāntikā pi
eṣyantīti / kiṃ karttavyaṃ / gaṇḍī tāva vistareṇa āha/niyāṇaṃ ve(ce)tiyo
vistareṇa vanditavyo / ve(ce)ti(yaṃ) vistareṇa vandiyāṇaṃ yadi tāva
grāmāntikā āgatā bhavanti bhuñjitavyaṃ / atha dāni grāmāntikā
nāgacchanti / āsanāni (J.146) vaṃjāya(rjayaṃ)tehi upaviśitavyaṃ /
parithapa(veṣa)kena vaktavyaṃ / ko grāmāntikānāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ
lābhagrāhī yadi tāva ā(32a4)haṃsu / ahaṃ pi ahaṃ pi tti vaktavyaṃ /
grāmāntikānāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ piṇḍapātaṃ parigṛhnatha nti(tti) / atha dāni
teṣāṃ na koci lābhagrāhako bhavati / pariveṣakena sarvveṣāṃ ekasthāne
piṇḍapātaṃ ukkaḍḍhiyāṇāṃ sāṃghikāyaṃ kalpiyakuṭīyaṃ (II.p.10)
thapitavyo / yadi tāva kāle āgacchanti bhuñjanāye dātavyaṃ / atha dāni
vikāle āgatā bhavanti / na vā āgacchanti / aparejju(32a5)kāto
śrāmaṇerāṇāṃ vā ārāmikānām vā dātavyo nāpi dāni kṣamati
grāmāntikehi yatrollagnāye āsituṃ, // atha khalu kālena kālaṃ āraṇyakaṃ
śeyyāsanaṃ ukkasitavyaṃ pādāṃ prakṣāliya hastāṃ nirmmādiya stūpaṃ
vistareṇa vanditavyaṃ / yadi tāva anukālyo bhavati / ārāmehi vṛkṣamūlehi
caṃkramehi niṣadyāhi sthānacaṃkramaniṣadyānu(32a6)yogam anuyuktehi
vītināmayitavyā / uddeśaprayuktehi vā manasikāraprayuktehi vā atha
dāni deśakālo bhavati vihāraṃ praviśiyāṇāṃ āraṇyakāṃ bhikṣūṃ
pratisaṃmodiyāṇaṃ svakasvakehi āsanehi upaviśitavyaṃ / gaṇḍīyaṃ
āhatāyaṃ stūpaṃ vandiyāṇaṃ bhuṃjiyāṇaṃ gantavyaṃ / nāpi dāni
grāmāntikehi āraṇyakā kutsetavyā / paṃsetavyā / (J.147) śūnyāgāramātā
yūyaṃ prajñā(32a7)vaitakṣi(ṃski)yā śṛgālā pi āraṇye vasanti divasaṃ yūyaṃ
varṣāṇi piṇḍentā āsatha / atha khalu vaktavyā durāvāsakāni āraṇyakāni
śeyyāsanāni prāptāni viviktāni vigatajanapadāni manuṣyarahaśayyakāni
pratisaṃlayanasāropyāni duṣkaraṃ prati(vi)vekena durabhiramaṃ ekaṃ paraṃ
rātri vinayamāno mānasaṃ ādhyātmaṃ veti / āyuṣmana śobhanaṃ kriyati
āraṇyakaṃ śeyyā(32b1)sanaṃ kelāpīyati / uktaṃ cedaṃ bhagavatā
yāvakīyaṃ ca bhikṣavo āraṇyakāni śeyyāsanāni adhyāvasiṣyatha / tāva
vṛddhī yeva pratikāṃkṣitavyā / kuśalehi dharmmehi no parihāṇi na ca vo
māraḥ / pāpīyāṃ avatāram adhigamiṣyati / saddharmmasya
antarddhānāya sa(ṃ)mohāya nti(tti) / evaṃ saṃrāvi(dhi)ya gantavyaṃ / evaṃ
āraṇyakehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati (II.p.11) / ābhisamācārikān
dharmmān atikrā(32b2)mati // * //

V.3-4 Ms. 32b2 (J.147.13); Ch. 508b22
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / tena dāni kālena tena samayena
āyuṣmanto nandanopanandanā pānīyaṃ pratijāgaranti / te dāni bhikṣū
tato yyeva mukhaṃ tato yyeva hastāṃ nirmmādiyanti / pātrapariśrāvaṇāni
dhovanti / te dāni kalyato yeva nandanopanandanā utthiyāṇa hastāṃ
nirmmādiya pānīyaṃ pariśrāviya (J.148) pānīyamaṇḍapaṃ parighaṭṭiya
tāyitamudritaṃ kariya gocaraṃ (32b3) praviṣṭāḥ / āgantukā bhikṣū
āgatāḥ / pānīyaṃ mārggenti / na labhanti / te dāni odhyāyanti kin dāni
ayaṃ pānīyamaṇḍapo tāyitamudrito thapito etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi
śrutaṃ / bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha
nandanopanandanāṃ / te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ
bhikṣavo nand(an)opanandanā // pe // yāva āgantukā(32b4)nāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ
gaṇo āgato pānīyaṃ mārgganti / na labhanti / te dāni odhyāyanti kin dāni
ayaṃ pānīyamaṇḍapo tāyitamudrito kariya thapito āhaṃsuḥ / āma
bhagavan
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ pānīye pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ
pādadhovanīye pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ pānīye
pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ pādadhovanīye pratipadyitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ kṣamati
(32b5) pānīyaṃ pariśrāviya pānīyamaṇḍapaṃ ghaṭṭiya tāpi(yi)ya mudritaṃ
kariya anyena gantuṃ / atha khalu pānīyavāriko tāva uddiśitavyo /
navakānte paṭipa(pā)ṭikāya vā yasya vā prāpuṇati / eko vā dvayo vā
trayo vā yattakā vā abhisaṃbhuṇanti / tehi kalyata eva utthiya hastāṃ
nirmmādiya (II.p.12) pānīyaṃ pariśrāviya golakā vā maṇikā vā uṣṭ(r)ikā
(32b6) vā thaganakā vā āraṃjarā vā ghaṭṭā vā karakīyo vā appihāṇā
karttavyā / śīla(śilā)mayā vā mṛttikāmayā vā kāṣṭhamayā vā acchehi
vā celaṣa(pa)ṭṭehi vā bandhitavyā / yo subhāvitā kariya thapetavyā /
yathā pānīyaṃ caukṣaṃ bhaveya / na dāni (J.149) kukkuṭapāśakena
bandhitvā sthāpetavyaṃ / tehi bhājanehi prakṣipitavyā pāṭalāgulikā vā
campakagulikā vā śarkarā vā sarvvaṅ ka(32b7)rttavyaṃ / yathā sugandhā
bhaveṃsu / tato yadi tāva anyaṃ pibanāye pānīyaṃ bhavati / anyaṃ
pādadhovanīyaṃ pariśrāvitavyaṃ / parivodha(dhova)nīyena pānīyena
śirikuṇḍikā pūrayitavyā / ākalpiyakarkkarī pūrayitavyā / pādadhovanikā
pūrayitavyā / varccakumbhikā pūrayitavyā / bhikṣūṇāṃ hastodakasya
pātrodakasya pāribhogikasya kumbhikā ca karakā ca pūrayitavyā /
go(33a1)gotrasthāpa(sthapā)nīyaṃ bhavati / yathā pāṭaliputre śoṇapānīyaṃ
rājagṛhe tayota(poda)ṃ vārāṇasyāṃ buddhavicīrṇṇā nāma puṣkiriṇī
campāyāṃ gaṃgāpānīya(ṃ) śrāvastyāṃ pe(po)taleyaṃ śākete
dharapānīyaṃ / mathurāyāṃ yamunā na kṣamati tato pānīyāto
kalpiyakarakī vā akalpiyakarakī vā varccakumbhikā vā pūrayituṃ /
hastodakapādodakaṃ vā pānīyaṃ dātuṃ / atha khalu tato pibanāye (33a2)
dātavyaṃ / atha dāni śrāddho bhikṣur bhavati / tato eva śrīkuṇḍikāṃ
pūreti anāpattiḥ / bhikṣusya cakṣu duḥkhanti vaidyo āha / bhante (II.p.13)
gotrasthena pānīyena akṣiṇi dhovāhi tti labhyā dāni pātrapūraṃ vā eṣo
dāni (J.150) dhovanikāṃ vā rajanikām vā kareti / tasya udakena kāryam
bhavati / pānīyadhā(vā)rikāṃ yācati icchāmi pānīyaṃ dīyamānan ti na
kṣamati / gotrasthaṃ udakaṃ dātuṃ / atha (33a3) khalu pāridhovanīyaṃ
udakaṃ dātavyaṃ / bhaktāgreṇa pānīyaṃ vā(cā)rentena hastāṃ
sunirmmāditāṃ kṛtvā bhājanaṃ sunirmmāditaṃ kṛtvā caukṣaṃ pānīyaṃ
vā(cā)retavyaṃ / pānīyaṃ gṛhnantena gharttitavyaṃ / yathā ekahasto
nirāmiṣo bhavati / atha dāni sahasākāreṇa sāmiṣīkṛto bhavati /
prakṣālayitvā ya(pa)traśākhāya vā pātraṃ vā oṭṭhāci(33a4)kkaṇaṃ
bhavati nirmmādayitvā pātavyaṃ / na dāni atibahu(ṃ) oṣṭha
prakṣipitavyā / keśā vā ālihitum vā niḍālam vā / atha khalu oṣṭha
pramārjitvā agroṣṭhehi yā(pā)tavyaṃ / tato yyeva stokaṃ varjayitavyaṃ /
tenaiva antena prakṣālayantena ujjhitavyaṃ / pānīyaṃ vā(cā)rentena
upalakṣayitavyaṃ / yadi koci atibahuṃ oṣṭhaṃ vā volayati keśā vā
ālayaṃ(33a5)ti nilāṭe vā apanetavyaṃ taṃ bhājanaṃ ekānte sthapitvā tṛṇaṃ
vā kulikaṃ vā upari dātavyā / abhijñānaṃ / yathājñāye akalpiyan ti / puno
vā nirmmādayitavyaṃ / paścādbhaktaṃ pānīyaṃ cārentena hastāṃ
sunirmmāditā kariya // pe // yāva ekinā hastena pānīyaṃ parigṛhnitavyaṃ /
apareṇa pānīyaghaṭikāṃ paṭicchantena cīvara(rā)ṃtarikāya vā
pātrāntarikāye (33a6) vā gṛhnitavyaṃ / yāva tenaiva antarakena
ujjhitavyaṃ / jentāke cārentena oṣṭhā (II.p.14) pānīyacārikāye pātraṃ
bandhitavyaṃ / pibantena oṣṭhā patraśākhāye nirmmādayitvā
agroṣṭhakehi pātavyaṃ // pe // taṃ yyeva (J.151) karttavyaṃ prahāṇe
cārentena yadi bhūmyāstaro bhavati bhājanāni patraśākhāhi
sthapitavyāni / omhāya vā vālikāya vā bhājanehi vā thapitavyaṃ / yadi
aṣṭa(33a7)bhāga caturbhāgaṃ ca niṣaṇṇakā bhavanti / ekena
madhyamavā(cā)rake sthitakena vā(cā)retavyaṃ / apareṇa praṇetavyaṃ / atha
dāni paṭipāṭikāye dūre dūraṃ prahāṇasya upaviṣṭā bhavanti / ekena
cāretavyaṃ // pe // labhyā dāni pāridhovanikāto mukhaṃ vā dhovituṃ /
hastaṃ vā nirmmādayituṃ, / pātrapariśrāvaṇaṃ vā dhovituṃ / na dāni
kṣamati / jhallajhallāye ujjhituṃ / mātrāye (33b1) upanāmetavyaṃ / na dāni
kṣamati / pāridhovaniyāto snāpi(yi)tuṃ vā cīvaram vā dhovituṃ / rañjanaṃ
vā kaḍhituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣū cīvarakarmma karoṃti / udakañ ca āvilaṃ
bhavati / bhājanaṃ ca atiriktaṃ ti le(/ la)bhyā dāni pāpicakadharmmīya
yācituṃ / āha / āyuṣman dehi bhūyo ānīya dāsyāmi tti / kiñ cāpi deti
anāpattiḥ / taṃ pi dāni / gṛhniya ānīya kālena kālaṃ dātavyaṃ / atha
dā(33b2)ni āsaṃnodako saṃghārāmo bhavati / kiñ cāpi tato yeva pibati tato
yeva pāridhovanīyaṃ karoti / tato yeva hastāṃ dhovati raṅgam vā karoti /
(J.152) anāpattiḥ / evaṃ pānīye pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati /
ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

V. 5-6 Ms. 33b2 (J.152.3); Ch. 507c21
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto (II.p.15)
nandanopanandanā ṣaḍvarggikā ca pādadhoṃvanikāyāṃ jha(33b3)llajhallāṃ
pādāṃ dhoviyāṇaṃ sarvvaṃ udakaṃ sthā(ccho)riya pādadhovanikāṃ
omuddhikāṃ kariya ā(r)drapādakaṃ upanāhāhi prakṣipiya naiva
karddamaṃ pariharanti na pāṃsu karddamaṃ marddantā pāṃsu marddentā
dīrghacaṃkramaṃ caṃkramanti / bhikṣu āgacchanti pādadhovanāya / te
dāni āhaṃsuḥ / mātrāye yūyam āyuṣmanto pādāṃ dhovatha / udake pi
khalu [mātr]ā (33b4) uktā bhagavatā tathaiva sarvvehi bāhirakehi
jīvitapariṣkārehi te dāni bhikṣu paśyanti / tāṃ pādadhovanikāṃ ṛktāṃ te
dāni odhyāyanti / kiṃ dāni ayaṃ pādadhovanikā omuddhikṛtā etaṃ
prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsuḥ / bhagavān āha /
śabdāpayatha / nandanopanandanāṃ ṣaḍvarggikāṃ ca / te dāni śabdāpitā /
bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣa(33b5)vo nandanopanandanā ṣaḍvarggikā ca
evaṃ nāma evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ pādadhovanikāyāṃ gacchiya jhallajhallāye
pādāṃ dhoviya udakaṃ cchoriya pādadhovanikāṃ omuddhikāṃ kariya
ārdrapādāṃ upānahāsu prakṣipiya naiva pāṃsu pariharatha na karddamaṃ
karddamaṃ marddantā pāṃsu marddantā dīrghacaṃkramaṃ caṃkramatha
bhikṣū āgacchanti / pādadhovanikāye pādāṃ dho (33b6)vanāye yūyaṃ
jalpatha mātrāye āyuṣmanto pādāṃ dhovatha udake pi khalu bhagavatā
(J.153) mātrā uktā / tathaiva sarvvehi jīvitapariṣkārehi te dāni bhikṣu
paśyanti pādadhovanikāṃ omuddhikāṃ kṛtāṃ āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan
bhagavān āha / duṣkṛtaṃ vo nandano nandanopanandanā ṣaḍvarggikā
ca / tena hi evaṃ pādā dhovitavyā / evaṃ (II.p.16) dhovitapādehi
pratipadyitavyaṃ kin ti (33b7) dāni / evaṃ pādā dhovitavyā / kin ti dāni
dhovitapādehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / bhagavān dāni bhikṣūn āmantrayati /
evaṃ bhikṣavo pādāṃ dhovatha / yathā śāriputro sthaviro
ekam idaṃ bhikṣavo samayaṃ śāriputro sthaviro vaiśālyām viharati /
mahāvane kūṭāgāraśālāyāṃ sthaviro dāni kālasyaiva nivāsayitvā
pātracīvaram ādāya vaiśālīn nagarīṃ piṇḍāya praviṣṭo
prāsā(34a1)dikena atikrāntena pratikrāntena ālokitavilokitena
sanmiñjitaprasāritena saṃghāṭīpātracīvaradhāraṇena antarggatehi
indriyehi abahirggatena manasena sthitena dharmmatāvasthaprāptena smṛto
saṃprajāno mārgo viya kāritakāraṇo veśālīṃ nagarīṃ piṇḍāya carati /
sthaviro dāni apareṇa brāhmaṇena dṛṣṭo tasya brāhmaṇasya bhavati / ime
iti (34a2) kitikāya putrāḥ / śramaṇakāḥ grāmānte iryāpathaṃ paṭhayanti
nirddhāvitā ca bhavanti vikopenti / so dāni praduṣṭacitto sthavirasya
pṛṣṭhimena pṛṣṭhimaṃ anubaddho yatra yeva ayaṃ śramaṇako īryāpathaṃ
vikopayiṣyati / tatraiva śe (śīrṣe) khaṭakaṃ dāsyāmi / sthaviro dāni
grāmāraṇyasamena (J.154) īryāpathena samanvāgato vaiśālīṃ piṇḍāya
caritvā nirddhāvito vihāraṃ āgato sthavi(34a3)ro dāni vihārakesmin pātraṃ
nikṣipiya hastāṃ prakṣāliya saṃghāṭīṃ prasphoṭiya sāhariya abhyantareṇa
dviguṇikāṃ kariya cīvaravaṃśe sthapayitvā pānīyasya dakānakaṃ pūrīya
pīṭhakā prajñāpiya pādataddha(ṭṭha)kaṃ upanāmayitvā upānahikāyo
upanāmiya (II.p.17) upānahāyo( po)cchanno upanāmiya pādāṃ dhovati /
sthaviro dāni dakṣiṇena hastena udakaṃ ā(34a4)siñcati / vāmena hastena
pādāṃ dhovati / sthavireṇa dāni vāmā jaṃghā dhovitā dakṣiṇā jaṃghā
dhovitā vāmo pādo dhovito dakṣiṇo pādo dhovito
upānahāyo(po)cchatu(nna)kaṃ gṛhniya upānahā saṃpuṭaṃ kariya ekasya
upānaho(hā)vaddhro yo(po)cchito dvitīyasya upānahāvaddhro pocchito
ekasya upānahātalaṃ yo(po)cchitaṃ dvitīyasya upānahā(34a5) talaṃ
pocchitaṃ / upānahikāyo nikṣipiya dakānakāto vāmāye kalācīye udakaṃ
āvarjayitvā dakṣiṇena hastena upānahāyo(po)cchanakaṃ dhoviya
niṣpīḍitvā ātape śoṣayetaṃ kalācīya udakaṃ āvarjiya hastā dhotā hastāṃ
(J.155) dhoviya dakānakaṃ dhoviya pānīyāvaśeṣaṃ cchoriya ātape śoṣitaṃ
so dāni brāhmaṇo [ta]sya (34a6) ācāragocaraṃ paśyiya tuṣṭo so dāni
prasannacitto āha / yathāpi imaṃ bhavatā śāriputreṇa dakānakaṃ /
upacīrṇṇaṃ yo pi so brāhmaṇānāṃ uṣṇodakakarako so pi na evaṃ śucī
labhyā khalu ito pānīyaṃ pātuṃ / sthavireṇa dāni tasya brāhmaṇasya
prasannacittasya catvāry āryasatyāni pradarśitāni duḥkham āryasatyaṃ
duḥkhasamudayam āryasatyaṃ duḥkhani(34a7)rodham āryasatyaṃ
duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipadam āryasatyaṃ / tena dāni brāhmaṇena
tatraiva sthāne sthitena śrotāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ bhikṣū dāni
bhagavantam āhaṃsu / yasya bhagavān katham ayaṃ brāhmaṇa
sthavirasyācāragocareṇa tuṣṭo bhagavān āha / na etarhi evam anyadāpi
eṣo etasya ācāragocareṇa tuṣṭo nyadāpi bhagavan anyadāpi (34b1)
bhikṣavo bhūtapūrvvam bhikṣavo atītam adhvānaṃ etahiṃ ca nagaraṃ
(II.p.18) vārāṇasī kāśijanapado / tatra dāni agrakuliko āḍhyo mahādhano
mahābhogo prabhūtadhanadhānyakośakoṣṭhāgāro
prabhūtajātarūparajatavittopakaraṇo prabhūtahastyaśva-ajagaveḍako
prabhūtadāsīdāsa(J.156)karmmakarapauruṣeyo / tasya dāni eko putro
acirajāto so (34b2) dāni mātāpitṛbhir unnīyati varddhīyati / yaṃ kālaṃ
saptavarṣo ṣṭavarṣo vā so dāni mātāpitṝṇāṃ pūrvvotthāyī
paścānnipātī priyavādī mana-apavādī / kiṃkarapariśrāvako tasya dāni
śreṣṭhikasya kulaputrakā gṛhaṃ ocaranti / tasya gṛha(ṃ) guptañ ca
surakṣitañ ca na pārenti otāraṃ vindanāya / kadāci dāni so śreṣṭhi
aparehiṃ jñātisāle nimantritako gato va(34b3)rṣārātrikaṃ taṃ dāra(ka)ṃ
rakṣapālaṃ thapiyāṇaṃ putra dvāraṃ ghaṭṭiyāṇaṃ rakṣamāṇo āsesi / so
dāni dārako śreṣṭhinā saparivāreṇa gatena gṛhasya dvāraṃ ghaṭṭiyāṇaṃ
rakṣamāṇo āsati tehi dāni kulaputrakehi otāro labdho / te dāni taṃ gṛhaṃ
okkhandiyāṇaṃ praviṣṭā te dāni ulkāyo ca dīpikāyo ca prajvāliyāṇaṃ
mārgganti / so eko dā(34b4)rako dṛṣṭo te dāni pṛcchanti / dāraka kahiṃ
tumhāṇaṃ hiraṇyaṃ vā suvarṇṇaṃ vā / so dān āha / ahaṃ pi na jānāmi /
etaṃ gṛhaṃ śūnyakaṃ mārggiya mārggiya yaṃ labhatha taṃ gṛhnatha tehi
dāni mārggiya mārggiya prabhūtaṃ hiraṇyasuvarṇṇaṃ gṛhasya
madhyamāgāre mahāntaṃ kūṭaṃ kṛtaṃ yo teṣāṃ corasenāpatiḥ / so
gṛhasya (J.157) madhyāgāre upaviṣṭaḥ / so dāna(ni) co(34b5)rasenāpatiḥ
pipāsitaḥ / tasya dārakasyāha / haṃgho dāraka pipāsito smi / icchāmi
pānīyaṃ pātuṃ so dāni dārako caukṣasamudācāro bhājanaṃ gṛhniya
parimārjiya hastāṃ sudhā(dho)tāṃ kṛtvā bhājanaṃ sudhotaṃ kṛtvā
udakasya pūriya (II.p.19) yatra dīpā dīpyanti tatra allīno so dāni
supratyavekṣitaṃ kariya corasenāpatisya allīno senā(34b6)pati pibāhi tti
tenāpi dāni corasenāpatinā tasya dārakasya pānīyaṃ dentasya sarvvam
upalakṣitaṃ / so dāni pṛcchati haṃgho dāraka kasya kṛtena tvaṃ atra
dīpamūlaṃ allīnosi so dāni āha / senāpati pānīyaṃ pratyavekṣituṃ, / mā
atra pānīyasmiṃ tṛṇo vā bhave prāṇako vā tena senāpatisya aphāsu
bhaveya / so dāni senāpati tasya ācāragocareṇa tuṣṭo (34b7) tasya bhavati
senāpatisya mā tāva mā tāva asmākaṃ tāva eṣo vadhakānāṃ
pratyarthikānāṃ pratyamitrāṇāṃ arthakāmo hitakāmo ko punarvvādo yo
etasya mātāpitā vā jñātikā vā tehi eṣo kathaṃ amaitracitto bhaviṣyati yadi
vayam imasya dārakasya evaṃ dharmmiṣṭhasya imaṃ hiraṇyasuvarṇṇaṃ
harāma praticorehi pi muṣyema grahaṇaṃ pi gacchema / rājakule pi
vadhyema / so dāni (35a1) corasenāpati pānīyaṃ pibiya tāṃ sarvvāṃ corāṃ
śabdāpiya pṛcchati / ko bhaṇe ko ahaṃ yuṣmākaṃ te dāni āhaṃsu /
senāpati āha / bhavanto ahaṃ imasya dārakasya evaṃ ca evaṃ ca
ācāragocareṇa tuṣṭo yadi vayaṃ etasya dharmmiṣṭasya etaṃ hiraṇyaṃ (J.158)
suvarṇṇaṃ harema praticorehi vā vayaṃ muṣyema grahaṇaṃ pi gacchema /
rājakule pi vadhyema / yadi yuṣmākaṃ anukūlaṃ (35a2) bhave muñcema
vayaṃ etaṃ etasya hiraṇyasuvarṇṇaṃ anyaṃ vayaṃ corayiṣyāmaḥ / te dāni
āhaṃsuḥ / yathā senāpatikasya rucyati / so dāni dārakasyāha / haṃgho
dārakā imaṃ vayaṃ tava sarvvaṃ hiraṇyaṃ suvarṇṇaṃ demi te dāni corā
nirddhāpitāḥ / tena dārakena dvārāṇi sarvvāṇi ghaṭitāni devatā gāthāṃ
bhāṣate /
(II.p.20) ācāraguṇasampannāḥ / ye bhavanti tu mānavāḥ /
(35a3) labhanti vipulāṃ arthāṃ yathā pānīyadāyakaḥ /
ācāraṃ śikṣitaṃ śreyo anācāraṃ na śikṣitaṃ /
corehi gṛhīto saṃto mukto ācārakāraṇāt //
ghātyā bhavanty aghātyācāraṃ śikṣiyāṇaṃ vinayaṃ ca
sthāneṣu ca aiśvaryaṃ labhanti ācāraguṇayuktāḥ //
vadhyā bhavanty avadhyā ācāraṃ śikṣiyāṇaṃ vinayaṃ ca /
tasmān nareṇa satataṃ ācāraguṇena bhavi(35a4)tavyaṃ /
raudrā lohitapāṇī caurā tuṣyanti tāḍṛśā santā /
ācāreṇa anāryā āryā jātāvakrāntāḥ //
(J.159) bhagavān etasmin vastuni dharmmapadaṃ bhāṣate /
na brāhmaṇasya prahareya nāsya muṃceya brāhmaṇo /
dhig brāhmaṇasya hantāraṃ taṃ pi dhik yo sya muṃcati //
bhagavān āha / syād vo bhikṣavo evam asyādanyo sau tena kālena tena
samayena ++(35a5) bhavati agrakulikasya putro naitad evaṃ draṣṭavyaṃ /
eṣo śāriputro sthaviro anyo so corasenāpati eṣo brāhmaṇo tadāpi etasya
eṣo ācāragocareṇa tuṣṭo etarhi pi eṣo sthavirasya ācāragocareṇa tuṣṭo /
eṣo dāni bhikṣu yadā grāmāto nirggato bhavati / tato grāmapraveśikaṃ
cīvaraṃ prasphoṭitvā atyantapari(35a6)karmmaṃ sāharitvā sthapetavyaṃ /
ārāmacaraṇakaṃ prāvaritvā āsanaṃ prajñapetavyaṃ pādopavā(dhā)nakaṃ
udakadānaṃ pi ca uṣṭhapayitvā celakhaṇḍena rajo prasphoṭitavyo
dakānakaṃ kalācīyaṃ a(ā)varjetvā colakaṃ dhovitvā niṣpiḍitvā upānahā
(II.p.21) nirmmādayitavyā // pe // yāva colakaṃ niṣpiḍitvā thapetavyo / mā
prāṇakā jāyeṃsu (J.160) nīlikāya vā bhaveṃsu / bhikṣuṇāpi tāva (35a7)
pādāṃ dhovantena dakṣiṇa(ṇena) hastena udakaṃ āsiṃcitavyaṃ / vāmena
hastena pādāṃ dhovitavyā vāmā tāva jaṃghā dhovitavyā dakṣiṇā tāva
jaṃghā dhovitavyā / vāmo pādo dhovayitavyo dakṣiṇo pādo dhovayitavyo /
upānahāyo prasphoṭitvā saṃpuṭīkṛtvā ekasyopānahāye vaddhro
pocchitavyo aparasya vaddhro pocchitavyo / ekasya upānahāye talaṃ (35b1)
pocchitavyaṃ / dvitīyasya upānahāye talaṃ pocchitavyaṃ kuṇḍikāto vā
karakato vā kalācīye udakaṃ āvarjiya upānahāpocchanakaṃ dhovitavyaṃ /
pīḍiya ātape śoṣayitavyaṃ / kalācīye udakaṃ āvarjiya hastā dhovitavyā na
kṣamati upānahāhi ārdrapādena praveśayituṃ atha khalu yaṃ kālaṃ
adhvātā bhavanti / tato praveśayitavyo / atha khalu dāni (35b2)
sarvvasaṃghasya pādadhovanikā bhavati / na kṣamati bhikṣuṇā
jhallajhallāye pādāṃ dhovituṃ udakaṃ cchorayi(riya) omuddhikāṃ
pādadhovanikāṃ karttuṃ / atha khalu acchaṭikāṃ karentena
pādadhovanikāyāṃ praviśitavyaṃ / yadi tāva koci bhikṣuḥ pūrvvapraviṣṭo
bhavati / āgamitavyaṃ / yāva tehi / dhovitā pādā nti(tti) atha dāni
khaṇui(khāṇu)kāpādadhovanikā bhavati / trīṇi vācāyo
jalpayita(35b3)vyo(vyā)/yo ko vṛddhatarako vṛddho(ddhe) nti(tti) / yadi tāva
koci vṛddhatarako bhavati / antaraṃ dātavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ tena pādā
dhovitā bhavati / upaviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni koci vṛddhatarako na bhavati /
evaṃ pi upaviśitavyaṃ / tato yadi tāva dakṣiṇānte pādadhovanikā (J.161)
bhavaṃti / dakṣiṇena (II.p.22) ante(haste)na udakaṃ āsiñcitavyaṃ / vāmena
hastena pādā dhovitavyā / (35b4) vāmā tāva jaṃghā dhovitavyā /
dakṣiṇena(ṇā) jaṃghā dhovitavyā / vāmo pādo dhovitavyo / dakṣiṇo pādo
dhovitavyo / atha dāni vāmānte pādadhovanikā bhavati / vāmena hastena
udakaṃ āsiñcitavyaṃ / dakṣiṇena hastena pādā dhovitavyā / nāpi dāni
kṣamati tenaiva hastena udakaṃ āsiñcituṃ / atha dāni dve janā bhavanti /
ekena ā(35b5)siñcitavyaṃ / ekena dhovitavyaṃ / dakṣiṇā tāva jaṃghā
dhovitavyā / vāmā jaṃghā dhovitavyā / dakṣiṇo pādo dhovitavyo / vāmo
pādo dhovitavyo upānahāyo saṃghā(pu)ṭīkariya ekasya upānahāye vadhro
pocchitavyo / dvitīyasya vadhrako pocchitavyo / ekasya upānahāye talaṃ
pocchitavyaṃ / dvitīyasya upānahāye talaṃ pocchita(35b6)vyaṃ / yadi tahiṃ
koci bhikṣu bhavati navatarako so vaktavyo udakaṃ āsiñcihi nti(tti) /
upānahāpocchanno dhoviya pīḍiya tatraiva sthapitavyaṃ / hastān
nirmmādiyāṇaṃ athā(dhvā)tāyāṃ upānahāyāṃ prakṣipitavyaṃ / nāpi
kṣamati / pādadhovanikāyāṃ oguṇṭhitaśīrṣeṇa ohitahastena vā /
pādadhovanikāyā upaviśituṃ / atha khalu ekāṃsī(J.162)kṛtena
upaviśitavyaṃ / nāpi dāni (35b7) kṣamati pādadhovanikāyāṃ
uddeśaprayuktena vā manasikāraprayuktena vā middhāntaragatena vā
nirodhasamāpattiṃ cintantena āsituṃ / atha khalu pādehi dhovitehi utthiya
gantavyaṃ / dhūlī parivarjantena gantavyaṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati pādehi
dhovitehi dīrghacaṃkramaṃ caṃkramituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ svādhyāyaṃ
karoti / pādehi dhovitehi caṃkramanti bhūyo dho(36a1)vitavyā / atha dāni
hemantakālo bhavati bhikṣuḥ paśyati ko bhūyo dhoviṣyatīti / antamasato
leṅkaṭakhaṇḍena (II.p.23) vāmahastena vā āmarjiya praviśitavyaṃ / evaṃ
pādā dhovitavyā / evaṃ dhovitapādehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati /
ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

V. 7-8 Ms. 36a1 (J.162.11); Ch. 508c24
bhagavān rājagṛhe viharati / vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā jīvako
kaumārabhṛtyo bha(36a2)gavantaṃ yācati / anujānātu bhagavān
śrāvakānāṃ jentākaṃ vātapittaśleṣmakānāṃ paya(phā)su bhaviṣyati /
bhagavān āha / tena hi anujānāmi / eṣā evārthotpattiḥ // * //
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / saṃghasya dāni jentāko te dāni
āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / pratikṛtyeva gacchiya jentākaṃ prajvālīya
dvāraṃ ghaṭṭiya svedattā āsanti / āgatā bhikṣū dvāraṃ yāva(ca)nti (36a3)
āyuṣmanto detha dvāraṃ / te dāni āhaṃsu / āgametuṃ(ṃtu) / āyuṣmanto na
tāva (J.163) jentāko tatto bhavati / yaṃ kālaṃ bhikṣu sannipatitāḥ / taṃ
kālaṃ sarvvaṃ tailaṃ upayojiya sarvvaṃ cūrṇṇaṃ upayojiya sarvvaṃ udakaṃ
cchoriya sarvvaṃ, kāṣṭhaṃ agnau prakṣipiya jentākaṃ apaduriya
nirddhāvitāḥ / āhaṃsuḥ / praviśantu āyaṣmanto jentāko tapto (36a4) te
dāni bhikṣu śītapraṣṭavyena spṛṣṭāḥ / tvaritatvaritaṃ praviṣṭā te dāni
yaṃ kālaṃ tehi āyuṣmantehi ṣaḍvarggikehi dvāraṃ āghaṭṭiya
bāhiravitaṇḍitaṃ kṛtaṃ / te dāni tailaṃ mārgganti na labhanti cūrṇṇaṃ
mārgganti na labhanti / uṣṇena ca dhūmena ca saṃtāpitāḥ / udakaṃ na
labhanti / te dāni dvāraṃ āgacchanti / yāva bāhiravitaṇḍitaṃ kṛtaṃ / te
dāni āhaṃsuḥ / (36a5) āyuṣman ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / osaratha dvāraṃ (II.p.24)
dhūmena ca uṣṇena ca marāma / te dāni hasanti ca vilekṣanti ca / te dāni
āhaṃsuḥ / svedantu āyuṣmanto utpātagaṇḍapiṭakānāṃ
vātapittaśleṣmikānāṃ phāsu bhaviṣyati / te dāni yaṃ kālaṃ dhūmena ca
uṣṇena ca suṣṭhu saṃtāpitāḥ / taṃ velaṃ jentākasya dvāraṃ muktaṃ te
dāni uṣṇena ca santāpitāḥ / bāhyato pi (36a6) udakaṃ mārgganti na
labhanti te dāni āhaṃsu stokastokaṃ āyuṣmana mātrāye upanetha udake pi
mātrajñatā uktā bhagavatā etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato
ārocayeṃsuḥ / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha ṣaḍvarggikāṃ / te dāni
śabdāpitāḥ / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / evan nāma
saṃghasya jentāko tta(tti) / tad eva sarvvaṃ bhagavān vi(J.164)stareṇa
pratyāro(36a7)cayati / yāva ete dāni bhikṣū uṣṇena ca dhūmena ca
santāpitā nirddhāvitā bāhyato pi udakaṃ mārggayanti / na labhanti /
yūyaṃ dāni āhaṃsu stokaṃstokaṃ āyuṣman mātrāye upanetha udake pi
mātrajñatā uktā bhagavatā / āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan bhagavān āha /
duṣkṛtaṃ vo bhikṣavo ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / nā(a)haṃ bhikṣavo ṣaḍvarggikāḥ /
anekaparyāyeṇa metraṃ kāyakarmma vadāmi (36b1) sabrahmacāriṣu
dhruvaṃ pratyupasthāpayitavyaṃ / āvi caiva raho ca maitraṃ vācākarmmaṃ
maitraṃ manokarmmaṃ sabrahmacāriṣu dhruvaṃ pratyupasthāpayitavyaṃ /
āvi caiva raho ca tatra nāma yūyaṃ idam evaṃrūpaṃ pāpakarmmam
akuśalan dharmmam adhyācariṣyatha / tena hi evaṃ snāne
pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ jentāke pratipadyitavyaṃ kin ti dāni evaṃ snāne
pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ (36b2) jentāke pratipadyitavyaṃ / jentākaṃ karentena
vaṭṭito vā karttavyo caturasro vā vidiśaṃ dvāraṃ karttavyaṃ /
vātapānīyaṃ vīthī karttavyā / atya(bhya)ntare viśālā bāhirato (II.p.25)
saṃdyi(kṣi)ptā / ekāye vātadhā(pā)nīye vīthīye dvauvikā bhavati dvitīyā
karttavyā bhūmi astaritavyā upalehi vā pakṣiṭṭikāya vā
sudhāmṛttikālepo vā karttavyo / udviddhavīthī karttavyā / bh(r)aṣṭikā
(36b3; J.165) karttavyā / yena dvārāheṣṭhato viśālāhi upari saṃkṣiptā
udvedho nirghu(mu)ṣṭikā trayo hastā karttavyā vistāreṇa ni(r)muṣṭikā vā
bhūmito ardhahasta-upastha(sthū)latarikā karttavyā / ulkabhramo
karttavyo / yena bhraṣṭikā samantena karttavyaṃ kapāṭaṃ karttavyaṃ / yadi
tāva bhraṣṭikā dakṣiṇato bhavati / vāmato kapāṭaṃ karttavyaṃ / atha vā
na(vā)mato bhraṣṭi(36b4)kā bhavati / dakṣiṇato kapāṭaṃ karttavyaṃ / na
dāni kṣamati / sūcikabandhimaṃ karttuṃ, / ghaṭikā bandhimaṃ karttavyaṃ /
nāpi dāni kṣamati tadā karttavyaṃ / yathā sukhena tapyati / atha khalu
tathā karttavyaṃ / yathā ya(ye)va phalamātreṇa lagga bāhirato cīvarakuṭī
karttavyā / nāgadantakavīthī karttavyā yatāyetārthāyaiva bhavati
jentākavārikā vā ārāmikā vā (36b5) tehi jentāke santānikā
śāṭayitavyā / siñcitvā sammārjayitavyo / kāṣṭhaṃ se(sa)jjetavyaṃ / bhaṇḍā
sajjayitavyā / ghaṭā vā sajjetavyā / kuṇḍā jentāke pīṭhikā vā śuktikāyo
vā dhovitavyā / kāṣṭhaṃ bhraṣṭikāyāṃ ājuhi(J.166)tavyaṃ gaṇḍī
ākoṭetavyā / agnir dātavyo udakaṃ āharttavyaṃ / te dāni agni datvā
paścād gaṇḍī ākoṭetavyo agnir dātavyo / (36b6) udakaṃ āharttavyaṃ / na
dāni agniṃ datvā paścād gaṇḍī ākoṭetavyā / atha khalu gaṇḍi ākoṭetvā
agnir dātavyo / mā evam eva kāṣṭhaṃ dahyeya jentākasya gaṇḍī (II.p.26)
ākoṭitāje jānitavyā / kiṃ eṣo jentāko sarvvasāṃghiko pāriveṇiko
yathāyo(parṣāye /) yadi tāva paryā(rṣā)ye bhavati / ye tahiṃ paryā(rṣā)ye
tahiṃ gantavyaṃ / atha dāni pariveṇiko bhavati / ye tasmiṃ pariveṇikā saṃti
tehi ga(36b7)ntavyaṃ / atha dāni sarvvasāṃghiko bhavati tathā evaṃ
snāyantena cīvarakaṃ sāharitvā ekasthāne sthavitavyaṃ loḍhikena vā
paṭikāya vā cīvaraṃca(vaṃ)śe vā thapetavyo jentākapīṭhe vā praviśatena
na dāni kṣamati / [b]āhā bhrāmayantena praviśituṃ / atha khalu ekena
hastena agrato praticchāditvā praveṣṭavyaṃ / eko niṣkrāmati / eko
praviśati / yo praviśati / tenāntaraṃ dāta(37a1)vyaṃ / na dāni āsa(J.167)nāni
vā bhājanāni vā vṛddhatarakaṃ vā bhikṣuṃ laṃghayantena gantavyaṃ /
saṃprajānanena gantavyaṃ / yadi dāni upādhyāyo vā ācāryo vā
praviṣṭako bhavati / na dāni bāhirato vikrośitavyaṃ / snāyāmi ācārya
snāyāmi upādhyāya nti(tti) atha khalu cīvarakāni sthāpitvā praviśitvā
tasya tāva parikarmma karttavyaṃ / atha dāni anyasyāpi karttukāmo
bhavati / āpṛcchitvā kartta(37a2)vyaṃ / atha dāni so prakṛtyeva bhaṇito
bhavati / asukasya vā asukasya vā parikarmma kuryesi tti / kiñ cāpi
anāpṛcchitvā kareti / anāpattiḥ / yadi tāva agni bahalako bhavati / navakehi
agrato sthātavyaṃ / agni prativāhentehi / atha dāni agnir mmando bhavati /
vṛddhehi agrato sthātavyaṃ / parikarmma karentehi na dāni svedena vā
malena vā usphoṣetavyo / uṣāntake(37a3)na snānena vā pratipannena vā
(II.p.27) parikarmma karttavyaṃ / antevāsikehi vā sārvve(rddhe)vihārikehi
vā parikarmma karentena na dāni apūrvvacarimaṃ ubhayabāhā
prasāretavyā / atha khalu hastena agrato praticchādayitavyaṃ / apareṇa
parikarmma kārayitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ prahāṇiko bhavati / na dāni
kṣamati / tehi agni(ṃ) prajuhitvā udakaṃ praviśiṣitvā (37a4) udakatamaṃ
bandhitvā dvāraṃ pihitvā śālaṃ bandhitvā prahāṇaṃ āsituṃ, /
prasvedaṃtehi na dāni kṣamati tailena śoṣayituṃ / atha khalu minīya
dātavyaṃ / caṣakena vā karaṇḍikāya vā hastasaṃjñāya vā bhājanakena vā
(J.168) dātavyaṃ / nāpi dāni kṣamati / cūrṇṇaṃ rāśīya upanetuṃ / minīya
dātavyaṃ / mānabhaṇḍe vā bhājanena vā hastasaṃjñāya vā piṇḍi(37a5)kam
vā paṭṭiya dātavyaṃ / atha dāni dānapati āhaṃsuḥ / yāvad arthaṃ
bhadantā upanetuṃ(ṃtu) / evaṃ pi kṛtvā mātrāye / upanetavyaṃ / jentākaṃ
praviśantena udakasya pratyayo jānitavyo / kathaṃ dīyati / yadi tāva
mitakaṃ dīyati / uṣṇodakaṃ ghaṭena vā kuṇḍena vā tena tathā yeva
grahetavyaṃ / atha dāni prakṛtyeva āhaṃsuḥ / yā(yo) pratibalo (37a6) bhavati
udakaṃ upasthāpetuṃ / so praviśatu / yo pratibalo bhavati / udakaṃ
upasthāpetuṃ tena praveṣṭavyaṃ / atha dāni antevāsiko (vā)
sārvva(rddhe)vihāriko vā āhaṃsu / upādhyāyācāryā praviśatha vayam
udakam upasthāpayiṣyāmi tti // praveṣṭavyaṃ evaṃ pi kṛtvā mātrāye
upanetavyaṃ / upāsakā vā karmmakarā (vā) ārāmikā vā āhaṃsu /
praviśantu āryami(37a7)śrāḥ vayaṃ udakaṃ dāsyāmaḥ / praveṣṭavyaṃ
mātrāye upanetavyaṃ / atha dāni ogho vā puṣkiriṇī vā taḍāgo vā bhavati
kiñ cāpi yāvad arthaṃ upanenti / anāpattiḥ / na kṣamati / abhyavakāśe
nagnasya nagnena parikarmma (II.p.28) karttuṃ / atha dāni udakasya
praticchannaṃ bhavati nābhimātraṃ vā udakaṃ anāpattiḥ / atha dāni
jānumātraṃ udakaṃ bhavati / upaviṣṭena (37b1) karttavyaṃ / yathā
nābhipraticchannā bhaveya na kṣamati ātmano (J.169) cīvarāṇi gṛhnitvā
parasya cīvarehi samākulīkṛtvā sthāpetuṃ / atha khalu yathāsthāne
sthāpayitvā gantavyaṃ / etaṃ dāni jentākasya ārocitaṃ bhavati / jānitavyaṃ /
kim ayaṃ jentāko ekato sāṃghiko parṣāyaṃ pariveṇiko nimantritakānāṃ ti
yathā bhavati tathā gantavyaṃ / yadi tāva ekato sāṃghiko bhavati / (37b2)
sarvvaṃsaṃghena gantavyaṃ / atha dāni parṣāye bhavati / tehi gantavyaṃ /
pariveṇiko bhavati / pariveṇikena gantavyaṃ / nimantritakānāṃ bhavati /
nimant(r)itakehi gantavyaṃ / atha dāni ārocīyati / bhante yasyāsti tailaṃ ca
cūrṇṇaṃ ca tato āgacchantu nti(tti) / tato yasyāsti tailaṃ ca cūrṇṇaṃ ca tehi
gantavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣu jarādurbbalā vā vyādhidurbbalā vā
bhavanti / tasya (37b3) sarvve(sārddhe)vihārikā bhavanti antevāsikā vā tehi
vaktavyaṃ / upādhyāyācāryā āgacchāhi snāhi vayaṃ tailaṃ vāsyāma / yadi
snāyitukāmo bhavati gantavyaṃ / atha dāni na snāyitukāmo bhavati /
vaktavyaṃ su(sa)gotrīmātā gacchatha yūyaṃ nāhaṃ snāpayiṣyāmi / atha
dāni jentāko sāṃghiko bhavati dāyakadānapatī vā denti gaṇḍī
āhani(37b4)tavyā / ārocayitavyaṃ āyuṣman tailaṃ bhaviṣyati / cūrṇṇaṃ
bhaviṣyati / udakaṃ bhaviṣyati / (s)nāyaṃtu āyuṣmanto (J.170)
yentākavārikā adhyeṣitavyāḥ / tehi jentāko prajvalitavyo
jentākapīṭhakāni praveśayitavyāni / tailam praveśayitavyaṃ / cūrṇṇaṃ
praveśayitavyaṃ,/ śuktiyo praveśa(II.p.29)yitavyo / udakaṃ tāpayitavyaṃ /
yadi tāva alpaṃ (37b5) tailaṃ cūrṇṇaṃ bhavati / mitakaṃ dātavyaṃ / tailaṃ
ma(sa)ṃcayitavyaṃ / udakaṃ bhāvayitavyaṃ / atha dāni bahuṃ bhavati /
saṃghasaṃvyavahārako vādā(ṃ) nayati vā jalpati visvastā bhadantā
snāyantu nti(tti) / evaṃ pi kariya tailamātrā jānitavyā navakehi bhikṣūhi
sthavirāṇāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ kāyaparicaryā karttavyā / nāpi dāni kṣamati /
navakehi bhikṣūhi uccahantehi snā(37b6)yituṃ / atha khalu anyonyasya
sagauravehi snāyitavyaṃ / sapratiśehi snāyitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati /
uccaśabdamahāśabdehi snāyituṃ / atha khalu alpaśabdehi alpanirghoṣehi
jentāke snāyitavyaṃ / atha dāni praśno sthāpīyati / kiñ cāpi praghuṣṭena
svareṇa praśnā visarjenti / anāpattiḥ / yaṃ kālaṃ bhikṣū snātā bhavanti
jentākavārikena tailaṃ śeṣaṃ bhavati / praveśayita(37b7)vyaḥ / cūrṇṇaṃ
śeṣaṃ bhavati praveśayitavyaṃ / jentākapīṭhikāni dhoviya
praveśayitavyāni / śuktiyo dhoviya praveśayitavyāyo yaṃ kāṣṭhaṃ śeṣaṃ
bhavati yathāsthāne sthāpetavyaṃ / atha dāni koci paścāt praviśati /
āgacchantu āyuṣmanto vayam etaṃ praveśayiśyāma nti(tti) / gantavyaṃ tehi
praveśayitavyaṃ / mā ādīnavam utpādaye jentākaṃ siñciya sanmārjiya
nā(a)ṃgārā(38a1)ni cāpiya jentākaṃ bāhiraghaṭitaṃ kariya gantavyaṃ / evaṃ
jentāke pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ (J.171) snāne pratipadyitavyaṃ na
pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

V. 9 Ms. 38a1 (J.171.3); Ch. 509b14
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / pañcārthavaśāṃ vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā
yāva adrākṣīd bhagavāṃ pañcāhikāṃ (II.p.30) vihāracārikāṃm
anucaṃkramanto anuvicaranto vihārakehi bhaṇḍaṃ ujjhitāvakīrṇṇe (38a2)
tiṣṭhati sthālīyo pīṭharikā adhotakā anupaliptā nakūlamūṣikehi
ālupyamānā odanamānikāyo hastā kākaśakuntehi nikkhoḍiyantā droṇīyo
udvāyo pariyo bhaktapīṭhikā māṇikaṃ caṃgeriyo śuṣyāyo paṭalakāṃ /
bhagavāṃ jānanto yeva pṛcchati / kim iyaṃ bhikṣavo bhāṇḍaṃ
ujjhitaprakīrṇṇaṃ tiṣṭhati /
tena hi evaṃ bhaṇḍe pratipadyitavyaṃ / (38a3) kin ti dāni evaṃ bhaṇḍe
pratipadyitavyaṃ / etaṃ dāni saṃghasya anugraho bhavati nityapavanā vā
uddiśitavyā / māsavāriko vā daśāhavāriko vā tatra uddiśitavyo /
paṃcāhavāriko vā tena saṃghasya anugraho sādhayitavyo bhikṣusaṃgho
pariveśāpayitavyo / yaṃ kālaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena bhuktaṃ bhavati yaṃ tatra
bhaṇḍaṃ bhavati lo(38a4)hikā (J.172) vā kaṭāhakā vā sthālī vā piṭharikā
vā māsavārikehi vā pakṣavārikehi vā kalpiyakāraṃ śabdāviya
liptopaliptaṃ kariya omuddhikā sthapitavyā / sūryādi(bhi)mukhaṃ yaṃ
kālaṃ śuṣkā bhavanti / kalpiyakuṭiṃ praveśiya sthāpayitavyāni /
yathāsthānaṃ yaṃ tatra bhavati / dugdhaghaṭā vā dadhighaṭā vā
vyañjanagolakā vā te sudhotāṃ (38a5) suprakṣālitāṃ kārāpayiya ātape
sthāpayitavyāḥ / yaṃ kālaṃ śuṣkā bhavati tato kalpiyakuṭiṃ praveśiya
sthāpayitavyāḥ / yaṃ tatra bhavati śatapotanako vā tāmrapātrā vā
lohapātrā (II.p.31) vā kaṭacchukā vā taddukā vā caṣakā vā palīnakā vā
palīnakā vā nirmmāditā kārāpiya kalpiyakuṭiṃ praveśiya yathāsthāne
praveśayitavyāni / etā bhavanti (38a6) māṇikā vā khāṇukā vā durvvā vā
kaṇḍahastā vā karkkaṭakā vā prasphoṭiya sudhotāṃ suprakṣālitāṃ kariya
ātape śoṣayitavyā / yaṃ kālaṃ śuṣkā bhavanti / tato kīlakehi ollayitvā
sthapitavyā yathā na khajjeya / ukkasiya sthapetavyā ete khajjakacaṃgerīyo
vanaphalacaṅgerīyo harītakīcaṅgerīyo vā prasphoḍiya suprakṣālitāṃ
kariya ekamante sthapetavyāḥ / ete bhavanti / (38a7) vastrābharaṇakā vā
pariśrāvaṇā vā caturasrakā vā sāharitvā kīṇa(la)kehi ollayitvā
sthapayitavyā / yathā (J.173) na (kha)dyeṃsu / etā bhaiṣajyapiṣaṇikā śilā na
dāni kārya(ṃ) kṛtvā yathā yeva pratiliptikā sthapetavyā / atha khalu
sudhovitvā yathāsthāne sthāpayitavyā / nāpi dāni kalpikakuṭī
adhyupekṣitavyā / oddriṇṇakā vā prala(lu)ggikā vā acaukṣā vā /
apratisaṃskṛtā vā / atha kha(38b1)lu kālena kālaṃ yadi tāva tṛṇacchannā
bhavati tṛṇapulako dātavyo / gomayakārṣī dātavyā / abhīkṣṇaṃ
sanmārjayitavyaṃ / atha dāni tṛṇapraveśikā bhavanti / ekānte
sthaṣe(pe)tavyaṃ / evaṃ yat kiñcit saṃghasya bhāṇḍaṃ yo yatra abhiyukto
bhavati / tena taṃ pratisāmetavyaṃ / ete bhavanti raṅgagolakā vā
raṅgaghaṭakā vā raṅgakuṇḍakā vā raṅgakaṭa(ṭā)hakā vā
māṣavārikasya vā / (38b2) pakṣa(vārika)sya vā ādhīnaṃ bhavati / eṣo
bhikṣu dhovanikā vā karttukāmo bhavati / māsavāriko vā pakṣavāriko
vā yācitavyo / atha dāni dve janā (II.p.32) yāṃca(caṃ)ratīti tena
vṛddhatarakasya jñātavyaṃ atha dāniṃ vṛddhatarakasya cirakālo bhavati
navatarakasya itvarakālikaṃ bhavati / navatarakasya dātavyaṃ / atha dāni
ubhayeṣāṃ itvarakālikaṃ vṛddhatarakasya dātavyaṃ ubhaye(38b3)ṣāṃ
cirakālikaṃ bhavati / vṛddha(J.174)tarakasya dātavyaṃ / tena dhovanikā vā
rajanikā vā kariya na kṣamati tathā yyeva upamakṣitaṃ vā raṃgarakṣitaṃ
vā adhotakam vā anupaliptakam vā dayituṃ na kṣamati / atha khalu
sudhotaṃ suprakṣālitaṃ suliptaṃ suśuṣkaṃ kariyāṇaṃ cīvararajūṃ na dāni
cīvaraṃ raṃjetvā na tathā yeva vitanikā ujjhitvā gantavyaṃ / atha
kha(38b4)lu sāharitvā yathāsthāne sthāpayitavyaṃ / vaḍḍhakibhaṇḍaṃ
bhavati / nāsite vā dāni yā vā viśālikā vā sūtrātha olambiko dhovitvā
ekānte sthāpetavyā / takṣāṇaṃ bhāṇḍaṃ bhavati / kuṭhāro vā vāsīyo vā
viharaṇako vā nikhādanako vā aṭṭilā vā ekānte sthapetavyā / etā
bhavanti vāsīyo vā kuddālakā vā niśreṇiyo vā (38b5) na dāni tathā
yeca(va) mṛttikā praliptikā sthapetavyā / atha khalu bodhi(dhovi)satvā
yathāsthāne sthāpayitavyo / tac cevaṃ cāturddiśaṃ sāṃghikaṃ
ma(bhā)ṇḍakaṃ rikta paribhogaṃ na dāni kāryaṃ kṛtvā vihāre gopitvā
sthāpetavyaṃ / purokṛtyaṃ sukhaṃ bhaviṣyati / atha khalu yasyaivaṃ (J.175)
kāryam bhavati / tasyaivan dātavyaṃ / evaṃ bhāṇḍe pratipadyitavyaṃ /
(38b6) na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

V.10 Ms. 38b6 (J.175.3); Ch. 509c9
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā (II.p.33) aparehiṃ
vihārake saṃbahulā bhikṣū pratisaṃkramati / so dāni vihārako uppeḍanako
aparo ca bhikṣuḥ / virātre uśvāsa(ccāra)kārako vā praśvāsa(srāva)kārako
vā nirddhāvito bhavati / sa cīvaraṃ cīvaraṃvaṃśāto hū(kū)ṣiyāṇaṃ patito /
e(38b7)vaṃ bhūmīye patito taṃ dāni ekena ākrāntaṃ dvitīyena ākrāntaṃ
tṛtīyenākrāntaṃ sarvvaṃ karddamehi anupraviṣṭaṃ cīvarakoṇako avaśiṣṭo
so dāni aparejjukāto kalyata eva nivāsiya prāvariya cīvarakaṃ mārggati na
labhati / tena dāni mārggantena so cīvarakoṇako dṛṣṭo taṃ dāni tahiṃ
cīvarakarṇṇake gṛhniya acchiyaṃ caṭanti saṃca(rvvaṃ) phāṭitaṃ / e(39a1)taṃ
prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsuḥ / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha
taṃ bhikṣuṃ / so dāni śabdāpito / bhagavān āha / evaṃ ca tvaṃ bhikṣuḥ
cīvarakaṃ cīvarakoṇake gṛhniya acchosi ca caṭanti sarvvaṃ phāṭitaṃ tena
hi evaṃ cīvare pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ cīvare pratipadyitavyaṃ /
ete dāni saṃbahulā saṃbahulā bhikṣūḥ / ekahi vihārake pratikramanti /
yadi / (39a2) tāva so uppeḍanako vihārako (J.176) bhavati / nāpi kṣamati
bhikṣūhi muktakaṃ cīvaraṃ sthapayituṃ / atha khalu cīvarakāni
sasāharitāni kāriya antaramukha duguṇāntaraṃ kariya cīvaravaṃśe
sthapetavyāni tato paṭṭikāye vā loḍhakena vā rejjukāye vā
bandhitavyāni / upādhyāyasya (vā) ācāryasya vā cīvaraṃ sāharitvā
abhyantara parikarmma dviguṇante / (39a3) agrato karttavyo / antarapīḍito
na dāni upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya (vā) cīvarehi ātmano cīvaraṃ (II.p.34)
veḍhayitavyaṃ / atha khalu ātmano cīvarehi upādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ cīvarā
veḍhayitavyāḥ / evaṃ sarvvehi bandhiya thapetavyāni / atha dāni bhikṣu
virātrakāle uśvāsa(ccāra)kāro vā praśvāsa(srāva)kāro vā nirddhāvati /
cīvaravaṃśakāto / (39a4) cīvarāṇi muṃciya ekaṃ dvitīyaṃ vā tṛtīyam vā
lka(kū)ṣiyāṇāṃ bhūmīyaṃ patitaṃ / ekena (ā)krāntaṃ dvitīyena ākrāntaṃ
tatraiva sarvvaṃ bhūmīye anupraviṣṭo bhavati / aparejjukāto bhikṣū
kalyato yeva nivāsiya prāvariya cīvarakāṇi mārggati so mārgganto na
paśyati / tasya cīvarakasya koṇakaṃ nāpi kṣamati / tahiṃ
cīvarakoṇa(39a5)ke gṛhniya dranti acchituṃ / mā cīvarakoṇako bhavatu /
mā cīvarako ti / atha khalu tato koṇakāto prabhṛti sukhākaṃ
mocayitavyaṃ / cīvarakaṃ dhoviya vihārakoṇako (tha)payitavyo taṃ
cīvarakaṃ yaṃ kālaṃ śuṣkaṃ bhavati tato paribhuñjayitavyaṃ / atha dāni
bhikṣuḥ / upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā cīvarāṇi upari sthāpayita(39a6;
J.177)vyāni / atha dāni so uppaṃsulako vihārako bhavati / nāpi kṣamati
upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā cīvarakāni upari sthāpayituṃ, / ātmano
cīvarakāni heṣṭhe sthapayitu(ṃ) / atha khalu upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya
vā heṣṭhe sthapayitavyāni / ātmano cīvarāṇi upari sthāpayitavyāni / nāpi
kṣamati grīṣmakā bhavati rajo vātarajo vā ukkani(39a7)kā cīvaraṃ
vināśeti nedāni upādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ cīvarakehi ātmano cīvarā
veḍhayitavyā / atha khalu ātmano cīvarehi upādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ cīvarā
veḍhitavyā / na dāni kṣamati / vihāro adhyupekṣituṃ / (II.p.35) uppaṃsulo
vā acaukṣo vā / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ siñcitvā sanmārjitavyaṃ /
gomayakārṣī dātavyā / vaṃghorikā dātavyā / na kṣa(39b1)mati /
cīvareṇāprasannaṃ gṛhnituṃ / kheṭakaṭāham vā uccārakaṭāhakam vā
prasrāvakumbhakaṃ vā saṃkāraṃ vā ujjhituṃ / upānahā gṛhnituṃ /
gomayāni vā uccinituṃ / na kṣamati / cīvaraṃ adhyupekṣituṃ / cikkanaṃ vā
apratisaṃskṛtaṃ vā omayilamayilam vā pāṭitavipāṭitam vā / atha khalu
kālena kālaṃ dhovitavyaṃ / raṃjitavyaṃ / sīvitavyaṃ / yathā cchavi evaṃ
cīvare pratipadyi(39b2)tavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān
dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

(J.178) uddānaṃ //
evam araṇye pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ grāmāntike pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ jā(pā)nīye pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ paridhovaniye pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ pādā dhovitavyā /
evaṃ pādadhovanike pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ snāne pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ jentāke pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ bhaṇḍe pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ cīva(39b3)re pratipadyitavyaṃ // * //
// pañcamo varggaḥ // * //

(Yoshiyasu YOṇEZāWā / ḥidetoshi YOśḥīZāWā)


(II.p.36)
VI. 1 Ms.39b3 (J.179.1); Ch.511b16
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikā kalyata
eva vihāracaraṇakāni nivāsanāni nikṣipiyāṇaṃ nagnaprāvṛtā
grāmapraveśanikāni nivasanāni mārgganti / gocarāto nirddhāvitā
grāmapraveśanikāni nivāsanāni nikṣipiyāṇaṃ nagnaprāvṛtā
vihāracaraṇakāni nivāsa(39b4)kā(nā)ni mārgganti / ete(taṃ) prakaraṇaṃ
bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha /
śabdāpayatha ṣaḍvarggikāṃ te dāni śabdāpitāḥ / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ
bhikṣavo ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ kalyata eva utthiya
vihāracaraṇakāni cīvarakāni nikṣipitvā nagnaprāvṛtāḥ /
grāmapraveśanikā(ni) nivasanāni mārggatha gocarāto (39b5)
nirddhāvitāḥ / grāmapraveśanikāni nivāsanāni nikṣipitvā
nagnaprāvṛtāḥ / vihāracara(ṇa)kāni nirvāsanāni mārggatha / āhaṃsu
āma / bhagavan
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ nivāsitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ
nivāsayitavyaṃ / bhikṣuṇā tāva kalyata evotthitvā gocaraṃ (J.180)
praviśaṃtena na kṣamati / grāmapraveśanikaṃ nivāsanaṃ anupahastaṃ
kṛ(39b6)tvā vihāracaraṇakaṃ nivasanaṃ nikṣipituṃ / atha khalu prakṛtyeva
tāva grāmapraveśanakaṃ upahastaṃ karttavyaṃ / tato grāmapraveśanaṃ ca
nivāsanaṃ āvellayitavyaṃ vihāracaraṇakaṃ nivāsanaṃ uccetalayitavyaṃ /
kāyabandhanaṃ bandhayitvā cīvaravāṇi pravāritvā gocaraṃ praviśitavyaṃ /
gocarāto nirddhāvitena nāpi kṣamati (II.p.37) vihāracaraṇaṃ nivāsanaṃ /
anupaha(39b7)staṃ kariyāṇaṃ grāmapraveśanakaṃ nivāsanaṃ nikṣipituṃ /
atha khalu prakṛtyeva tāva vihāracaraṇakaṃ nivasanaṃ upahastaṃ
karttavyaṃ / tato vihāracaraṇakaṃ nivāsanaṃ āvellayitavyaṃ /
grāmapraveśanakaṃ ca nivāsanaṃ uccelayitavyaṃ / te bhikṣū uddhārakaṃ
karttukāmā bhavanti / upalepanaṃ vā saṃmārjanaṃ vā bhavati /
snānaśāṭakaṃ vā leṅkaṭakhaṇḍakam vā nivāsi(40a1)ya snātukāmo
bhavati / nāpi kṣamati nivāsanaṃ nikṣipitvā snānaśāṭakaṃ vā
leṅkaṭakhaṇḍakaṃ nivāsayituṃ / atha khalu nivāsanaṃ uccellayitu(tavya)ṃ /
snānaśāṭikā vā leṅkaṭakhaṇḍakaṃ āveḍhayitavyaṃ nivāsanaṃ
uccellayitavyaṃ nāpi kṣamati snānena samānena nivāsanaṃ nivāsayitvā
kāmabhoginā yathā uparimeṇa nivāsanasya snānaśāṭikāṃ utkṣipituṃ
nāpi kṣamati / he(40a2)ṣṭhena snānaśāṭikām vā leṅkaṭakhaṇḍakam vā
osārayituṃ / calanakaṃ yathā / atha khalu nivāsanaṃ (J.181) occellayitavyaṃ /
snānaśāṭakaṃ vā leṅkaṭakhaṇḍakaṃ vā uccellayitavyaṃ / eṣo bhikṣu
vikāle pratikramati / nāpi kṣamati nivāsanaṃ nikṣipitvā nagnaprāvṛtena
rātrīprāvaraṇa nivāsinaṃ mārggituṃ / atha khalu pratikṛtyeva tāva
rātrīprāvaraṇakaṃ nivāsanaṃ upa(40a3)hastīkarttavyaṃ / tato nivāsanaṃ
uccellayitavyaṃ / rātriprāvaraṇaṃ nivāsanaṃ ca āvellayitavyaṃ / evaṃ
nivāsane pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikrāmati // * //

VI. 2 Ms.40a3 (J.181.7); Ch. 511b27
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikā gocarāye
prasthitā vihāracaraṇakāni cīvarakā(ni) (II.p.38) nikṣipiya
eka(40a4)nivasanā grāmapraveśanikāni cīvarakāni mārgganti / gocarāto
nirddhāvitā grāmapraveśanakāni cīvarāṇi nikṣipitvā ekanivāsanakā
vihāracaraṇakāni cīvarakāni mārgganti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi
śrutaṃ / bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha
ṣaḍvarggikān / te dāni śabdāpitāḥ (40a5) bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo
ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / evan nāma yūyaṃ kalyato yeva gocarāya prasthitā /
vihāracaraṇakāni cīvarāṇi nikṣipiya ekanivasanā grāmapraveśanakāni
cīvarāṇi mārggatha / gocarāto nirddhāvitā / grāmapraveśanikāni
cīvarāṇi nikṣipitvā ekanivasanakā vihāracīvarakāni mārggatha / āhaṃsu
ā(40a6)ma bhagavan
(J.182) bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ prāvaritavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ
prāvaritavyaṃ / eṣo dāni bhikṣuḥ / kalyato yeva gocarāye prasthito bhavati /
nāpi kṣamati vihāracaraṇakāni cīvarakāṇi nikṣipiya ekanivasanakena
grāmapraveśanikāni cīvarāṇi mārggituṃ / atha khalu pratikṛtyeva tāva
grāmapraveśanakaṃ cīvaraṃ upahastaṃ karttavyaṃ prāvarantena
grāmaṃ(40a7)praveśanakaṃ cīvaraṃ āccellayitavyaṃ vihāracaraṇakaṃ
cīvaraṃ uccellayitavyaṃ / gocarāto nirggatena nāpi kṣamati /
grāmapraveśanakaṃ cīvaraṃ nikṣipitvā ekanivasanakena vihāracaraṇakaṃ
cīvaraṃ mārggita(tu)ṃ / atha khalu prakṛte(tye)va tāva vihāracaraṇakaṃ
cīvaraṃ upahastīkarttavyaṃ / prāvaramāṇena vihāracaraṇakaṃ cīvarakaṃ
āccellayitavyaṃ / grāmaprave(40b1)śanakaṃ cīvaraṃ uccellayitavyaṃ / evaṃ
ārāmacaraṇakaṃ vā āccellayitavyaṃ / vihāracaraṇakaṃ vā (II.p.39)
uccellayitavyaṃ / prasphoṭayitvā sāharitvā ekānte sthapayitavyaṃ / etan
dāni saṃghasya uṭṭhānakāni bhavanti / cchādanikā vā lepanikā vā
sammārjanako vā bhikṣu cīvarakāṇāṃ dayārthaṃ / anyaṃ
leṅkaṭakhaṇḍaṃ prāvaritukāmo bhavati nāpi kṣamati / cīvarakaṃ
nikṣipiyāṇaṃ ekanivasana(40b2)kena leṅkaṭakhaṇḍaṃ mārggituṃ / atha
khalu prakṛtyeva tāva upahastīkarttavyaṃ ekaṃ ca āvellayitavyaṃ dvitīyaṃ
uccellayitavyaṃ / evaṃ prāvaritavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān
dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

VI. 3 Ms.40b2 (J.183.1); Ch. 511c7
(J.183) bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto
nandanopanandanā gocaraṃ praviśantā cīvaraṃ kaṃḍhaṃtā praviśanti /
kaṇṭakaśākhāhi lagnaṃ bhavati / dranti acchanti / jhāḍe vā
vṛ(40b3)kṣaśākhāyām vā lagnaṃ dranti kaḍhanti / naiva dhūliṃ
pariharanti / na kardamaṃ pariharanti / saṃbādharathyāhi
sudhāpāṇḍulepanā bhinti(tti)yo ghasantā gacchanti tān api dāni
cīvarakāni / omaïlamaïlāṇi pāṭitavipāṭitāni kriyanti teṣān dāni
sārddhevihārikā ca antevāsikā ca odhyāyanti / vayaṃ yeca(va) tāva
cīvarakāni dhoventā siventā raṃjentā talavilayaṃ gacchāmaḥ (40b4) ime pi
na jānanti / katham antaraghare praviśantehi cīvarehi pratipadyitavyaṃ /
etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ, / bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu /
bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha nandanopanandanāḥ(ṃ,) / te dāni
śabdāpitāḥ / bhagavān āha / satyaṃ bhikṣavo nandanopanandanā (II.p.40)
evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ antaraṃ gharaṃ praviśantā cīvarakāni kaḍḍhantā /
gacchatha ta(40b5)d eva sarvvaṃ bhagavān vistareṇa pratyārocayati /
yuṣmākaṃ sarvve(sārddhe)vihārikā antevāsikā odhyāyanti // vayaṃ yeva
tāva cīvarakāni dhovaṃtā sīvantā rañjentā talavilayaṃ (J.184) gacchāmaḥ /
ime pi na jānanti / kathaṃ antaragharaṃ praviśantehi cīvarake
pratipadyitavyaṃ / āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ antaragharaṃ praviśa(40b6)ntena cīvare
pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ antaragharaṃ praviśantena cīvare
pratipadyitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati bhikṣuṇā antaragharaṃ praviśantena
cīvaraṃ kaḍḍhantena praviśituṃ yahiṃ lagnaṃ tahi lagnaṃ yahiṃ pāṭitaṃ
tahiṃ pāṭitaṃ / atha khalu yadi tāva grīṣmakālo bhavati / dūre ca grāmo
bhavati / sīrṣe vā skandhe vā cīvaraṃ kṛtvā gantavyaṃ / yadā
grāmamūlaga(40b7)to bhavati / yadi tahiṃ ogho vā taḍāgam vā bhavati
puṣkiriṇī vā tahiṃ pādāṃ prakṣālitvā cīvaraṃ prāvaritvā gaṇṭhipārśvaṃ
ābandhitvā praviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni udakaṃ na bhavati / patraśākhāya vā
tṛṇakehi vā pādā jaṃghā prasphoṭitvā prāvaritvā praveṣṭavyaṃ / atha
dāni hemanto bhavati / prāvaritvā gantavyaṃ / parimaṇḍalaṃ cīvaraṃ
prāvaritvā antaragharaṃ praviśita(41a1)vyaṃ / parivarjitvā / bhrānto vā
aśvo bhrānto vā hasti bhrānto vā ratho-aśva vaṭavā cā(vā) ohara
pāra(parā)yuktaṃ kaṇṭakaśākhā parivarjantena sudhāpāṇḍula(le)panāyo
parivarjantena praviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya (II.p.41) yatnaṃ
karentasya cīvaraṃ dhūlīye pūritaṃ bhavati / prasphoṭayitavyaṃ /
karddamena vā vināśitavyaṃ bhavati / dhovitavyaṃ / kaṇṭakaśākhāyāṃ vā
lagnaṃ bhavati / (J.185) na dāni mā cīva(41a2)raṃ mā kaṇṭakaśākhā
nti(tti) / udranti acchitavyaṃ / atha khalu stokastokaṃ mocayitavyaṃ /
suvā(dhā)pāṇḍulepanā bhittī bhavati varjayitavyā / atha dāni
śambāva(dha)rathyā bhavati / susaṃvṛtena paśyillakena atikrāmitavyaṃ /
evaṃ antaragharaṃ praviśantena cīvare pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati //
ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati //* //
VI. 4 Ms.41a2 (J.185.6); Ch. 512a1
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati vistareṇa ni(41a3)dānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni
āyuṣmanto nandanopanandanā antaragharaṃ praviṣṭā samānā mañcā
caryāṇaṃ ca mā(sā)pāśrayā ca dārakadārikehi pādehi
mardditaparimardditā / dhūlīya karddamena makṣitaparimakṣitā tehi
prajñaptehi upaviṃśa(śaṃ)ti / cīvarāṇi vināśayanti / sudhāpāṇḍulepanāyo
bhittīyo ghasaṃtā upaviṃśa(śaṃ)ti teṣāṃ sarvve(sārddhe)vihāri(41a4)kā
antevāsikā odhyāyanti / (J.186) vayaṃ yeva tāva cīvarāṇi dhoventā sīventā
rañjentā talavilayaṃ gacchāmaḥ / ime pi na jānanti kathaṃ antaragharaṃ
praviṣṭehi cīvarehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / eva(ta)ṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ
bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha
nandanopanandanāṃ / te dāni śabdāpitā / bhagavān āha / sa(41a5)tyaṃ
bhikṣavo nandanopanandanā evaṃ nāma yūyaṃ antaragharaṃ praviṣṭā
samānā dārakadārikāhi mañcañ ca / pīṭhañ ca trepaśyakā ca pādehi
marditavimarditā / dhūlīye kardamehi vināśitakehi prajñaptehi (II.p.42)
niṣīdatha sudhāpāṇḍulepanāhi bhittīhi ghasaṃtā praviśatha cīvarāṇi
vināśayanti yuṣmākaṃ sārddhevihārikā antevāsikā odhyāya(41a6)nti /
paśyatha bhaṇe vayaṃ yeva cīvarakāni dhovantā sīvantā rañjentā
talavilayaṃ gacchāmaḥ / ime na jānanti / kathaṃ antaragharaṃ praviṣṭehi
cīvarehi pratipadyitavyaṃ / āhaṃsu / āma bhagavan
bhagavān āha / tena hi-y-evaṃ antaragharaṃ praviṣṭehi cīvare
pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ antaragharaṃ praviṣṭehi cīvare
pratipadyitavyaṃ / eṣo dāni bhikṣuḥ / antaragha(41a7)raṃ praviṣṭo āsanena
nimantrīyati / āsanaṃ jānitavyaṃ / yadi tāva āsanaṃ bhavati dhūlīye vā
mrakṣitaṃ karddamena vā vināsitakaṃ / omaïlamaïlaṃ vā prajñaptakaṃ
bhavati / na kṣamati tahiṃ upaviśituṃ / yadi tāva bhikṣusya
visrambha(J.187)kulaṃ bhavati / vaktavyaṃ / bhaginīyo āsanaṃ prajñapetha
mā cīvarakāni vinaśiṣyan ti / yaṃ kālaṃ tahiṃ prajñaptaṃ bhavati / āmilā
vā astari(41b1)kā vā kocako vā kalantarako paṭa vā tato niṣīditavyā /
atha dāni aśrāddhakulaṃ bhavati / bhikṣusya vā avisrambhakulaṃ bhavati
tato ca stūpikaṃ vā sāṃghikaṃ vā kāryaṃ adhīnaṃ bhavati / nāpi kṣamati /
tathā yeva niṣīdituṃ / atha khalu leṅkaṭakhaṇḍena rajoharaṇakena vā /
prasphoṭiya kasaṃ(ṃsa)kalikāṃ prajñapiya upaviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni evaṃ pi
na bhavati / anta(41b2)masato hastenāpi prasphoṭiya āmarjiya
upaviśitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / antaraghare praviṣṭena sudhāpāṇḍuṃlepanā
bhittīya (gha)sa(ṃ)tena atikramituṃ / na kṣamati / sāpāśrayaṃ vā
opāśrayam vā omayilomayilaṃ vā (II.p.43) paṇḍaraṃ vipāṇḍaraṃ
apāśrayituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ / jarādurbbalo vā vyādhidurbbalo vā
bhavati / vaktavyaṃ bhaginī prajñapehi kuḍḍasmiṃ yahiṃ
apāśra(41b3)yitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ tahiṃ biṃbohanaṃ vā amilā vā astarikā
vā kocako vā śāṭako vā prajñapto bhavati / tato apāśrayitavyaṃ / atha
dāni aśrāddhakulaṃ bhavati / na vā bhikṣusya viśrambhakulaṃ bhavati /
antamasato saṃkacchikā pi skandhe datvā apāśrayitavyaṃ / na kṣamati /
(J.188) antaragharaṃ praviṣṭena cīvarakena pratīcchituṃ / sarppikhajjakaṃ
(41b4) vā tailakhajjakaṃ vā ukkhinakā vā taṇḍulā praticchituṃ /
klinnakāni vā puṣpāṇi praticchituṃ / kṣudrapākāni vā phalāni
praticchituṃ / vikṣuṇṇam vā pātraṃ gṛhnituṃ / cikkannā vā hastān
nirmādituṃ / mālyam vā klinnakaṃ cikkanā vā oṣṭhāni nirmādayituṃ /
labhyā dāni cīvarāntarikāya khakkhaṭāni phalāni gṛhnituṃ / badarāṇi vā
kolakāni vā āmalakā(41b5)ni vā hārītakī vā taṇḍulāni vā anokṣīṇakā
vā mālyam vā āklinnakaṃ śimbaṭīyo vā atha dāni bhikṣusya yatnaṃ
karentasya cīvaraka karddamena vā nāsitaṃ bhavati dhovitavyaṃ / dhūlīye
vā otaritaṃ bhavati / prasphoṭayitavyaṃ / pāṭitaṃ vā vipāṭitaṃ bhavati
sīvitavyaṃ / evaṃ antaraghare praviṣṭena cīvare pratipadyitavyaṃ / na
pratipadyati // ābhi(41b6)samācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati //*//

VI. 5-6 Ms.41b6 (J.188.13); Ch. 512a2
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / āyuṣmato nandanasya upanandano nāma
bhrātā so dāni tasya sārvve(rddhe)vihārikasyāha (II.p.44) / ehi āyuṣmaṃ
grāmaṃ praviśyāmaḥ / ahaṃ ca tatra kiñcid eva akalpīyaṃ
adhyācariṣyāmi / (J.189) mā kasyaci ācikṣesi / ahaṃ khalu te pitṝyako
bhavāmi / so dāni āha / pi(tṝ)yako bhavāhi / mātulako bhavāhi / (41b7)
yadi tvaṃ tatra kiṃci akalpiyaṃ / adhyācariṣyasi / ācakṣiṣyāmi / ahaṃ so
dān āha / ācikṣiṣyasi āha / ācikṣiṣyaṃ / so dāni āha / āgacchāhaṃ tava
śeṣayiṣyaṃ / te dāni mahāntāni kulāny upasaṃkramanti nimantrīyanti /
ārya bhaktakṛtyaṃ karetha purebhaktikaṃ karetha khajjakaṃ khādatha
vanaphalaṃ bhakṣatha / yathā pratibhānakaṃ karetha so dāni na kahiṃci
adhivāsayati / (42a1) paśyati mā imasya dātavyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti yaṃ kālaṃ
paśyati naiva eṣo pratibalo piṇḍāya aṇṭhituṃ / na ca pratibalo jetavanaṃ
saṃbhāvayituṃ ti / tato āha / āyuṣmana gaccha tvaṃ na me tvayā
sārvva(rddha)ṃ phāsu bhavati kathāya vā niṣadyāya vā ekasyaiva mama
phāsu bhavati / so dāni śuṣkena mukhena (J.190) pāṇḍarehi oṣṭhehi
tvaritatvaritaṃ nirddhāvati / kālaṃ nidhyāyamāno so (42a2) dāni tato yeva
anuparivarttiya mahātmehi kulehi ipsitānnāti(ni) bhuktā tasyaiva anupadam
eva nirddhāvito ye dāni bhikṣū jetavanasyārāmadvārakoṣṭhakasamīpe
sthāna caṃkramasthānaniṣadyāyogam anuyuktā viharanti / te dāni taṃ
paśyanti / upaśuṣkena mukhena pāṇḍarehi oṣṭhehi tvaritatvaritaṃ
nirddhāvitaṃ kālaṃ nidhyāyantaṃ teṣāṃ bhavati / yathā ayaṃ /
u(42a3)paśuṣkena mukhena pāṇḍarehi oṣṭhehi tvaritatvaritaṃ nirddhāvati /
kālaṃ nidhyāyamāno bhavitavyam ayaṃ vipralabdho / te dāni taṃ
uccagghanti āyuṣman snigdho khalu te su(mu)khavarṇṇo pilipilāyanti /
oṣṭhā suṣṭhu khalu (II.p.45) nirddhāpīyati / yathāpi dāni
nagarakulopakena pitṝyakena sārddhaṃ praviṣṭasya ipsitānnāni bhojanāni
bhu(42a4)ktāvisyā so dāni āha / āyuṣman kuto me ipsitānnāni bhojanāni
bhuktāni evaṃ ca evaṃ cāsmi vipralabdho etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū
bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / śabdāpayatha upanandanaṃ so dāni
śabdāpito bhagavān āha / satyaṃ upanandana evaṃ nāma tvaṃ nandanasya
sārvve(rddhe)vihāriṃ jalpasi / ehi āyuṣman (42a5) grāmaṃ praviśiṣyāmaḥ /
ahaṃ ca tatra kiñci akalpiyaṃ adhyācariṣyāmi // mā khalu kasyaci
a(ā)cikṣiṣyasi / ahaṃ khalu te pitṛyako bhavāmi / tad eva (J.191) sarvvaṃ
bhagavān vistareṇa pratyārocayati / yāva so dāni āha / āyuṣman kuto me
ipsitānnāni bhojanāni bhuktāni evaṃ ca evaṃ cāsmi vipralabdho āha / āma
bhagavan /
bhaga(42a6)vān āha / duṣkṛtaṃ te upanandana tena hi evaṃ pureśramaṇena
pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ paścācchramaṇena pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni
evaṃ pureśramaṇena pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ paścācchramaṇena
pratipadyitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati / bhikṣuṇā paścācchramaṇo
praveśituṃ yo na pratibalo tasya ca ātmano ca vṛttiṃ saṃvibhajituṃ / atha
khalu yo pratibalo tasya ca (42a7) ātmano ca vṛttiṃ saṃvibhajituṃ / tena
paścācchramaṇo praveśayitavyo / eṣo dāni bhikṣu upādhyāyasya vā
ācāryasya vā paścācchramaṇo gacchati / nāpi kṣamati tena dūraṃ
pṛṣṭhato gantuṃ / nāpi kṣamati / khureṇa khuraṃ hanantena / atha khalu
nātyātidūraṃ nātyāsannaṃ gantavyaṃ / tenāpi dāni pureśramaṇena nāpi
kṣamati / ghāḍena yathā oḍḍitāye grī(42b1)vāye gantuṃ / atha khalu
yugamātraṃ nidhyāyantena gantavyaṃ / anekāye bhrānto vā hasti
āgaccheya bhrānto vā aśvo bhrānto vā ratho caṇḍo vā śvāno caṇḍo vā
goṇo (II.p.46) āgaccheya nti(tti) / yadi tāva dakṣiṇenāntenāgacchati /
vāmenāntena uccanti(tti)tavyaṃ / vāmenāntenāgacchati / dakṣiṇenāntena
uccattitavyaṃ / atha dāni duścakṣuko bhavati / jarādurbbalo vā
vyādhidurbbalo vā / (42b2) paścācchramaṇena vaktavyaṃ / upādhyāyo vā
ācāryo vā vāmahastikam vā dakṣiṇahastikaṃ vā uccatta nti(tti) / atha dāni
na paśyati hastena gṛhniyāṇaṃ ekato vā ekato vā uccattayitavyo / eṣo ca
dāni bhikṣusya sārddhevihārī vā ante(J.192)vāsī vā paścācchrava(ma)ṇaṃ
praveśenti / yadi tāva pratibalo bhavati tasya ātmano ca vṛttiṃ
saṃvibhajayituṃ / praveśayitavyo / atha dā(42b3)ni na pratibalo bhavati /
praveśito ca tena bhavati / paścācchramaṇo kālena kālaṃ visarjayitavyo /
tathā karttavyaṃ yathā pratibalo bhavati piṇḍapātam vā aṇṭhituṃ /
vihārakaṃ vā gantuṃ /
atha dāni bhikṣuḥ śirāṃ vindā(ddhā)payitukāmo bhavati / bāhuśirāṃ
vāṅgulyaśirāṃ vā nilāṭiṃ vā yadi tāva pratibalo bhavati /
paścācchramaṇasya (42b4) ātmano ci(vi)ttaṃ saṃvibhajitu(ṃ) vaktavyaṃ / āsa
tvaṃ sahitakāṃ bhuṃjiya nirddhāviṣyāmaḥ / yaṃ kālaṃ śirāviddhā
bhavati / ubhayehi bhuñjiya nirddhāvitavyaṃ / atha dāni na pratibalo
bhavati / kālena kālaṃ visarjayitavyo / vaktavyaṃ suvihita gantavyaṃ /
āgamiṣyaṃ ahaṃ, / yena vā tena sārddhaṃ tenāpi dāni piṇḍacārikaṃ vā
aṇṭhiyāṇa vihāraṃ (42b5) vā gacchiya āhāraṃ kṛtvā / nāpi dāni kṣamati /
dinnā mama ānantikā ti / adarśanena priyaṃ karttuṃ, / atha khalu bhuktaṃ
na bhuktan ti / anyasya haste pātraṃ datvā tahiṃ gantavyaṃ / yadi tāva na
viddhā śirā (II.p.47) bhavati glānasya anu(J.193)kālyaṃ āhāraṃ datvā
sahitakehi nirddhāvitavyā / atha dāni dūragocaro saṃghārāmo bhavati
bhikṣusya ātmano (42b6) āhāraparyeṣṭiṃ paryetha(ṣa)māṇasya vikālo
bhavati / evaṃ pi kariya gantavyaṃ / yadi tāva so śirāviddho eva
nirddhāvati / ayaṃ praviṣṭo bhavati / rathyāntaraṃ vā paśyati / tato yyeva
nivarttayitavyaṃ / nagaradvāre paśyati nagaradvārato nivarttitavyaṃ / panthe
paśyati / panthāto nivarttitavyaṃ / yato eva paśyati / tato eva nivarttitavyaṃ /
atha dāni koci vandati vaktavyaṃ / (42b7) amuko vandati / atha dāni
nimantreti upalakṣitavyaṃ / paścācchramaṇena yato nirggato bhavati / tato
ārocayitavyaṃ / amukena upādhyāyo nimantrito amukena vā antaraghare
bhuṃjati / pureśramaṇo na pratibalo bhavati dakṣiṇām ādiśituṃ, / āhaṃsu /
ādiśa dakṣiṇāṃ na dāni paścācchramaṇena vaktavyaṃ / yathā yeva
agrāsanaṃ agrodakaṃ agrapiṇḍa(43a1)pātaṃ paribhuñjasi tathā yeva
dakṣiṇām ādiśāhi / atha khalu ādiśitavyaṃ paścācchramaṇena / evaṃ
pureśramaṇena pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ paścācchramaṇena
pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikrāmati // * //

VI. 7-8 Ms.43a1 (J.193.16); Ch. 512a19
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / apareṇa dāni bhikṣuṇā bhikṣu adhyeṣṭā
āyuṣman icchāmi piṇḍapātaṃ nikkāliyamā(43a2)naṃ so dāni āha / ānehi
pātraṃ so dāni bhikṣu piṇḍapātasya kṛtena praviṣṭo ayaṃ pi deśakālaṃ
dantakāṣṭhaṃ gṛhītvā ārāmacārikāṃ caṃcūryati / (J.194) so dāni bhikṣu
piṇḍapātaṃ gṛhnitha / āgato / yāva paśyati so vihārakaṃ ghaṭṭitakaṃ, so
dāni muhūrttakaṃ āgamiyāṇaṃ yadā nāgacchati (II.p.48) vihārakasya
dvāramūle piṇḍapātakaṃ thapiya gato taṃ dāni ā(43a3)ha apareṇa
āgacchiyāṇaṃ utkṣiptaṃ so dāni bhikṣuḥ / vihāram āgatvā āgameti /
idānīṃ pi eṣyati muhūrttaṃ pi eṣyati yāva akālībhūtaṃ te dāni
ka(ga)tyāha(ya)ṃ kālasya ubhaye samāgatā so dāni tasya jalpati /
a(ā)yuṣman sādhu taṃ pātrakaṃ pi labhema / so dāni āha / āyuṣman kasya
pātraṃ kuto pātraṃ so dāni ā(43a4)ha / āyuṣman na tvaṃ māyā adhyeṣṭo
icchāmi piṇḍapātaṃ nikkāliyamānaṃ / so dāni āha / āyuṣman yadā so
mayā piṇḍapātako vihārasya purato nikṣipto / so dāni āha / āyuṣman
evaṃ ca tvaṃ śūnyake vihārake pātraṃ nikṣipiya gacchasi / so dāni āha /
āyuṣman etaṃ ca tvaṃ mama piṇḍapātanīhāra(43a5)kaṃ adhyeṣitvā
adarśanena priyaṃ karesi / te dāni vivaditā / bhagavato mūlaṃ gatāḥ /
bhagavān āha / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati nīhārikapiṇḍapātena
piṇḍapātanīhārakaṃ adhyeṣitvā adarśanena priyaṃ karttuṃ, / nāpi
kṣamati / piṇḍapātanīhārakena piṇḍapātam ānayitvā śūnyake vihārake
osariya gantuṃ / tena hi evaṃ (43a6) piṇḍapāte(ta)nīhārakena
pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ nīhārapiṇḍapātakena pratipadyitavyaṃ / (J.195) etaṃ
dāni sarvvasaṃghasya antaraghare nimantraṇam bhavati / bhikṣu
jarādurbbalo vā vyādhidurbbalo vā bhavati / na pratibalo gantuṃ /
piṇḍapātanīhārako adhyeṣitavyo / vaktavyam āyuṣman icchāmi
piṇḍapātaṃ nikkāliyantaṃ ti vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣman mā kha(43a7)lu
adarśanaṃ gamiṣyasi / tena adhyeṣṭena samānena duve pātrāṇy ādāya
praviśitavyaṃ / yadi tāva hemantakālo bhavati / laghukālo atikramati /
dāyakadānapatī vaktavyāḥ / detha glānasya piṇḍapātaṃ / yadi tāva
dāyakadānapati jalpanti / bhante paṭipāṭikāya gṛhnatha vaktavyaṃ /
dīrghāyu bhagavatā / (II.p.49) anekaparyāyeṇa glāno pari(43b1)di(ndi)to
lahuṃ ca kālo atikrāmati / yadi tāva denti dve piṇḍapātakā gṛhnitavyā
ātmano ca tasya ca śiktaḍḍitakaṃ kṛtvā vihārakaṃ āgantavyaṃ // atha dāni
grīṣmo vā varṣārātro vā kālo bhavati cireṇa kālo atikramati /
paṭipāṭikāya gṛhnitavyaṃ / śiktaḍḍitakaṃ kṛtvā vihārakaṃ gantavyaṃ /
yadi tāvad yāvadarthaṃ bhaktaṃ dīyati / prakṛtyeva ātmano bhaktato tasya
pātraṃ pūretavyaṃ / (43b2) anubhāgo ātmano gṛhnitavyo / atha dāni so
dāni patitittiṇo bhavati / yattakaṃ dīyati tattakaṃ gṛhnitavyaṃ / na dāni
apratyagraṃ gṛhnitavyaṃ / ekānte yūya(ṣa)ṃ sākavyañjanaṃ vā gṛhnitavyaṃ /
nāpi dāni adhotakehi hastehi aprayatehi gṛhnitavyaṃ / atha khalu (J.196)
prakṣālitvā nirmmādayitvā gṛhnitavyaṃ / atha khalu prakṣālitvā
nirmmādayitvā gṛhnitavyaṃ / yadi uppakkaṭo kālo bhava(43b3)ti / na dāni
tena bhuñjantena āsitavyaṃ / atha khalu ubhaye piṇḍapātā niharttavyā /
tena gacchantena kālo nidhyāpayitavyo yadi jānanti / śakyaṃ sakālena
saṃbhāvayituṃ / gantavyaṃ gacchitvā tasya upanāmetavyaṃ / atha paśyati
upakkhaṭo kālo antāntiko na śakyaṃ sakāle saṃbhāvayituṃ / mā dāni
ubhaye cchinnabhaktā bhaviṣyāma tena (43b4) paribhuñjitavyaṃ / nāpi
kṣamati nīhārapiṇḍapātenāpi adhyeṣṭo mayā piṇḍapātanīhārako ti
adarśanena priyaṃ, karttuṃ / atha khalu prakṛtyeva tāva dantakāṣṭhaṃ
khādayitavyaṃ / hastā nirmmādayitavyā / pānīyaṃ parisrāvayitavyaṃ /
kuṇḍikāṃ paripūriyāṇaṃ vihārasya prahāṇake dve āsanāni prajñapiya
(II.p.50) adhiṣṭhānāṃ pratigrāhāpiya āsitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ (43b5) āgato
bhavati upaviśiyāṇaṃ sahitakehi bhuṃjitavyaṃ / atha dāni so jalpati /
āyuṣman bhuṃja tvaṃ bhuktaṃ mayeti cchandayitavyo vaktavyo ūnakaṃ
pūrehi yaṃ te rucyati taṃ khādehi yadi tāva ākāṃkṣati / upaviśiyāṇaṃ yaṃ
rucyati taṃ khāditavyaṃ / atha dāni na kāṃkṣitavyaṃ / āyuṣman bhuṃja
tvaṃ nāhaṃ bhuṃjiṣyaṃ /
atha dāni dūragocaro saṃghārāmo (43b6) bhavati / piṇḍapātanīhārako ca
cireṇa āgacchati kālo ca stokāvaśeṣo bhavati (J.197) nīhārakapiṇḍapātena
hastā nirmmādiyāṇaṃ pānīyasya kuṇḍikāṃ pūriyāṇaṃ panthe
pratyudgacchitavyaṃ / yatra yeva taṃ paśyati / tatra yeva panthāto
uccattiyāṇaṃ sahitakehi bhuñjitavyaṃ / atha dāni nīhārakapiṇḍapāto na
pratyudgacchati kālo ca atikramati piṇḍapātanīhārakena
tvaritatvarita(43b7)m āgantavyaṃ / atha dāni dūre saṃghārāmo bhavati
piṇḍapātanīhārakena yatraiva pānīyaṃ paśyati / tatraiva bhuṃjitavyaṃ /
mā dāni vayaṃ ubhayeva bhaktacchedaṃ kariṣyāma evaṃ
piṇḍapātahārakena pratipadyitavyaṃ / evaṃ nīhārapiṇḍapātena
pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikrāmati // * //

VI.9 Ms.43b7 (J.197.9); Ch. 512b1
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te dāni bhikṣū piṇḍāya ca(44a1)ramāṇo
antaraghare yāva uṭṭhāṇāto nirghoṭenti / jano dāni odhyāyanti /
paśyatha bhaṇe śramaṇakāḥ / yāva uṭṭhāṇāto nirghoṭenti / naṣṭaṃ
bhraṣṭaṃ kuto imeṣāṃ śrāmaṇyaṃ etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato
ārocayeṃsu /
(II.p.51) bhagavān āha / samyag bhikṣavo jano odhyāyati / tena hi evaṃ
piṇḍāye caritavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ piṇḍāye caritavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva
kṣamati piṇḍacārikena yā(44a2)va uṭṭhānāto nirghoṭayituṃ / nāpi
adarśanapathe sthātuṃ, / atha khalu udeśe sthātavyaṃ /
darśanaśravaṇapathe nedāni vaktavyaṃ / piṇḍapātaṃ mahāpuṇye dehi /
atha khalu tūṣṇīkena uddeśe sthātavyaṃ / na dāni ito vā ito vā
nidhyāyantena āsitavyaṃ / mā paśyeṃsu / corā vā ocorakā (J.198)
bhavanti / atha khalu ṣaḍāyatanaṃ manasikarentena sthāta(44a3)vyaṃ /
cakṣur anityā yāva mano anityan ti sthātavyaṃ / eṣa strī dhānyaṃ ohananti
yadi tāva kaṇḍikāpūrakam ukkaḍḍhiya occarakaṃ praviśati jānitavyaṃ /
dāsyati eṣā ti / atha dāni parivarttiyāṇaṃ bhūyo nidhyāyati jānitavyaṃ / na
eṣā dāsyati gantavyaṃ / eṣā strī dhārāṃ vā pīṣayati / tilam vā / mudgam
vā kalāyām vā dalenti yadi (44a4) tāva śilāpūrakāṃ piṣiyāṇaṃ occarakaṃ
praviśati jānitavyaṃ / eṣā dāsyati / atha dāni parivarttiya nidhyāyati /
jānitavyaṃ / eṣā na dāsyatīti / eṣā strī karpāsaṃ kartteti yadi tāvantuka
nikṣipiyāṇaṃ uttheti / jānitavyaṃ / dāhiti eṣā nti(tti) / atha dāni bhūyo
prasārayati jānitavyaṃ / na dāhiti eṣā nti(tti) / eṣā strī upaviṣṭikā
ā(44a5)sati / bhikṣūna paśyiyāṇaṃ uttheti jānitavyaṃ / dāsyati eṣā nti(tti) /
atha dāni utthiyāṇaṃ bhūyo upaviśati jānitavyaṃ / na eṣā dāsyati / eṣā
strī bhikṣuṃ paśyiyāṇaṃ occarakaṃ praviśati jānitavyaṃ / dāsyati eṣā
nti(tti) / atha dāni riktā nirddhāvati / jānitavyaṃ / eṣā na dāsyati
gantavyaṃ / eṣā strī kāṃsabhājanaṃ mārjati bhikṣu paśyi(44a6)yāṇaṃ
(II.p.52) hastāṃ dhovati / jānitavyaṃ dāsyati eṣā tti / atha dāni ābharaṇāni
vā ucchāreti jānitavyaṃ / na eṣā dāsyatīti / mahātmanāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ
gṛhā bhavanti / tahiṃ kuṇḍā ujjhitaprakīrṇṇā bhavanti / śāṭakā vā
paṭakā vā hārā vā arddhahārā vā hiraṇyaṃ vā suvarṇṇam vā na dāni
tahiṃ aśabdakarṇṇikāye nirggantavyaṃ / atha khalu prati(J.199)saṃviditena
nirggantavyaṃ / (44a7) evaṃ yaṃ yaṃ kārmmaṃ cchindiyāṇaṃ occarakaṃ
praviśati dātukāmā bhavati / na tena gantavyaṃ / evaṃ piṇḍāya caritavyaṃ /
na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

VI.10 Ms.44a7 (J.199.4); Ch. 512b26
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni
niśrayakaraṇīyā piṇḍāya caranti / teṣāṃ upādhyāyācāryā snehaṃ
sthapenti / khajjakhaṇḍakāni thapenti / paśyanti yaṃ kālam ā(44b1)gatā
bhavanti / tato teṣāṃ saṃvibhajiṣyāmaḥ / te pi dāni bāhyena bāhyaṃ
pratikramanti / te dāni teṣāṃ upādhyāyācāryā odhyāyanti vayaṃ yyeva
tāva imeṣāṃ kṛtena snehaṃ thapemaḥ / khajjakakhaṇḍakāni sthapemaḥ /
jānāma vayaṃ yaṃ kālaṃ āgatā bhaviṣyanti / tato saṃvibhajiṣyāmaḥ / ime
pi bāhyena bāhyaṃ pratikramanti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣūhi śrutaṃ
bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu /
bhaga(44b2)vān āha / tena hi evaṃ piṇḍacārikena pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti
dāni evaṃ piṇḍacārikena pratipadyitavyaṃ / eṣo dāni bhikṣu
niśrayakaraṇīyo bhavati / nāpi dāni kṣamati piṇḍāya cariyāṇaṃ bāhyena
bāhyaṃ pratikramituṃ, / nāpi upādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ vā bhuṃjantānāṃ
nedāni uṣṭhihitvā āsitavyaṃ / imehi śaknoma / piṇḍacārikehi mukhe
kavalaṃ prakṣipituṃ / atha khalu darśa(44b3)nopavicāre āsitavyaṃ / atha
(II.p.53) khalu piṇḍacāraṃ aṇṭhiyāṇaṃ upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā
allīpayi(J.200)tavyaṃ / yadi tāva labdhaṃ bhavati upādhyāyena vā ācāryeṇa
vā saṃgraho karttavyo / śaktukā stokā bhavanti / śaktukā dātavyā / sneho
dātavyo / khajjakhaṇḍakāni saṃvibhāgo karttavyo / atha dāni
upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā pi(44b4)ṇḍapātako bhavati / ayaṃ ca
piṇḍāya caritvā āgato bhavati / sahitakehi paribhuñjitavyaṃ / lūham ca
praṇītaṃ ca ekañ ca aparaṃ ca / atha dāni so praṇītabhojanasya mahārhasya
pūraṃ pātraṃ gṛhniyāṇaṃ āgacchati / āha / upādhyāyācārya paribhuṃjāhi
nti(tti) / suvihita kuto imaṃ ti pṛcchitavyo / yadi tāva āha /
upādhyāyācārya asukā(44b5)ye ceṭikāye dinnaṃ / asukāye caṇḍavidhavāye
dinnaṃ / asukena paṇḍakena dinnaṃ, / asukāye sthūlakumārīye dinnaṃ /
asukāye pāpabhikṣuṇīye dinnaṃ / asukāyo pāpaśrāmaṇerīye dinnaṃ /
vaktavyaṃ suvihita apratigrāhyo eṣo jano mā bhūyo eteṣāṃ tena
pratigṛhnīhasi / atha dāni āha / upādhyāyācārya / asu(44b6)kasya(kāye)
me vāṇijasya sārthavāhasya parikathā kṛtā / buddhavacanaṃ jalpitaṃ / tena
me eṣo prasannena āhārako dinno vaktavyaṃ suvihita karohi dhūmaṃ mā
ca punaḥ / āmiṣacakṣuḥ / atha dāni āha / (J.201) upādhyāyācārya
bhuñjāhi / yadi tāva paribhuñjitavyaṃ / atha dāni na kāṃkṣati vaktavyaṃ
suvihita paribhu(ṃ)jāhi tvaṃ nāhaṃ paribhuñjiṣyan ti / yaṃ kālaṃ
upādhyāyena vā ā(44b7)cāryeṇa vā anujñā dinnā bhavati / tato
paribhuñjitavyaṃ / yadi koci nimantreti / yadi arthiko bhavati
praticchitavyaṃ / atha dāni piṇḍacāraṃ aṇṭhitvā tato eva nadīkule vā
udupānakule vā puṣkiriṇīkule vā āhāraṃ kṛtvā pātraṃ nirmmādayitvā
āgacchati / anāpattiḥ / evaṃ piṇḍacārikena pratipadyitavyaṃ / na
pratipadyati (II.p.54) / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāma(45a1)ti // * //

uddānaṃ
evaṃ nivāsitavyaṃ /
evaṃ prāvaritavyaṃ /
(evaṃ antaragaraṃ praviśantena cīvare pratipadyitavyaṃ)
evaṃ antaraghare praviṣṭena cīvare pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ pureśramaṇena pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ paścācchramaṇena pratipadyitavyaṃ /(J.202)
evaṃ piṇḍapātahārakena pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ nīhārapiṇḍapātena pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ piṇḍāya caritavyaṃ /
evaṃ piṇḍacārikena pratipadyitavyaṃ //

ṣaṣṭho varggaḥ // * //

(Yasuo ṃāṭśūṇāṃī)


VII. 1 Ms.45a1 (J.203.1); Ch.512c11
(II.p.55) bhagavān śrāvatyāṃ vi(45a2)harati vistarena nidānaṃ kṛtvā te
dāni bhikṣū andhakāre prahāṇe upaviṃśa(śaṃ)ti / ukkhalantā
prakkhalantā etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ / yāva bhagavān āha / tena hi dīpo nāma
karttavyo / āyuṣmanto nandanopanandanā dīpavārikā te dāni prahāṇāto
utthitā capeṭikāye dīpaṃ nirvvāpenti / cīvarakoṇenāpi nirvvāpenti /
yogācārā bhikṣū gandhena vyāvahanti / eva(ta)ṃprakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū
bhagavato (45a3) ārocayeṃṣu /
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ dīpe pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ
pradīpe pratipadyitavyaṃ / eṣo dāni saṃghārāmo purimaṃ paścimaṃ
prahāṇaṃ pratijāgrīyati / dīpacā(vā)rikā uddiśitavyā / eko vā dvayo vā
yattakāvā abhisaṃbhuṇanti navakāntena vā paṭipāṭikāye vā yasya vā
prāpuṇati / tehi prakṛtyeva tāva dīpa(45a4)varttikāyo varttitavyāyo
dīpakoṭikāni sajjayitavyāni tailaṃ sajjayitavyaṃ / agni pratijāgṛtavyo /
tuṣeṇa vā karṣeṇa vā gomayapiṇḍikā vā paṭipaṭikāye sthapetavyā /
yathānupūrvveṇa gaccheya bhaktaśālāyāṃ vā paṭipāṭikāye sthapetavyā
(J.204) dīpavārikena dīpam ādīpentena prathamānam eva bhagavato
śarīraku(45a5)ṭikāyāṃ dīpo ādīpitavyo yadā cetiyaṃ vanditaṃ bhavati /
tato niṣkāsiya sthapetavyo mā ādīnavaṃ utpādayeṣyā yaṃ kālaṃ
prahāṇasya jarjaro āhato bhavati / yadi tāva so dvibhūmikā saṃghārāmo
bhavati / prathamaṃ tāva sopānamaggulīyedīpako jālayitavyo / catuhi
prāsādasya koṇe koṇe dīpako pra(45a6)jvālayitavyaḥ / varccakuṭīyaṃ
dīpako prajvālayitavyo / paścāt prahāṇaśālāyāṃ (II.p.56) dīpako
prajvālayitavyo / yaṃ kālaṃ bhikṣusaṃgho prahāṇe upaviṣṭo bhavati / tato
dīpavārikena dīpako vārayitavyo / mā tarhi koci pracalāyatīti / yadi tāva
koci pracalāyati acchaṭikaṃ kariya utthāpayitavyo vaktavyaṃ āyuṣmana tava
dīpo prāpuṇatīti / tena (45a7)sa cārayitavyoiminā upaviśitavyaṃ / atha
dāni bhikṣusya upādhyāyo vā ācāryo pracalāyati / na kṣamati / so
'dhyupekṣituṃ / atha khalu so pi acchaṭikāye upasthapetavyo vaktavyaṃ /
upādhyāyācārya tatra dīpo prāpuṇatīti / āsa tvaṃ ā(a)haṃ cārayiṣyan ti /
tena cārayitavyo / (J.205) atha dāni bhikṣu śrāddhako bhavati / āha /
suviditaāsa tvaṃ / ahaṃ,(45b1) cārayiṣyan ti / dātavyo / nāpi kṣamati / tena
upārambhaṇābhiprāyeṇa dīpo cārayituṃ / tehidīpacā(vā)riko(ke)hina
kṣamati / aghāto vā pravedayitum / atha khalu cittam utpādayitavyaṃ
vinīvaraṇaṃ nau karenti tti yaṃ kālaṃ prahāṇasya yathāsukhaṃ kṛtaṃ
bhavati / tato prahāṇaśālāto dīpako ukkaḍhitavyo / nāpi kṣamati /
capeṭikātha(ye) vā mukhavātena vā cīvarako(45b2)ṇena vā dīpaṃ
nirvvāpayanta(tu)ṃ / atha khalu tulikāye nisnehiya dīpavartti okaḍḍhiya
kulikātaile nirvvāpayitavyaṃ / atha dāni navakā bhikṣū prahāṇaśālāyāṃ
pratikramanti / na kṣamati prahāṇaśālāyāṃ dīpaṃ nirvvāpayitavyaṃ / atha
khalu bahi prāsādakoṇehi dīpakā nirvvāpayitavyā / sopānamaggulīyaṃ
prāsādakuṭīyaṃ dīpako nirvvāpayitavyo vibhavo (45b3) bhavati / (II.p.57)
sarvvarātriṃ varccakuṭīyañ ca prasrāvakuṭīyaṃ dīpako prajvālayitavyo /
atha dāni vibhavo na bhavati / yadā bhikṣū pratikrāntā bhavaṃti / tato
varccakuṭīyaṃ dīpo nirvvāpayitavyo / varccakuṭīyaṃ nirvvāpayitvā
racchādīpo (J.206) nirvvāpayitavyo racchāyāṃ nirvvāpayitvā sopānaśīrṣe
nirvvāpayitavyāḥ / sopānaśīrṣe nirvvā(45b4)payitvā prahāṇaro(śā)lāyāṃ
dīpo nirvvāpayitavyo / na dāni sahasākārasya apratisaṃviditvā
nirvvāpetavyā / atha khalu āyuṣmanto prajñapetha śayyāyo dīpaṃ
gopayiṣyan ti / tato hastena tāva ovārayitavyo / tato vaktavyaṃ / mā
āyuṣman eṣo nirvvāpayiṣya ti / na dāni kṣamati / mukhavātena vā
cīvarakoṇena vā capeṭi(45b5)kāya vā nirvvāpayituṃ / yadi dīpavartti /
dagdhikā bhavati / palikhāṭir vvā okaḍḍhitavyo nirvvāpito bhavati / agni
gopayitavyo / tuṣehi vā karṣehi vā buṣena vā buṣikāyavā / yaṃ kālaṃ
paścime yāme prahāṇasya jharjjharo āhato bhavati / tato dīpavārikehi
sopānamaggulīyaṃ tāva dīpo prajvālayitavyo / nāpi kṣamati
prahā(45b6)ṇaśālāyāṃ sahasā dīpakaṃ praveśayituṃ / mā navakā bhikṣu
sahasā viprakaṭa(m) utthihaṃsna(su) nti(tti) / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ /
āyuṣmantaṃ dīpo praveśīyatīti / dīpo praveśayati nti(tti) / yaṃ kālaṃ
prahāṇasya yathāsukhaṃ kṛtaṃ bhavati / prahāṇaśālāyān tāva prathamaṃ
dīpako nirvvāpayitavyo / atha dāni natāva nirbhāti na kṣamati
nirvvāpayituṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ vibhātaṃ bhavati (J.207) / ākā(45b7)śaṃ kṛtaṃ
bhavati / tato varccakuṭīye prasrāvakuṭīye ca dīpako (II.p.58)
nirvvāpayitavyo / tailaṃ śeṣaṃ bhavati / sāhariyāṇaṃ ghaṭikāyāṃ nā(vā)
bhājane vā sthāpayitavyaṃ / dīpakoṭikāyo ekasthāne sthāpayitavyā /
dīpavarttīyo niṣpeḍiyāṇaṃ ekaṃ hi koṇake sthāpetavyā / yo evaṃ
devaśikaṃ dīpo jvālayitavyo / evaṃ dīpe pratipadyitavyaṃ / na
pratipadyati // (46a1) ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

VII.2 Ms.46a1 (J.207.7); Ch.513a5
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te dāni bhikṣuḥ prahāṇe pracalāyaṃti /
etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / tena hi
yaṣṭī nāma cārayitavyā / yaṣṭīyaṃ tāva bhikṣuṇā kārāpayamāṇena
aṣṭahastāyāmena karttavyā / muṣṭimātrī sthūlatvena ubhayehiṃ antehi
lohakena bandhitavyā / navakāntena vā paṭipāṭikā(46a2)ya vā yasya vā
punaḥ prāpuṇati eṣā evārthotpattiḥ // * //
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / yaṣṭī
cārentāyo yeca(va) bhikṣu pracalāyati / taṃ yeva kṣiprāye yaṣṭīye ure vā
āhanati pāde vā a(ā)hanati te dāni bhikṣu vihaṭhiyantā ārāvaṃ muñcati/
āyuṣmaṃ hato smi hato smīti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato
ārocayeṃsu / (J.208) bhagavān āha (46a3) tena hi evaṃ yaṣṭīye
pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ yaṣṭīye pratipadyitavyaṃ / yaṣṭī
kārayantena karttavyaṃ / vaṃśasya vā nalasya vā naṃglasya vā rohiṣasya vā
daśa-aṣṭahastāṃ dīrghatvena ubhayato agre yottakhaṇḍehi veḍhayitavyā /
navakāntato cāretavyā yaṣṭi dāni cārentena na dāni oguṇṭhitaśīrṣeṇa vā
cāretavyā (II.p.59) ohita(46a4)hastena vā upānahārūḍhena vā yaṣṭi
cāretavyā / atha khalu ekāṃsīkṛtena cārayitavyā nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati
bhikṣuṇā yaṣṭiṃ cārentena kṣiprāye yaṣṭīye āhanituṃ / nāpi kṣamati
viheṭhanābhiprāyeṇa yaṣṭī cārayituṃ / atha khalu maitracittena
yaṣṭā(ṣṭī) cārayitavyā / vṛddhāntato navakāntaṃ / ete dāni bhikṣuḥ
pracalāyanti nāpi kṣamati a(46a5)dhyupekṣituṃ, / nāpi kṣamati kṣiprāye
yaṣṭīye āhanituṃ / rajag[v]asma viya / atha khalu pārśve sthitvā trikkhatto
purato yaṣṭi kārayitavyā / yadi na budhyati / acchaṭikā karttavyā / yadi
vāmena sthitako bhavati / dakṣiṇena jānukehi saṃghaṭṭetavyo / yadi
dakṣiṇato sthito bhavati / vāmajānukena tena cchanti(tti) /
pratyupasthitavyaṃ / ghaṭi(46a6)tavyā utthāpiyāṇaṃ vaktavyaṃ āyuṣman
tava yaṣṭi prāpuṇati / cārehi tena cāretavyaṃ / iminā upaviśitavyaṃ / na
dāni kśamati / oguṇṭhitaśīrṣeṇa vā // pe // yāva atha khalu (J.209)
ekāṃsīkṛtena cīvaraṃ kṛtvā gṛhnitavyaṃ / tena cāretavyaṃ / atha dāni bahu
pracālayanti / na dāni te sarvve valīvandā viya utthapetavyā / yo tatra
navakataro bhavati / tasya yaṣṭī dātavyā / (46a7) atha dāni bhikṣu
upādhyāyācāryā pracalāyanti na kṣamati adhyupekṣituṃ, / atha khalu
acchaṭikāye utthāpiyāṇaṃ vaktavyaṃ upādhyāyācārya tava yaṣṭī
prāpuṇati tena dharmmagauraveṇa pratyutthāya gṛhītavyaṃ na kṣamati
yaṣṭī tasya dātuṃ / atha khalu vaktavyaṃ / āsa tvaṃ / ahaṃ cārayiṣya
te(ti) / na yeva yaṣṭī cāretavyaṃ / na dāni tena otāraprekṣiṇā cāretavyā /
atha kha(46b1)lu ṣaḍāya(ta)na manasikarentena (II.p.60) cāretavyā yadi koci
pracālayati tasya dātavyā / te pi dāni tahiṃ na āghāto bandhitavyo / atha
khalu cintetavyaṃ / bahukaro eṣo asmākaṃ ci(vi)nīvaraṇaṃ karoti / tena
tāva cāretavyā / atha dāni śraddhako bhikṣur bhavati / āha / sagotrīmātā
āsa tvaṃ / ahaṃ cārayiṣyāmi / dātavyā evaṃ tāva cāretavyaṃ / yāva
prahāṇasya yathāsukhaṃ kṛ(46b2)taṃ bhavati nāpi kṣamati tehi bhikṣūhi
yaṣṭī cāre(J.210)ntehi cittaṃ pradūṣita(tu)ṃ / atha khalu cittam
utpādayitavyaṃ / vinivaraṇaṃ me karentīti / evaṃ yaṣṭīyaṃ
pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikrāmati // * //

VII.3 Ms.46b2. (J.210.4); Ch.513a24
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni
bhikṣuṃ(kṣū)prahāṇasmiṃ yaṣṭiṃ cārayantāśītena kilammati / etaṃ
prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagava(46b3)to ārocayeṃsu / bhagavān āha / tena hi
geṇḍukaṃ nāma karttavyo / geṇḍukaṃ dāni bhikṣuṇā kārāpayamāṇena
kārāpayitavyo / tṛṇānām vā palālānām vā leṅka(ṭa)kakhaṇḍakānām vā
sūtrasya vā ulāya vā bāhyenapaṇena nattakena veṣṭayitvā sūtrakena
veṣṭayitavyo / nāpi kṣamati / khakkhaṭaṃ karttuṃ nāpi kṣamati /
ati[śithilaṃ /] atha khalu (46b4) tādṛśo karttavyo / yo bhūmīyaṃ āpiṭito
yugamātraṃ uppaṭatiso cārayitavyo / navakāntena vā paṭipāṭikāya vā
yasya vā puna prāpuṇati / eṣā evārthotpattiḥ // * //
(J.211) bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ /
geṇḍukaṃ cārayaṃtā iṣṭakhaṇḍaṃ leṅka(II.p.61)ṭakakhaṇḍena veṣṭayitvā
cārenti / yo yeva pracālayati / taṃ, (46b5) yevakṣipreṇa geṇḍukena urasi vā
tāṇḍeti / pārśvasmi vā āhananti / te dāni bhikṣū viheṭhayamānā ārāvaṃ
muñcanti / āyuṣmana hato smi hato smi / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū
bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / nāpi kṣamati / āghātacittena vā duṣṭacittena vā
geṇḍukāṃ cārayituṃ, / atha khalu maitracittena hitacittena geṇḍuko
caritavyo / nāpi (46b6) kṣamati / geṇḍukaṃ cārayantasya cittaṃ
pradūṣayituṃ / atha khalu cittaṃ pragopayitavyaṃ / vinīvaraṇaṃ so karenti
tti / eṣo dāni bhikṣuḥ pracālayati / na kṣamati kṣipreṇa geṇḍukena
āhanituṃ / atha khalu bhūyo geṇḍukam āsthapayitvā acchaṭikāye
utthāpayitavyo / vaktavyaṃ āyuṣmān tava geṇḍukoprāpuṇati / utthehi
cārehi nti(tti) / imena cārayitavyo imena (J.212) upa(46b7)viśitavyaṃ / atha
dāni bhikṣusya / upādhyāyo vā ācāryo vā pracālayati / na kṣamati / so pi
adhyupekṣituṃ / atha khalu trayo vā vārā geṇḍukāṃ purato
abhāmayitvācchaṭikāye utthāpayitavyo / vaktavyaṃ upādhyāyācārya tava
geṇḍuko prāpuṇati / tenāpi dāni dharmmagauraveṇa pratyutthāya puṇoti /
niṣīditavyaṃ / na dāni tena otāraprekṣiṇā āsitavyaṃ / atha kha(47a1)lu
ṣaḍāyatanaṃ manasikarentena āsitavyaṃ / atha dāni āha / āśa tumaṃ ahaṃ
cārayiṣyan ti / tena yeca(va) cārayitavyo / atha dāni śrāddhako bhikṣur
bhavati / āha sagotrīmātā āsa tvaṃ ahaṃ cārayiṣyan ti / dātavyaṃ / evaṃ
tāva cārayitavyo / yāva (II.p.62) prahāṇasya yathāsukhaṃ kṛtaṃ bhavati / na
kṣamati so geṇḍuko adhyupekṣituṃ / pāṭitavipāṭitā / atha khalu kālena
kālaṃ siñcayitavyo / kā(47a2)lena [kālaṃ prakṣālitavyo / evaṃ geṇḍuke]
[pratipa]dyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati / ābhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikrāmti // * //

VII.4 Ms.47a2 (J.212.14); Ch. 513b17
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati vistareṇa nidānaṃ kṛtvā te dāni
āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ prahāṇa āgatā samānā skandhāto niṣīdanaṃ /
(J.213) otāriyāṇaṃ koṇe koṇe gṛhītvā vaṭa-vaṭa nti(tti) / prasphoṭayitvā
prajñapayitvā niṣadanti / ya(ṃ) kālaṃ prahāṇasya yathā(47a3)sukhaṃ kṛtaṃ
[bhavati] / tato niṣīdanaṃ koṇe koṇe gṛhītvā vaḍa-vaḍā nti(tti) prasphoṭiya
sāharitvā skandhe kṛtvā gacchanti / yogācārāṃ bhikṣuṃ śabdena
vyāhara(vaha)nti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu /
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ niṣīdane pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ
niṣīdane pratipadyitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati / bhikṣuṇā prahāṇaṃ
(47a4) okastena niṣīdanaṃ [koṇe koṇe] gṛhītvā vaḍa-vaḍā nti(tti) /
prasphoṭayituṃ / atha khalu vihārake vā bāhyato vā niṣīdana
prasphoṭayāṇaṃ dviguṇaṃ kṛtvā prahāṇaṃ okasitavyaṃ / ātmano
pratisandhismi sukhākaṃ niṣīdanakaṃ pīṭhake prajñapayitavyaṃ / tathā
karttavyaṃ yathā ānantarikaṃ na vyāvahati / nāpi kṣamati yathāsukhe kṛte
utthiya niṣīdanaṃ (47a5) koṇe koṇe gṛhītvā caṭa-caṭa nti(tti)
praphoṭayituṃ / atha khalu sukhākaṃ utthitvā dviguṇīkṛtvā (II.p.63)
skandhe kṛtvā ca gantavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ paśyati dvitīye prahāṇe /
avītakaṃ bhaviṣyatīti / rātriñ ca śayyāsanaṃ (J.214) yathāprajñaptakaṃ
āsati nāpi kṣamati niṣīdanaṃ yathāprajñaptakaṃ kṛtvā gantuṃ / atha khalu
yathākhalu prajñaptakaṃ dviguṇīkṛtvā tato gantavyaṃ (47a6) dvitīyasya
prahāṇasya jarjare āgate otaritavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati prahāṇaṃ okastena
niṣīdanaṃ koṇe koṇe gṛhītvā vaḍa-vaḍā nti(tti) / prasphoṭayituṃ / atha
khalu yathā sāhaṭasya niṣīdanasya dvitīyo anto udveliya prajñapayitavyo /
tato niṣīditavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / prahāṇasya yathāsukhe kṛte
niṣīdanakaṃ koṇe koṇe gṛhītvā vaḍa-vaḍā nti(tti) / prasphoṭayituṃ, / atha
(47a7) khalu saṃprajānaṃ sāharitvā skandhaṃ kṛtvā gantavyaṃ / nāpi
kṣamati / niṣīdanaṃ adhyupekṣituṃ / omayilomayilaṃ pāṭitavipāṭitaṃ /
atha khalu kālena kālaṃ dhovitavyaṃ / kālena kālaṃ siṃcitavyaṃ / evaṃ
niṣīdane pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikrāmati // * //

VII.5 Ms.47a7 (J.214.12); Ch. 513b8
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ /
prahāṇa o(ka)sta(47b1)kāḥ / samānā āsanehi upaviśiyāṇaṃ upānahā
nikkhāsiya eka pi ekena hastena pārṣṇikāvaddhrakasmi gṛhītvā dvitīyaṃ
(J.215) dvitīyena hastena pārṣṇikāvaddhrakaṃ gṛhītvā caṭa-caṭa nti(tti)
prasphoṭanti yogācārāṃ bhikṣūṃ śabdena vyāvahanti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ
bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu /
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ upānahāye pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni
evaṃ upānahāye pra(47b2)tipadyitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ (II.p.64) tāva kṣamati
bhikṣuṇā prahāṇa upaviṣṭena upānahā nikkhosiyaekam pi ekena hastena
pārṣṇivaddhrake gṛhniya dvitīyaṃ dvitīyena hastena pārṣṇivaddhrake
gṛhniya caṭa-caṭa nti(tti) prasphoṭayituṃ / atha khalu bhikṣuṇā
pratikṛtyeva tāva pādadhovanikāye upānahāyo pocchiya prahāṇasya jarjare
otaritavyaṃ / yadi tāva prahāṇaśālāyāṃ bhūmyastāro kṛtako bhavati /
(47b3) na kṣamati sopānahena pādena prahāṇaṃ upaviśituṃ / atha khalu
upānahikāyo dvāramūle nikkhāsiya praviśitvā vṛddhānte añjaliṃ kṛtvā
yathāvṛddhikāye upaviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣu paśyati / anekāyo
upānahikāyo mūṣikena vā khajjeṃsu / bhikṣū vā jānanto vā ajānanto vā
gṛhītvā gaccheyanti kiṃ karttavyaṃ saṃpuṭikariyāṇaṃ vāmakena
ha(47b4)stena gṛhniya nikuṭitakena osārayitvā saṃprajānaṃ gṛhniyāṇaṃ
gantavyaṃ / pratisandhismi tathā yeva saṃpuṭikṛtikāyo āsanasya heṣṭhe
sthapitavyāyo sthapitvā prahāṇam upaviśitavyaṃ / yaṃ kālaṃ prahāṇasya
yathāsukhaṃ kṛ(taṃ) bhavati / bhikṣuṇā upasthapitvā upānahāyo tathā
yeva saṃpuṭīkṛtikāyo (J.216) gṛhītvā nikuṭitakena vāmābāhāṃ osāriya
saṃprajānaṃ nirddhā(47b5)vitavyaṃ / atha dāni akṛto bhūmi-astāro bhavati
sa-upānahena prahāṇaśālāṃ praviśitavyaṃ / vṛddhānte upānahāyo
pārṣṇivaddh(r)ake osāriya praṇāmaṃ karttavyaṃ / abhinikuṭitakena
prāñjalīkṛtena gantavyaṃ / yāvat pratisandhiniṣīdanaṃ prajñapayitvā
upānahāyo nikkhāsitvā paryaṃkena niṣīditavyaṃ / prahāṇasya yathāsukhe
kṛte āgamayitavyaṃ / bhikṣuṇā (47b6) yāva vṛddhatarakā nirddhāvitā
paścād utthayitvā upānahāyo ābandhiya gantavyaṃ / atha dāni (II.p.65)
vṛddhatarakā āsanti / bhikṣū ca āgantukāmo bhavati / upānahāyo
ābandhiya navakānte saṃprajānaṃ gantavyaṃ, / nāpi kṣamati saṃghamadhye
bhaktāgre taparpaṇāgre vā samīcīyaṃ vā sa-upānahena niṣīdituṃ / nāpi
kṣamati / upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā agrato sa-upānahena niṣīdituṃ /
atha kha(47b7)lu upānahikāyo nikkhāsiyāṇaṃ praṇāmaṃ kṛtvā
upaviśitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣu glāno bhavati kiñ cāpi sa-upānaho
upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā mūle upaviśati / anāpattiḥ / nāpi kṣamati
bhikṣuṇā pādāṃ dhovantena upānahāyo vaḍa-vaḍa nti(tti) prasphoṭayituṃ /
atha dāni bhikṣuḥ / adhvānam āgato bhavati / upānahāyo ca pāṃsunā
opūritā bhavanti / nadīkūle vā puṣkiriṇīkūle vā (48a1; J.217) pādaṃ
dhoviya prasphoṭeti / anāpattiḥ / ta pi dāni na kṣamati / vṛddhatarakasya
vā anuvātaṃ prasphoṭayitavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati upanahā adhyupekṣituṃ /
odriṇṇakā vā paluggakā vā / atha khalu kālena kālaṃ ghaṭayitavyaṃ /
kālena kālaṃ pratyagralakā dātavyāḥ / evaṃ upānahāye pratipadyitavyaṃ /
na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

VII.6 Ms.48a1 (J. 217.6); Ch. 513b25
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viha(48a2)rati / te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ
prahāṇaṃ upaviṣṭāḥ / auddhatyābhiprāyā muktehi pārśvehi / khala-khala
nti(tti) kāsanti / yogācārāṃ bhikṣuṃ śabdena vyāvahanti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ
bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsuḥ /
(II.p.66) bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ kāsitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ
kāsitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ kṣamati bhikṣuṇā prahāṇam upaviṣṭena
auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa muktehi pārśvehi khulu-khulu nti(tti) kāsituṃ, / atha
(48a3) dāni bhikṣusya kāso āgacchati / hastena grīvā parimarditavyā / atha
dāni na pāreti vinodayituṃ saṃprajānakaṃ kāsayitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhūyo
bhūyo kāśo (J.218) āgacchati / bāhirato nirddhāpiya kāsitavyaṃ /
prahāṇasya vā āmantriya gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati bhaktāgre vā
tarpaṇāgre vā sāmāyikāye vā auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa muktehi pārśvehi /
kha-kha-kha (48a4) nti(tti) kāsituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya kāsikā āgacchati /
saṃprajānaṃ kāsitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhūyo bhūyo ukkāsikā āgacchati /
antariko vaktavyo / āyuṣman mama tāva piṇḍapātaṃ ukkaḍḍheti(si) /
tathā(to) gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati dharmmaśravaṇikena upaviṣṭe
auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa muktehi pārśvehi kha nti(tti) kāśituṃ / atha dāni
bhikṣusya kāso āgato bhavati / (48a5) grīvā marditavyā / atha dāni na
pāreti vinodayituṃ, / saṃprajānaṃ kāsitavyaṃ / atha dāni puno puno
kāsāvīyati / dharmmaśravaṇasya āmantriya gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati /
upādhyāyasya vā ācāryasya vā agrato vṛddhatarakānāṃ vā
auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa muktehi pārśvehi kha-kha-kha nti(tti) kāsituṃ / atha
dāni bhikṣusya ukkāsikā āgacchati / saṃprajānaṃ kāsitavyaṃ (48a6)
ekatamaṃte āgacchiya kāsitavyaṃ / evaṃ kāse pratipadyitavyaṃ / na
pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

VII.7 Ms.48a6 (J. 218.16); Ch. 513c3
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto (II.p.67) ṣaḍvarggikāḥ
prahāṇaṃ upaviṣṭāḥ / auddhatyābhiprāyāḥ kulikāye nakkaṃ vijjhanti /
sūtrakaṃ pi vaṭṭiyāṇaṃ nakke prakṣipanti / te dāni sarvveṇa kaṇṭhena
hacchīyanti / te (J.219) dāni yogācārāṃ bhikṣūṃ śabdena vyāvahanti / etaṃ
praka(48a7)raṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu /
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ kṣipitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ
kṣa(kṣi)pitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati / bhikṣuṇā prahāṇaṃ upaviṣṭena
auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa tulikāya vā nakkaṃ vijjhituṃ / sūtraṃ vaṭṭiya
nakkasmin prakṣipituṃ, / nāpi kṣamati / sarvveṇa kaṇṭhena hā nti(tti)
kṣipituṃ // atha dāni bhikṣusya anābhogena kṣīvikā āgacchati
vinodayitavyaṃ / nirālaṃ parimarditavyaṃ / nakkā vā (48b1)
parimarditavyā / atha dāni na pāreti vinodayituṃ / saṃprajānaṃ
kṣīvayitavyaṃ / yathā anantarikasya na vyāvaheyyā / kheṭena vā
siṃghāṇakena vā / atha dāni puno puno kṣīvikā āgacchati prahāṇasya
āmantriya gantavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati bhikṣuṇā bhaktāgre vā
tarpaṇāgre vā upaviṣṭena auddhatyā(bhi)prāyeṇa sarvveṇa kaṇṭhe(na)
kṣīvituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya kṣīvikā āgacchati / vinodayitavyā /
a(48b2)tha dāni na pāreti vinodayituṃ / saṃprajānaṃ kṣīvitavyaṃ / yathā
ānantarikasya na vyāvaheyyā / kheṭenā(na vā) siṃhāṇakena vā / atha
dāni bhikṣusya puno (J.220) puno kṣīvikā āgacchati / ānantarikasya
vaktavyaṃ / āyuṣmaṃ mama piṇḍapātam ukkaḍḍhesi tato gantavyaṃ / nāpi
kṣamati / dharmmaśravaṇe (II.p.68) sarvveṇa kaṇṭhena kṣīvituṃ, / atha
dāni bhikṣusya kṣīvikā āgacchati vinodayitavyaṃ / atha dāni (48b3) na
pāreti vinodayituṃ / saṃprajānaṃ kṣīvitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya puno
puno kṣivikā āgacchati / dharmmaśravaṇasya āmantriya gantavyaṃ, / nāpi
kṣamati sāmāyikāyām vā / upādhyāyācāryāṇām vṛddhatarakānāṃ vā
agrato auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa sarvveṇa kaṇṭhena kṣīvituṃ / atha dāni
bhikṣusya kṣīvikā āgacchati vinodayitavyaṃ / atha dāni na pāreti
vi(48b4)nodayituṃ / ekamate gacchiya kṣīvitavyaṃ / yadi tāva koci kṣīvati /
na dāni vaktavyaṃ / jīva ti / atha khalu yadi vṛddhatarako bhavati /
vaktavyaṃ / vandāmi tti / atha dāni navako kṣīvati / āroceti vaktavyaṃ /
evaṃ kṣivitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikrāmati // * //

VII.8 Ms.48b4 (J. 220.13); Ch. 513c20
bhagavān śrāvastyām viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ
prahāṇam u(48b5)paviṣṭāḥ samānā śarkarāyaṃ pi śa(ka)likāyaṃ pi aṅgaṃ
kharakaca-kharakaca ṃti(tti) ka[ṇḍū]yanti / yogācā(rā)n bhikṣūn śabdena
vyāvahanti / etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / (J. 221)
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ sa(ka)ṃdūṣitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ
(kaṃ)dūṣitavyaṃ / na kṣamati bhikṣuṇā prahāṇa upaviṣṭena
auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa śarkarāye vā aṅgaṃ kharakaca-(II.p.69) kharakaca
nti(tti) kaṇḍūyituṃ / a(48b6)tha ca dāni bhikṣu prahāṇaṃ upaviṣṭako
khajjati / aṅguṣṭhodareṇa vā hastatalena vā sukhākaṃ / uccaṭṭayitavyaṃ /
atha dāni bhūyo bhūyo khajjati khajjanako bhavati prahāṇasyāmantriya
gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / bhikṣuṇā bhaktāgre vā / tarpaṇāgre vā
samāvāpi(yi)kānāṃ vā auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa saṃkalikāya vā śarkkarakāya
vā kharakaca-kharakaca nti(tti) kaṇḍūyituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣu bhaktāgre
vā tarpa(48b7)ṇāgre vā upaviṣṭako bhavati / koci [ṣo] pradeśo khajjati /
hastāvase kalpiyā bhavanti / kiñ cāpi bhikṣuḥ kulikāya vā kāṣṭhaga[te]na
vā sakalikāya vā kaṇḍūyati / anāpattiḥ / taṃ pi tathā dāni kaṇḍūyitavyaṃ /
yathā ānantaryakaṃ śabdena (na) vyāvahati / atha dāni bhikṣuḥ
sa(kha)jjanako bhavati / puno puno kaṇḍūyati / ānantarikasya pātraṃ
dātavyaṃ / āyuṣman mama piṇḍapātaṃ ukkaḍhesi / ta(49a1)to gantavyaṃ /
na kṣamati / upādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ vṛddhatarakāṇāṃ vā agrato
auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa aṅgaṃ kharakaca-kharakaca nti(tti) (J.222)
kaṇḍūyituṃ / nāpi kṣamati osariya indriyāṇi vuktanti kaṇḍūyituṃ / atha
dāni bhikṣusya koci pradeśo khajjati / aṅguṣṭhodā(da)reṇa vā hastatalena
vā parimardditavyaṃ / atha dāni (na) pāreti vinodayituṃ / punaḥ punaḥ
khanati / ekatamaṃte gacchiya kaṇḍūyitavyaṃ / evaṃ kaṇḍūye (49a2)
pratipadyitavyaṃ / na pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān
atikrāmati // * //

(II.p.70) VII.9 Ms.49a2 (J. 222.6); Ch. 513c11
bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati / te dāni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ
prahāṇam upaviṣṭāḥ / auddhatyābhiprāyā jaṃbhayanti / aṅgāni
bhañjayanti / paṭa-paṭāva phoḍenti / amaḍaṃ maḍamaḍaṃ yathā sīhā vā
vyāghrā vā / evaṃ jaṃbhayanti / yogācārāṃ bhikṣūn śabdena vyāvahanti /
etaṃ prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ā(49a3)rocayeṃsu /
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ jambhayitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni evaṃ
jambhayitavyaṃ / nāyaṃ tāva kṣamati bhikṣuṇā prahāṇam upaviṣṭena
auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa osaritvā indriyāṇi maṭamaṭa aṅgā(ni) bhañjantena
yathā sīhena vā vyāghreṇa vā unnadantena evaṃ bhañjayitavyaṃ / atha
dāni bhikṣusya prahāṇam upaviṣṭasya vijṛmbhikā āgacchati / na dāni
aṃgāni ṭaṭṭa-ṭaṭṭa nti(tti) (49a4) phoṭantena (J.223) mukhaṃ vivaritvā
jambhayitavyaṃ / vinodetavyā nilalāṭam vā parimarditavyaṃ / nāsā vā
parimarditavyā atha dāni na pāreti vinodayituṃ / saṃprajānaṃ mukhaṃ
pithitvā jambhayitavyaṃ / tathā karttavyaṃ yathānantarikaṃ śabdena na
vyāvahati / atha dāni bhikṣusya vijṛmbhikā puno puno āgacchati
nirddhāviya vijṛmbhitavyaṃ / prahāṇasya vā āmantriya gantavyaṃ, / (49a5)
nāpi kṣamati prahāṇam upaviṣṭakena maṭa-maṭāya aṅgāni bhañjituṃ, /
atha dāni bhikṣusya aṅgāni duḥkhāyanti / ekā tāva bāhā sukhākaṃ
prasārayitavyā yaṃ kālaṃ viśrānto bhavati / (II.p.71) tāṃ sanmiñjiya
dvitīyā sukhākaṃ prasārayitavyā / eko pādo sukhākaṃ prasārayitavyo /
taṃ sanmiñjiya dvitīyo sukhākaṃ prasārayitavyo / na kṣamati bhikṣuṇā
bhaktāgre vā ta(49a6)rpaṇāgre vā sāmāyikaṃ vā dharmmaśravaṇe vā
aṅgāni bha(ṃ)jantena vijṛmbhayituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya vijṛmbhikā
āgacchati / yadi cīvaracīrṇṇa(koṇa)kena mukhaṃ pidhiya sukhākaṃ
vijṛmbhitavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya vijṛmbhikā puno puno āgacchati /
yadi tāva bhaktāgre vā upaviṣṭako bhavati / anantarikasya pātraṃ datvā
gantavyaṃ / dharmmaśravaṇena vā upaviṣṭako bhavati /
dharmmaśravaṇasya āmantri(49a7)ya gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati bhikṣuṇā
gocaraṃ vā praviśantena antaragharaṃ (J.224) (vā) praviṣṭena
maṭa-maṭāye aṅgāni bha(ṃ)jantena vijṛmbhituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya
bhūyo bhūyo vijṛmbhikā āgacchati cīvarakoṇena mukhaṃ pidhiya
saṃprajānena vijṛm[bhāyi]tavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya antaraghare vā
upaviṣṭasya puno puno vijṛmbhikā āgacchati / utthiya gantavyaṃ / na
kṣamati / upādhyāyācāryāṇāṃ vṛddhatarakānāṃ, (49b1) vā agrato
maṭa-maṭāye aṃgāni bhaṃjantena vijṛmbhituṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya
vijṛmbhikā āgacchati / ekamataṃ gatvā evaṃ vijṛmbhitavyaṃ / na
pratipadyati // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikrāmati // * //

VII.10 Ms.49b1 (J. 224.9); Ch. 513c26
bhagavān samyaksambuddho yadarthaṃ samudāgato tadartham
abhisambhāvayitvā śrāvastyāṃ viharati śāstā devānāñ ca manuṣyāṇāñ ca
satkṛto gurukṛto mānitaḥ pū(49b2)jitaḥ / (II.p.72) apacāyito
lābhāgrayaśograprāpto lābhī
cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayyāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkārāṇāṃ tat[ra] ca
anupaliptaḥ padmam iva jalena puṇyabhāgiyāṃ satvāṃ puṇyehi
niveśayamāno phalabhāgiyān satvāṃ phalehi pratiṣṭhāpayamāno
vāsanābhāgīyān satvāna vāsanāyām avasthāpayamāṇo amṛtam
analpakena devamanuṣyāṃ saṃvibhajanto prāṇikoṭī (J.225)
ni(49b3)yutaśatasahasrāṇi amṛtam anuprāpayanto
anavarāgrajātijarāmaraṇasaṃsārakāntāranarakavidurggān mahāprapātato
abhyuddharitvā kṣeme same śive sthale abhaye nirvvāṇe
pratiṣṭhāpayamāno āvarjayitvā
aṅga-magadha-mallī-varji-kāsi-kośala-kuru-pañcala-ceti-vatsa-matsa-śūrase
na-śivi-daśārṇṇa-aśvaki-avanti jñāne dṛṣṭaparākra(49b4)mo svayaṃbhū
divyehi vihārehi brāhmehi vihārehi āryehi vihārehi āniṃjyehi vihārehi
sātatyehi vihārehi buddho buddhavihārehi jino jinavihārehi / jānako
jānakavihārehi sarvvajño sarvvajñavihārehi cetovaśiparamapāramiprāptā
punar bbuddhā bhagavanto yehi yehi vihārehi ākāṃkṣanti tehi tehi
vihārehi viharanti /
te dā(49b5)ni āyuṣmanto ṣaḍvarggikāḥ / auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa
śvetamayena saktukāṃ kulmāsāṃ ca mardiyāṇaṃ ātape śoṣayanti / yaṃ
kālaṃ śuṣkā bhavanti / tato śvetamayena yeva khādanti / bilvāni
khādanti / svātakopanatāni phalāni khādanti / kalāpā(yaṃ vā)
satilapallavaṃ khādanti / yaṃ kālaṃ prahāṇasya jarjaro āhato bhavati / tato
prahāṇaśālāṃ gacchiya caturddiśaṃ (49b6) niṣīdanti / yaṃ kālaṃ
bhikṣusaṃgho upaviṣṭo bhavati / eko tāva pūtivātakarmmaṃ karoti aparo
gacchanti / aparo ḍhara- (II.p.73)ḍha(ra) nti(tti) / (J.226) aparo āha / sādhv
āyuṣmaṃ kiṃ etaṃ samvatsarikaṃ pratikarmmaṃ aṣṭaśatenāpi kho vātaṃ na
iccheyyā aho manojño śabdo anukūlaṃ karoti / ānantarikānāṃ
paddamuṣṭikāṃ jighrāpenti / āha / jighrāyuṣman aho mṛṣṭo gandho aho
sobhano ga(49b7)ndho yogācārān bhikṣūn śabdena vyāvahanti / etaṃ
prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣū bhagavato ārocayeṃsu / (J.226.19) bhagavān āha /
śabdāpayatha ṣaḍvarggikān // * // yāvad āma bhagavan
bhagavān āha / tena hi evaṃ vātakarmme pratipadyitavyaṃ / kin ti dāni
evaṃ vātakarmme pratipadyita(vya)ṃ / nāyaṃ kṣamati / (J.226.19) bhikṣuṇā
auddhatyābhi(J.227)prāyeṇa śvetamayena kulmāṣān vā śaktukān vā
mardiyāṇaṃ ātape śoṣayitvā śveta(50a1)mayena yeva khādituṃ / nāpi
kṣamati / bilvāni vā madanaphalāni vā tatkālakāni phalāni khādituṃ /
kalāyaṃ vā satilapallavaṃ vā // atha dāni bhikṣu piṇḍacāram
aṇṭhantoparapratibaddhāye jīvikāye śvetamayena kulmāṣān vā
śaktumardditakān labhati / vātakopakāni vā phalāni / kiñ cāpi khādeti /
anāpattiḥ / na kṣamati prahāṇam upaviṣṭena auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa vā
ḍhara-ḍha(50a2)rāye vāna(ta)karmma karttuḥ(ṃ,) / atha dāni bhikṣusya
prahāṇaśālāyām upaviṣṭasya vātakarmma āgaccati / na dāni osaritvā
indriyāni karttavyaṃ / atha dāni ārśavyādhiko bhavati / saṃprajāna ekaṃ
phiccakaṃ utkṣipiyāṇaṃ hastena vivaritvā vātakarmma (II.p.74) karttavyaṃ /
tathā karttavyaṃ yathā ananta(ri)kaṃ śabdena na vyāvahati / taṃ pi dāni na
kṣamati / yena vṛddhatarako tena piccakam u(50a3)tkṣipituṃ / atha khalu
yena navakatarako tena phiccakam utkṣipitavyaṃ / atha dāni vṛddhatarako
ca navakatarako ca ekasthāne ḍhukkakaṃ bhavati / nāyaṃ kṣamati
saṃghanavakena yena saṃghasthaviro tena phiccakaṃ utkṣipituṃ, / kiñ cāpi
yena vṛddhatarako tena phiccakaṃ utkṣipati / anāpattiḥ / (J.227.16) atha
dāni bhikṣu na pāreti saṃprajāna vātakarmma (50a4) karttuṃ, /
nirddhāviyāṇaṃ vātakarmma karttavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya puno puno
vātakarmma āgacchati / prahāṇasya āmant(r)iya gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati
bhaktāgre (J.228) vā tarpaṇāgre vā auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa vātakarmma
karttuṃ, / atha khalu eka pi(phi)ccakaṃ utkṣipiya vātakarmma karttavyaṃ /
atha dāni bhikṣusya vātakarmma puno āgacchati anantarikasya pātraṃ
(50a5) datvā gantavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / dharmmaśravaṇe vā
sāmāyikāyām vā auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa vā phara-pharasya(rāya)
vātakarmma karttuṃ, / atha khalu ekaṃ phiccakaṃ utkṣipitvā vātakarmma
karttavyaḥ(ṃ) / atha dāni bhikṣusya (J.226.8) puno puno vātakarmma
āgacchati / (II.p.75) dharmmaśravaṇasya āmantriya gantavyaṃ / nāpi
kṣamati / upādhyāyaṃ vā ācāryam vā āmantrayitvā gantuṃ / nāpi (50a6)
kṣamati antaragharaṃ niṣaṇṇena auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa phara-pharāya
vātakarmma karttuṃ, / atha khalu ekaṃ phiccakaṃ u(t)kṣipitvā saṃprajānan
vātakarmma karttavyaṃ / atha dāni bhikṣusya puno puno vātakarmma
āgacchati / ekamantaṃ āgacchiya karttavyaṃ / nāpi kṣamati / upādhyāyasya
vā ācāryasya vā vṛddhatarakasya vā agrato auddhatyābhiprāyeṇa
pharapharāya vātakarmma karttuṃ, / atha (50a7) dāni bhikṣusya
vātakarmma āgacchati / ekamantaṃ gacchiya karttavyaṃ / nāpi dāni
kṣamati / anuvātaṃ karttuṃ, / mā gandhena vyāvaheyyā / apavātaṃ
karttavyaṃ / vātapathaṃ muñcitvā / (J.226.18) atha dāni bhikṣusya
sārddhe(rthe)na sārddhaṃ gacchantasya samudācāro bhavati / na dāni
sārthena agrato sthitvā vātakarmma karttavyaṃ / (J.228.6) atha dāni
ārśavyādhiko bhavati / hastena vivaritvā mārggato udvarttitvā saṃprajānaṃ
ka(50b1)rttavyaṃ / yathā sārthaṃ gandhena na vyāvaheyyā / vātapathaṃ
mocayitvā karttavyaṃ / evaṃ vātakarmme pratipadyitavyaṃ / na
pratipadyati // * // ābhisamācārikān dharmmān atikramati // * //

uddānaṃ
(evaṃ) pradīpe pratipadyitavyaṃ /
(evaṃ yaṣṭīyaṃ prātipadyitavyaṃ /)

(II.p.76) evaṃ geṇḍuke pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ niṣīdane pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evam upādhyā(nahā)ye pratipadyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ kāsitavyaṃ /
evaṃ kṣīvitavyaṃ / (J.229)
evaṃ kaṇḍūyitavyaṃ /
evaṃ jaṃbhāvayitavyaṃ / (50b2)
evaṃ vātakarmma pratipadyitavyaṃ /

(J.230) antaroddānaṃ
saṃghasthaviro ca śayyāsana kaṭhina āgantukā ca āraṇyakā nevāsikā ca
pradīpo ca saptavarggāḥ prakāśitāḥ // * //

ābhisamācārikāḥ samāptāḥ // * //

āryamahāsāṃghikānāṃ lokottaravādināṃ madhyuddeśa-pāṭhakānāṃ
pāṭheneti // * //

ye dharmmā hetuprabhavā
hetun teṣān tathāgato hy avadat /
teṣāñ ca (50b3) yo nirodha
evamvādī mahāśramaṇaḥ